Upload
lilfroger
View
223
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 1/491
2 0 0 7 O W N E
2 0 07
P OWER
WA G ON
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 2/491
TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 STARTING AN D OPERATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 WHAT TO D O IN EMERGENCIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTAN CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 3/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 4/491
INTRODUCTION
CONTENTS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
How To Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Warnings And Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Van Conversions/ Campers .
Vehicle Identification Numbe
Vehicle Modifications / Alter
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 5/491
INTRODUCTIONThis manual has been prepared with the assistance of
service and engineering specialists to acquaint you withthe operation and maintenance of your new vehicle. It is
supplemented by a Warranty Information Booklet and
various customer oriented d ocuments. You are u rged to
read these publications carefully. Following the instruc-
tions and recommendations in this manual will help
assure safe and enjoyable operation of your vehicle.
NOTE: After you read the manual, it should be stored
in the vehicle fo r convenient reference and remain w iththe vehicle when sold, so that the new owner will be
aware of all safety warnings.
When it comes to service, remember that your dealer
knows your vehicle best, has the factory-trained techni-
cians and genuine Mopar parts, and is interested in
your satisfaction.
WARNIN
Engine exhaust, some of its covehicle components contaiknow n to the State o f Califorbirth defe cts or other reproducertain fluids contained in vehucts of component wear contknow n to the State o f Califorbirth defects or other reprodu
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAConsult the table of contents to
contains the information you de
The detailed ind ex, at the rear o
complete listing of all subjects.
Consult the following table f
symbols that may be used on yo
4 INTRODUCTION
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 6/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 7/491
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONSThis manu al contains WARNINGS against operating
procedures which could result in an accident or bodilyinjury. It also contains CAUTIONS against procedures
which could result in damage to your vehicle. If you do
not read this entire manual you may miss important
information. Observe all Warnings and Cautions.
VAN CONVERSIONS/CAMPERSThe Manufacturer’s Warranty does not apply to body
modifications or special equipment installed by van
conversion/ camper manu facturers/ body builders. See
the Warranty information book, Section 2.1.C. Such
equipment includes video monitors, VCRs, heaters,
stoves, refrigerators, etc. For warranty coverage and
service on these items, contact the applicable manufac-
turer.
Operating instructions for the
stalled by the conversion/ cam
also be supplied with your vehiare missing, please contact you
tance in obtaining replaceme
app licable man ufacturer.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NThe vehicle identification numb
left front corner of the instrume
the windshield. This number a
mobile Information Disclosure L
on your vehicle, the vehicle reg
6 INTRODUCTION
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 8/491
NOTE: It is illegal to remove the VIN.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS /
WARNIN
Any modifications or altera
could seriously affect its road
and may lead to an acciden
injury or death.
Vehicle Identification Number
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 9/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 10/491
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOU
CONTENTS
Power Wagon: Things To Know Before Starting
Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
▫ Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
▫ Instrument Panel And Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .12▫ Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
▫ Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
A Word About Your Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
▫ Ignition Key Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
▫ Locking Doors With The Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Steering Wheel Lock — If Eq
▫ If You Wish To Manually L
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ To Release The Steering W▫ Automatic Transmission Ig
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sentry Key — If Equipped .
▫ Replacement Keys . . . . . .
▫ Customer Key Programmin
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 11/491
Security Alarm System — If Equipp ed . . . . . . . . .18
▫ Rearming Of The System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
▫ To Set The Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
▫ To Disarm The System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Illuminated Entry System — If Equipped . . . . . . .20
Remote Keyless Entry — If Equipped . . . . . . . . .20
▫ To Unlock The Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
▫ To Lock The Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
▫ Using The Panic Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
▫ General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
▫ Transmitter Battery Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Remote Starting System — Gas Engine Only . . . .24
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
▫ Manual Door Locks . . . . .
▫ Power Door Locks — If Eq
▫ Child Protection Door Lock
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Power Windows—If Equip
▫ Wind Buffeting . . . . . . . .
Occup ant Restraints . . . . . .
▫ Lap/ Shoulder Belts . . . . .
▫ Adjustable Upper Shoulder
▫ Autom atic Locking Restrai
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Center Lap Belts . . . . . . .
▫ Seat Belt Pretensioners . . .
10 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 12/491
▫ Enhanced Driver Seat Belt Reminder System
(BeltAlert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
▫ Seat Belts And Pregnant Women . . . . . . . . . . . .45
▫ Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
▫ Driver And Right Front Passenger Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS)—Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . .45
▫ Event Data Recorder (EDR
▫ Child Restraint . . . . . . . .
Engine Break-In Recommend
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 13/491
POWER WAGON: THINGS TO KNOW BEFORESTARTING YOUR VEHICLE
Your Power Wagon is a sp ecialty veh icle, equipp ed withseveral features not av ailable on other prod uction trucks.
It is very important that you read the following sections
of the owner’s manual before operation.
Features(See p age 78 for more information.)
Instrument Panel and Controls(See p age 171 for more information.)
Operation(See p age 264 for more information.)
Emergencies(See p age 366 for more information.)
A WORD ABOUT YOUR KEYThe dealer that sold you your
code nu mbers for your vehicle lbe used to order duplicate key
your dealer for these numbers
place.
Ignition K
12 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 14/491
Ignition Key Removal
Automatic Transmission
Place the shift lever in PARK. Turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position, and remove the key.
NOTE: If you try to remove the
lever in PARK, the key m ay bec
in the ign ition cylind er. If this ocright slightly, then remove the
malfunction occurs, the system
ignition cylinder to warn you t
inoperable. The engine can be
the key cannot be removed unti
NOTE: The p ower window
sunroof (if equipped), and po
active for 10 minutes after the off. Opening either front door w
Ignition Switch Positions
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 15/491
WARNING!
Never leave children alone in a vehicle. Leavingchildren in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for a
number of reasons. A child or others could be
seriously or fatally injured. Don’t leave the keys in
the ignition. A child could operate power w indows,
other controls, or move the vehicle.
CAUTION!
An unlocked car is an invitation to thieves. Always
remove key from the ignition and lock all doors
when leaving the vehicle unattended.
Manual Transmission—If Eq
When the steering wheel is in
steering and ignition systemsantitheft protection for your veh
turn the key from the LOCK po
vehicle. Move the steering wh
turning the key until it turns ea
depress and hold the release bu
ignition switch and the instrum
tion key to LOCK and remove t
14 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 16/491
Locking Doors With The KeyYou can insert the key w ith either side up. To lock the
door, turn the key rearward, to unlock the door, turn the
key forward. See Section 7 of this manual for door lock
lubrication.
STEERING WHEEL LOCK —Your vehicle may be equipped
wh eel lock. This lock prevents sout the ignition key. If the stee
more than 1/ 2 turn in either dir
in the ignition switch, the steer
If You Wish To Manually LocWheel:With the engine ru nning, turn t
down , turn off the engine and
steering wheel slightly in eitheengages.
To Release The Steering WhInsert the key in the ignition sw
If the key is difficult to turn, m
the right or left to disengage th
Ignition Switch Positions
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 17/491
NOTE: If you turned the wheel to the right to engage
the lock, you must turn the wheel slightly to the right to
disengage it. If you tu rned the w heel to the left to engagethe lock, turn the wheel slightly to the left to disengage it.
Automatic Transmission Ignition Interlock SystemThis system p revents the key from being removed u nless
the shift lever is in PARK. It also prevents shifting out of
PARK u nless the key is in the ON positions, and the
brake pedal is depressed.
SENTRY KEY — IF EQUIPPEDThe Sentry Key Immobilizer System prevents unautho-
rized vehicle operation by disabling the engine. The
system does not need to be armed or activated. Operation
is automatic, regardless of whether the vehicle is locked
or unlocked.
The system uses ignition keys, which have an embedded
electronic chip (transponder), to prevent unau thorized
vehicle op eration. Therefore,
grammed to the vehicle can be
the vehicle. The system will shuseconds if someone uses an
engine.
NOTE: A key, which has not b
considered an invalid key eve
ignition lock cylinder for that v
During normal operation, after
switch, the Vehicle Security Al
turn on for three (3) second s for
remains on after the bulb check
a problem with the electronics
begins to flash after the bulb
someone u sed an invalid key to
these conditions will result in t
after two (2) seconds.
16 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 18/491
If the Vehicle Security Alarm Indicator Light turns on
du ring n ormal vehicle operation (vehicle runn ing for
longer than 10 seconds), it indicates that there is a fault inthe electronics. Should this occur, have the vehicle ser-
viced as soon as possible.
Replacement Keys
NOTE: Only keys that have been programmed to the
vehicle electronics can be used to start the vehicle. Once
a Sentry Key has been p rogramm ed to a vehicle, it cannot
be programmed to any other vehicle.
At the time of pu rchase, the original owner is provided
with a four digit PIN. This number is required for dealer
replacement of keys. Duplication of keys may be per-
formed at an authorized dealer or by using the Customer
Key Programming procedure. This procedure consists of
programming a blank key to the vehicle electronics. A
blank key is one which has never been programmed and
needs to be cut.
NOTE: When having the Sent
bring all vehicle keys to the dea
Customer Key ProgrammingYou can p rogram n ew keys to th
valid keys by doing the followi
1. Cut the ad ditional Sentry Key
match the ignition switch lock
2. Insert the first valid key into
turn the ignition switch ON for
longer than 15 seconds. Turn theremove the first key.
3. Insert the second valid ke
switch ON within 15 seconds. A
will sound and the Vehicle The
will begin to flash. Turn the i
remove the second key.
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 19/491
4. Insert a blank Sentry Key into the ignition switch and
turn the ignition switch ON within 60 seconds. After 10
second s a single chime w ill soun d and the Vehicle TheftAlarm Indicator Light will stop flashing, turn on again
for 3 seconds, and then turn off.
The new Sentry Key has been programmed. The Keyless
Entry Transmitter will also be programmed during this
procedure. Repeat this procedure to program up to a
total of 8 keys. If you do not have a p rogrammed sentry
key, contact your dealer for details.
NOTE: If a programmed key is lost, see your dealer to
have all r em aining keys erased fr om t he s ys tem s
memory. This will prevent the lost key from starting your
vehicle. The r em aining keys m us t t hen be r epr o-
gramm ed. All vehicle keys must be taken to the d ealer at
the time of service to be reprogrammed.
General InformationThe Sentry Key system complie
and with RSS-210 of Industrsubject to the following conditi
• This device may not cause ha
• This device must accept any
received, including interferen
ired operation.
SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM
This system monitors the vehicun auth orized operation. When t
system provides both audible an
first 3 minutes the horn will s
and security telltale will flash
tional 15 minutes only the headl
will flash. The engine will run o
is used to start the vehicle. Us
18 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 20/491
Rearming of the System:The security system will rearm itself after the 15 addi-
tional minutes of headlights and security telltale flashing,if the system has not been disabled. If the condition
wh ich initiated the alarm is still present, the system w ill
ignore that condition and monitor the remaining doors
and ignition.
To Set the Alarm:The alarm w ill set wh en you u se the power d oor locks, or
use th e Keyless Entry transm itter to lock the doors. After
all the doors are locked and closed the SECURITYlight inthe instrum ent cluster will flash rapidly to signal that the
system is arming. The security light in the instrument
panel cluster will flash rapidly for about 16 seconds to
indicate that the alarm is being set. After the alarm is set,
the security light will flash at a slower rate to indicate
that the system is armed.
NOTE: If the SECURITY ligh
du ring vehicle operation, have
your dealer.To Disarm the System:Use the Keyless Entry transmit
something has triggered the sys
horn w ill sound three times wh
and the security lamp will flash
vehicle for tampering.
The Security system will also
started with a programmed Sgramm ed Sentry Key is used to
will run for 2 second s and then
initiated. To exit alarming mo
Unlock button, or start the veh
Sentry Key.
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 21/491
The Security Alarm System is designed to protect your
vehicle; however, you can create conditions where the
system will arm unexpectedly. If you remain in thevehicle and lock the doors with th e transm itter, the alarm
will sound when you pull the door handle to exit. The
door will be locked but the Security Alarm will not arm.
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM — IF EQUIPPEDThe courtesy lights will turn on wh en you use the keyless
entry transmitter or open the doors. This feature is only
available if you have Remote Keyless Entry.
The lights will fade to off after about 30 seconds or they
will immediately fade to off once the ignition switch is
turned on.
NOTE:
• The front courtesy overhead console, d oor courtesy
lights do not turn on if the dimmer control is in the
interior lights ON position (extreme top position).
• The illuminated entry system
dimmer control is in the “de
down ward position).
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY
This system allows you to lock
Three Button Tr
20 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 22/491
radio transmitter. The transmitter need not be pointed at
the vehicle to activate the system.
To unlock the doors:Press and release the UNLOCK button on the key fob
once to unlock only the driver’s door or twice to unlock
all the doors. When the UNLOCK button is pressed, the
illuminated entry will initiate, the parking lights will
flash on twice and if installed, the cargo lamp will turn on
for 30 seconds.
The system can be p rogramm ed to u nlock all the doors or
drivers door only upon the first UNLOCK button pressby using the following procedure:
1. Perform this operation while standing outside the
vehicle.
2. Press and hold the LOCK button on your key fob.
3. Continue to hold the LOCK b
but no longer than 10 seconds,
UNLOCK button while still ho4. Release both buttons at the s
5. This will allow you to unlo
press of the UNLOCK button.
To lock the doors:Press and release the LOCK bu
lock all doors. If the ignition is
locked, the p arking lights will flwill chirp on ce.
The horn chirp feature will be sh
plants activated. If desired this f
using the following procedure:
1. Perform this operation whi
vehicle.
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 23/491
2. Press and hold the LOCK button on a programmed
(i.e. functional) key fob.
3. Continue to hold the LOCK button, wait at least 4seconds, but no longer than 10 seconds, then press and
hold th e PANIC button. Release both buttons at the same
time.
4. To reactivate this feature, repeat the above steps.
Vehicles will be shipped from the assembly plants with
the park lamp flash feature activated. If d esired, this
feature can be d isabled by u sing the following procedu re:1. Perform this operation while standing outside the
vehicle.
2. Press and h old the UNLOCK button on a programm ed
(i.e. functional) key fob.
3. Continue to hold the UNLOC
seconds, but no longer than 10
hold the LOCK button. Releasetime.
4. To reactivate this feature, rep
Using the Panic AlarmTo activate the Panic mode while
and release the PANIC button
When the Panic mod e is activat
illuminate, the headlamps and
and the horn will sound.
To cancel the Panic mode pres
button on the transmitter a seco
automatically cancel after 3 mi
started and exceeds 15 mph. Du
door locks and remote keyless
tion normally. Panic mode wil
system on vehicles so equipped
22 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 24/491
General InformationThis device complies with p art 15 of FCC rules and with
RS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to thefollowing conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference that may be
received including interference that m ay cause u nd esired
operation.
NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly ap -
proved by the p arty responsible for compliance couldvoid the u ser’s au thority to operate the equipment.
If your Keyless Entry Transmitter fails to operate from a
normal distance, check for these two conditions.
1. Weak batteries in transmitter. The expected life of the
batteries is from one to two years.
2. Closeness to a radio transmit
tower, airport transmitter, and s
Transmitter Battery Service
The recommended replacemen
2016 cell. This transmitter requ
Transmitter Battery
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 25/491
NOTE: Do not touch the battery terminals that are on
the back housing or the printed circuit board.
1. With transm itter buttons facing d own , use a flat bladeor dime to pry the two halves of the transmitter apart.
Make s ure not t o dam age t he r ubber gasket dur ing
removal.
2. Remove and replace the batteries. Be careful not to
disturb the metal terminal near the batteries. Install the
batteries with the p ositive terminal up , reference the note
+ SIDE UP on the inside of the bottom half of the
transmitter case. Avoid touching the new batteries withyour fingers. Skin oils may cause battery deterioration. If
you touch a battery, clean it with rubbing alcohol.
3. To reassemble the transmitter case snap the two h alves
together. Make sure there is an even gap between the tw o
halves. Test tran smitter op eration.
REMOTE STARTING SYSTEONLY
Your vehicle m ay be equippedsystem, which will allow the v
distances u p to ap proximately
vehicle using the remote keyles
part of your ignition key.
In order to remote start you r veh
doors m ust be closed.
To remote start your vehicle, pr
button on the key fob twice windicate that the vehicle is ab
lights will flash and the horn w
24 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 26/491
Once the vehicle has started, the engine will run for 15
minutes. To cancel remote start, p ress the REMOTE
START button once.
To enter the vehicle while the engine is runn ing d uring a
remote start, you must first unlock the vehicle using the
UNLOCK button on the key fob. After the vehicle is
un locked, you have 60 second s t
the key in the Ignition and mov
otherwise the engine will cancematically turn off.
Remote start w ill also cancel if a
• If the engine stalls or RPM ex
• Any engine warning lamps c
• The hood is opened
•
The hazard switch is pressed• The transmission is m oved o
• The brake pedal is pressed.
The vehicle can be started remo
two times. The vehicle is also all
failed start, where the remote sta
but cancelled before the engin
Remote Start Transmitter
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 27/491
either of th ese cond itions, or if the Vehicle Theft Alarm is
alarming, or if the PANIC button was pressed, the vehicle
must be reset by inserting a valid key into the ignition
and moving it to the RUN position, then back to LOCK.
The parking lamps will remain illuminated to indicate
that the vehicle has remote started and the engine is
running. The lamps will turn off when the ignition is
turned to RUN or the remote start is cancelled.
DOOR LOCKS
Manual Door LocksFront and Rear doors may be locked, by moving the lock
plunger up or down.
All doors may be opened with the inside door handle
without lifting the lock plunger. Doors locked before
closing will remain locked when closed.
The ignition key will unlock all the locks on your vehicle.
WARNIN
•
For personal security and saccident, lock the vehi cle d
well as when you park and
• Never leave children alon
children in a vehicle unatt
a number of reasons. A ch
seriously or fatally injured
in the ignition. A child
window s, other controls, o
Power Door Locks — If EquA power door lock switch is
panel. Use this switch to lock o
26 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 28/491
If you press the power door lock switch while the key is
in the ignition, and any front door is open, the power
locks will not operate. This prevents you from acciden-
tally locking your keys in the veh icle. Removing the key
or closing the d oor w ill allow the locks to operate. A
chime will sound if the key is i
a door is open, as a reminder to
Automatic Door Locks – If EIf this feature is enabled, yo
autom atically w hen the veh icle
Automatic Door Lock Progra
This feature is enabled when
from the assembly plant and can
following procedure:
1. Enter your vehicle and close2. Fasten your seat belt (Fast
cancel any chiming that may
programming procedure).
3. Place the key into the ignitio
Power Door Lock Switch Location
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 29/491
4. Within 15 seconds cycle the key from the LOCK
position to the ON/ RUN position a minimum of four
times; ending in the LOCK p osition (do not start the
engine).
5. Within 30 second s, press the d river’s d oor lock switch
in th e LOCK d irection.
6. A single chime will be heard to ind icate the feature has
been disabled.
7. To reactivate this feature, repeat the above steps.
8. If a chime is not heard, program mode was canceledbefore the feature could be d isabled. If n ecessary, repeat
the above procedure.
Auto Unlock On Exit — If Equipped
This feature unlocks all of the doors of the vehicle when
any door is opened . This w ill occur only after the veh icle
has been shifted into the Park position after the vehicle
has been driven (shifted out of Park and all doors closed).
This feature w ill not operate
operation of the power door loc
Auto Unlock On Exit PrograCustomer Programming seque
the Auto Unlock Feature:
1. Enter your vehicle and close
2. Fasten you r seat belt (fastenin
any chimes that may be confus
ming procedure).
3. Insert the key into the ignitio
4. Within 15 seconds, cycle th
position to the ON/ RUN posi
times ending in the LOCK p o
engine).
5. Within 30 second s, press the
in the UNLOCK direction.
28 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 30/491
6. A single chime will sound to indicate the feature has
been changed.
7. Repeat the above steps to alternate the availability of this feature.
8. If a chime is not heard, program mode was canceled
before the feature could be changed. If necessary repeat
the above procedure.
Child Protection Door LockTo p rovide a safer environment for children riding in th e
rear seat, the rear doors of your vehicle h ave the child-
protection door lock system.
To use the system, open each re
the ignition key or a similar ob
lever, slide the lever UP to enga
to disengage the child-protection
Child Protection Door
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 31/491
on a door is engaged, that door can only be opened by
using the ou tside d oor hand le even if the inside door lock
is in the unlocked position.
WARNIN
Avoid trapping anyone in a
Remember that the rear doo
from the outside whe n the ch
engaged.
NOTE: After setting the chi
system, always test the door f
certain it is in the desired posit
NOTE: For emergency exit wmove the d oor lock switch to th
down the window and open th
door handle.
Child Lock Control
30 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 32/491
WINDOWS
Power Windows—If Equipped
The control on the left front door panel has up-down
switches that give you fingertip control of all power
wind ows. There is a single opening an d closing switch on
the front passenger door for passenger window control
a n d o n t he r ea r d o or s o f Q u
models. The windows will op
switch is turned to the ON or A
and for ten minutes after the ign
driver’s door is opened.
NOTE: The Power Accessory
the power windows to operate
ignition is turned off.
WARNIN
Never leave children alone
children in a vehicle unatten
number of reasons. A chil
seriously or fatally injured. D
the ignition. A child could op
other controls, or move the v
Power Window Switches
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 33/491
Auto Down (Driver’s Side Only)
The driver’s window switch has an Auto Down feature.
Press the w indow switch p ast the detent, release, and the
window will go down automatically.
Window Lockout Switch (4 Door Models Only)
The window lockout switch on the driver’s door allows
you to d isable the wind ow control on the other d oors. To
disable the window controls on the other d oors, press the
window lock button. To enable the window controls,
press the window control button again.
Wind BuffetingWind buffeting can be d escrib
pressure on the ears or a helic
ears. Your vehicle m ay exhibit
windows down or partially o
norm al occurrence and can be m
Window Lockou
32 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 34/491
occurs with the rear windows open, open the front and
rear windows together to minimize the buffeting.
OCCUPANT RESTRAINTSSome of the most important safety features in your
vehicle are the restraint systems. These include the front
and rear seat belts for the driver and all passengers, front
airbags for both the driver and front passenger and, if so
equipped, window bags for the driver and passengers
seated next to a wind ow. If you w ill be carrying children
too small for adult-size belts, your seat belts also can be
used to hold infant and child restraint systems.Please pay close attention to the information in this
section. It tells you how to u se your restraint system
properly to keep you and your p assengers as safe as
possible.
WARNIN
In a collision, you and your
much greater injuries if you
led up. You can strike the int
other passengers, or you can
vehicle. Always be sure yo
vehicle are buckled up prope
Buckle up even though you are
on short trips. Someone on th e r
and cause a collision that includ
far away from home or on your
Research has shown that seat b
they can red uce the seriousness
Som e of t he w or st injur ies h
thrown from the vehicle. Seat be
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 35/491
of ejection and the risk of injury caused by striking the
inside of the vehicle. Everyone in a m otor vehicle should
be belted at all times.
Lap/Shoulder BeltsAll seating positions except the Quad Cab front center
seating position have combination lap/ shoulder belts.
The belt webbing retractor is designed to lock du ring
very sudden stops or collisions. This feature allows the
shoulder part of the belt to move freely w ith you und er
normal conditions. But in a collision, the belt will lock
and reduce the risk of your striking the inside of the
vehicle or being thrown out.
WARNIN
It is extremely dangerous to
inside or outside of a vehicle
riding in these areas are mor
injured or killed.
Do not allow people to rid
vehicle that is not equipped w
Be sure everyone in your ve
using a seat belt properly.
34 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 36/491
WARNING!
• Wearing a se at belt incorrectly is dangerous. Seat
belts are designed to go around the large bones of
your body. These are the strongest parts of your
body and can take the forces of a collision the
best. Wearing your belt in the wrong place could
make your injuries in a collision much w orse. You
might suffer internal injuries, or you could even
slide out of part of the belt. Follow these instruc-
tions to wear your seat belt safely and to keep
your passengers safe, too.• Two people should never be belted into a single
seat belt. People belted together can crash into one
another in an accident, hurting one another badly.
Never use a lap/shoulder belt or a lap belt for
more than one person, no matter what their size.
Lap/Shoulder Belt Operating
1. Enter the vehicle and close
adjust the seat.
2. The seat belt latch plate is ab
seat, next to your arm in the re
Latch Pla
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 37/491
plate and pull out the belt. Slide the latch plate up the
webbing as far as necessary to allow the belt to go around
your lap.
3. When the belt is long enough to fit, insert the latch
plate into the buckle until you hear a “click.”
WARNIN
• A belt buckl ed i nto the w
protect you properly. The laphigh o n your body, possibly caAlways buckle your belt into
• A belt that is too loose will n
In a sudden stop you could increasing the possibil ity o f belt snugly.
• A belt that is worn under yo
ous. Your body could strike thvehicle in a collision, increinjury. And a belt w orn undinternal injuries. Ribs aren’tbones. Wear the belt over youstrongest bones will take the
• A shoulder belt placed behi
from injury during a collisionhit your head in a collision ishoulde r belt. The lap and shobe used together.
36 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 38/491
4. Position the lap belt across your thighs, below your
abdom en. To remove slack in th e lap belt portion, pu ll up
on th e shou lder belt. To loosen the lap belt if it is too tight,
tilt the latch plate and pull on the lap belt. A snug belt
reduces the risk of sliding under the belt in a collision.
WARNIN
• A lap belt worn too high c
internal injury in a collision
be at the strong h ip and pe lvic
abdomen. Always wear the
sible and keep it snug.
• A twisted be lt can’t do its jo
it could even cut into you. Be s
If you can’t straighten a belt
to your dealer and have it fix
5. Position the shoulder belt o
comfortable and not resting on
will withdraw any slack in the
Removing Slack From Belt
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 39/491
6. To release the belt, push the red button on the buckle.
The belt w ill au tomatically retract to its stowed position.
If necessary, slide the latch plate down the webbing to
allow the belt to retract fully.
WARNING!
A frayed or torn belt could rip apart in a collision
and leave you with no protection. Inspect the belt
system periodically, checking for cuts, frays, or loose
parts. Damaged parts must be replaced immediately.
Do not disassemble or modify the system. Seat beltassemblies must be replaced after a collision if they
have been damaged (bent retractor, torn web bing,
etc.) or if the airbag deployed.
Standard Cab Front Center T
1. The front center seat belt on
disconnected to open up utilizabehind the front seats. The b
detached from the black keyed s
the inboard side of the passenge
ignition key into the center white
The black buckle latch plate c
key is pressed into the buckle. A
up t he s ur plus w ebbing, and
vertically from the cab back exit
the area behind the front seats.
38 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 40/491
2. To reattach the seat belt to the front center seat, pull
the black buckle latch plate forward from the cab back
pan el and insert it into the black keyed bu ckle un til there
is an audible click. Refer to the previous section for the
proper seat belt usage.
WARNIN
• If the black latch and blac
erly connected when the s
occupant, the seat belt will
proper restraint and will
injury in a collision.
• When reattaching the b
b uck le, ensure th e seat
twisted. If the webbing
preceding procedure to det
black buckle, untwist the the black latch and black b
Detaching Buckle with Key
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 41/491
Inserting Latch Plate In Use Pos
40 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 42/491
WARNING!
If the black latch and buckle are not connected when
the seat belt is use d by an occupant, the se at belt will
not restrain you properly.
Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt AnchorageIn the front row outboard seats, the shoulder belt can be
adjusted upward or downward to help position the belt
away from your neck. Press the button located on the
upper belt guide, and then move it up or down to the
position that serves you best.
As a guide, if you are shorter
prefer a lower position, and if yo
you’ll prefer a higher p osition
anchorage, try to move it up or
it is locked in position.
Adjusting Upper S
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 43/491
Automatic Locking Restraint (ALR) Mode – IfEquippedIn this mode, the shoulder belt is automatically pre-
locked. The belt will still retract to remove any slack inthe shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is avail-
able on all passenger seating positions with a combina-
tion lap/ shoulder belt.
When To Use The Automatic Locking Mode
Anytime a child safety seat is installed in a passenger
seating p osition. Children 12 years old and un der shou ld
be prop erly restrained in the rear seat whenever p ossible.
How To Use The Automatic Locking Mode
1. Buckle the combination lap/ shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until
the entire belt is extracted.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As
hear a clicking sound. This ind
now in the au tomatic locking m
How To Disengage The Auto
Disconnect the combination lap
it to retract completely to disen
ing mode and activate the vehic
locking mode.
Center Lap BeltsThe center seating position for
has a lap belt only. To fasten thplate into the buckle until you h
the lap belt, tilt the latch plate a
pu ll the loose end of the webbin
against the hips. Sit back and ere
the belt as tightly as is comforta
42 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 44/491
WARNING!
• A lap belt wo rn too loose or too high is dangerous.
• A belt worn too loose can allow you to slip down
and under the belt in a collision.
• A belt that is too loose or too high w ill apply crash
forces to the abdomen, not to the stronger hip
bones. In either case, the risk of internal injuries
is greater. Wear a lap belt low and snug.
Seat Belt PretensionersThe s eat belt s for bot h fr ont s eating posit ions are
equipp ed w ith pretensioning d evices that are designed to
remove slack from the seat belt system in the event of a
collision. These devices improve the performance of the
seat belt by assuring that the belt is t ight about the
occupant early in a collision. Pretensioners work for all
size occup ants, includ ing th ose in child restraints.
NOTE: These devices are not a
belt placement by the occupant.
worn snugly and positioned pro
The p retensioners are triggere
mod ule. Like the airbags, the p r
items. After a collision that is
the airbags and pretensioners, b
Enhanced Driver Seat Belt R(BeltAlert)If the driver’s seat belt has not
second s of starting the v ehicle agreater than 5 mph (8 km/ h)
System (BeltAlert) will alert the
belt. The driver should also instr
buckle their seat belts. Once the
Enhanced Warning System (Be
chime and flash the Seat Bel
seconds or until the driver’s s
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 45/491
Enhanced Warning System (BeltAlert) will be reactivated
if the driver’s seat belt is unbuckled for more than 10
seconds and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8
km/ h).
The Enhanced Warning System (BeltAlert) can be en-
abled or di sabled by your authorized dealer or by
following these steps:
NOTE: The following steps must occur within the first
60 second s of the ignition sw itch being turned to the ON
or START position. DaimlerChrysler does not recom-
m end deact ivating t he Enhanced Warning Syst em(BeltAlert).
1. With all doors closed and the ignition switch in any
position except On or Start, buckle the d river’s seat belt.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait
for the Seat Belt Warning Light to turn off.
3. Within 60 seconds of startin
and then re-buckle the driver’
t im es w it hin 10 s econds, end
buckled.
4. Turn off the engine. A sing
signify that you have successf
gramming.
The Enhanced Warning System
vated by repeating this p rocedu
NOTE: A lt hough t he Enha
(BeltAlert) has been deactivateLight will continue to illumina
belt remains unbuckled.
44 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 46/491
Seat Belts and Pregnant WomenWe recommend that p regnant w omen use seat belts
through out th eir pregnancies. Keeping the m other safe is
the best way to keep the baby safe.
Pregnant women should wear the lap part of the belt
across the thighs and as snug against the hips as p ossible.
Keep the belt low so that i t does not come across the
abdom en. That w ay the strong bones of the hips will take
the force if there is a collision.
Seat Belt Extender
If a seat belt is too short, even w hen fully extended , yourdealer can provide you with a seat belt extender. This
extender should be used only if the existing belt is not
long enough. When it is not required, remove the ex-
tender and store it.
WARNIN
Using a seat belt extender
increase the risk of injury in aseat belt extender when the
enough when it is worn low
recommended seating positio
the extender when not neede
Driver And Right Front PassRestraint System (SRS)—Ai
This vehicle has front airbagsfront passenger as a supplemen
systems. The d river’s front ai
center of the steering wheel. The
is mounted in the instrument
compartm ent. The w ords SRS A
the airbag covers.
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 47/491
These airbags are certified to the new Federal regulations
that allow less forceful dep loyments.
This vehicle may also be equipped with window bags to
protect the driver and passengers in the first and second
row sitting next to a window. If the vehicle is equipped
w it h w i ndow bags, t hey are located above t he s ide
windows. Their covers are also labeled SRS AIRBAG.
WARNIN
• Do not put anything on or around
to manually open them. You maycould be injured because the airb
you. These protective covers for
signed to open only when the airb
• Do not moun t any aftermarket eq
controllers, snowplow controllers
dios, etc. on or behind the kne
designed to work with the air bag
Mounting any additional equipm
bolster can cause injury during a
• If your vehicle is equipped with
luggage or other cargo up high enthe window bag. The area where
should remain free from any obst
• If your vehicle is equipped w ith w
accessory items installed which w
adding a sunroof to your vehicle
require permanent attachments (b
on the vehicle roof. Do not drill in
any reason.
46 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 48/491
NOTE: Do not use a clothing bar mounted to the coat
hooks in this vehicle. A clothing bar will imp ede the
proper p erformance of the window bags.
Airbags inflate in mod erate to high speed impacts. Along
with the seatbelts, front airbags work w ith the instrument
panel knee bolsters to provide improved protection for
the d river an d front p assenger. Window bags also w ork
with seat belts to improve occupant protection.
The seat belts are designed to protect you in many types
of collisions. The front airbags deploy in moderate to
severe frontal collisions. If your vehicle is so equipped,t he w i ndow bag on t he cr as h s ide of t he vehicle is
triggered in moderate to severe side collisions. In certain
types of collisions, both the front and side airbags may be
triggered. But even in collisions wh ere the a irbags work,
you need the seat belts to keep you in the right position
for the airbags to protect you properly.
Here are some simple steps you
the risk of harm from a d eploy
•
Children 12 years and u nd er a rear seat, if av ailable.
• Infants in rear facing child
ride in the front seat of a vehi
airbag unless the airbag is t
Vehicles Only). An airbag d
vere injury or d eath to infant
Passenger Airbag On/ Off Sw
• If your vehicle does not hPassenger Airbag On/ Off Sw
• Children that are not big eno
vehicle seat belt (see sectio
should be secured in the rear
belt-positioning booster seat
not use child restraints or
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 49/491
seats should ride properly buckled up in the rear seat.
Never allow children to slide the shou lder belt behind
them or under their arm.
• All occupants should use their seat belts properly.
• The driver and front passenger seats should be moved
back as far as practical to allow the airbag room to
inflate.
WARNIN
• Relying on the airbags alo
severe injuries in a collisiwith your seat belt to rest
some collisions the airbag
Always wear your seat b
have airbags.
• Being too close to the ste
ment panel during airbag d
serious injury. Airbags ne
back, comfortably extendithe steering wheel or instr
• If the vehicle has window
room to inflate. Do not le
window. Sit upright in the
48 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 50/491
Airbag System Components
The airbag system consists of th e following:
• Airbag Control Module
• AIRBAG Readiness Light
• Driver Airbag
• Passenger Airbag
• Steering Wheel and Column
• Instrument Panel
• Crash Sensor
• Interconnecting Wiring
• Knee Impact Bolsters
• Passenger Side Frontal Airbag ON/ OFF Switch (Stan-
dard Cab Vehicles Only)
The Window Airbag System,
consists of the following:
• AIRBAG Readiness Light (sh
system)
• Window Bags Above the Sid
• Airbag Control Module (sha
system)
• Side impact sensors
• Interconnecting Wiring
How The Airbag System Wor
• The airbag control m odule
collision is severe enough t
inflate.
• The airbag control mod ule w
rear collisions.
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 51/491
• The airbag control modu le also m onitors the readiness
of the electronic parts of the system whenever the
ignition switch is in the START or RUN positions.
These include all of the items listed above except theknee bolsters, the instrument panel, and the steering
wh eel and column . If the key is in the Off position, in
the ACC position or not in the ignition, the airbags are
not on and will not inflate
• The airbag control modu le also tu rns on the AIR BAG
light in the instrum ent panel for 6 to 8 seconds when
the ignition is first turned on, then turns the light off.
• If it detects a malfun ction in any p art of thesystem, it turns on the light either m omen-
tarily or continuously. The instrument clus-
ter will flash the seat belt indicator if i t
detects a fault with the airbag indicator.
WARNIN
Ignoring the AIR BAG ligh
panel could mean you wonprotect you in a collision. If t
on, stays on after you start th
on as you drive, have the a
right away.
• When the airbag control mo
requiring the airbags, it sign
large quantity of nontoxic gthe airbags. The airbag cover
the way as the airbags infla
airbags fully inflate in millis
than it takes you to blink you
quickly deflate while helping
front passenger. The driver
t hrough vent s t ow ards t he
50 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 52/491
passenger’s front airbag is deflated th rough vent h oles
in the sides of the airbag. In this way the airbags do
not interfere with your control of the vehicle.
• The knee impact bolsters help protect the knees and
position you for the best interaction with the front
airbag.
Passenger Airbag On/Off Sw
Vehicles Only)
The passenger front airbag is to
passenger:
• is an infant (less than 1 year
front seat because there is no r
seat is too small for a rear-f
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 53/491
because the infant has a medical condition which
makes it necessary for the driver to be able to see the
infant,
• is a child, age 1 to 12 who must ride in the front seat
because there is no rear seat, because there is no rear
seat position available, or because the child has a
medical condition which makes it necessary for the
driver to be able to see the child,
• has a m edical condition w hich makes passenger airbag
inflation (deployment) a greater risk for the passenger
than the risk of hitting the dashboard (instrument
panel) or windshield in a crash.
WARNIN
Whenever an airbag is tur
shoulder belted passenger maor chest on the dashboard
windshield in a crash. This
injury or death.
To Shut Off the Passenger Air
hicles Only)
Place the ignition key in the Pa
Switch, push the key in and tur
the key from the switch. This w
side airbag. The “Off” light nea
nate w hen t he i gnit ion s w it c
position.
52 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 54/491
To Turn On the Passenger Airbag (Standard Cab Ve-
hicles Only)
Place the ignition key in the Passenger Airbag On/ Off
Switch, push the key in and turn counterclockwise, and
remove the key from the switch. This will turn on the
passenger airbag. The “Off” light near the sw itch will be
off when the ignition sw itch is turn ed to th e ON position.
If A Deployment Occurs
The airbag system is designed to dep loy when the air bag
control module detects a moderate-to-severe frontal col-
lision, and then immediately to deflate.
NOTE: A frontal collision that is not severe enough to
need airbag protection will not activate the system. This
does not m ean s om ething is w r ong w i th t he air bag
system.
If you d o have a collision w hich
or all of the following may occu
• The nylon airbag material ma
sions and/ or skin reddening
pass enger as t he air bags d
abrasions are similar to fric
you might get sliding along
floor. They are not caused by
They are not permanent and
How ever, if you haven’t hea
few days, or if you have any b
immediately.
• As the airbags d eflate you m
particles. The p articles are a n
process that generates the non
inflation. These airborne parti
eyes, nose, or th roat. If you h
rinse the area with cool w
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 55/491
irritation, move to fresh air. If the irritation continues,
see your doctor. If these particles settle on your
clothing, follow the garment manu facturer’s instruc-
tions for cleaning.
• It is not advisable to drive your vehicle after the
airbags have deployed. If you are involved in another
collision, the airbags will not be in place to protect you.
WARNING!
Deployed airbags can’t protect you in another colli-
sion. Have the airbags replaced by an authorizeddealer as soon as possible.
Window Airbags Supplemen
(SRS)—If Equipped
The window airbag control mo
collision is severe enough to reinflate. The window airbag c
detect roll over, front or rear co
The airbag control module mon
electronic parts of the system
s w it ch is in t he START or
include all of the items listed a
mod ule also turns on the AIRBA
panel for 6 to 8 seconds when thon as a diagnostic or system ch
off. If it detects a malfunction i
it turns on the light either mom
The side (window) impact SRS
activate only in certain side col
control module detects a collisi
54 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 56/491
bags to inflate, it signals the inflators on the crash side of
the vehicle. A quantity of nontoxic gas is generated to
inflate t he w i ndow bag. The inflating w i ndow bag
pushes the side pillar molding out of the way and coversthe w indow. The airbag inflates in about 30 millisecond s
(about one-quarter of the time it takes to blink you r eyes)
with enou gh force to injure you if you are not belted and
seated properly, or if items are positioned in the area
wh ere the w indow bag inflates. This especially ap plies to
children. The w indow bag is only about 3 1 ⁄ 2 inches (8.9
cm) thick when it is inflated.
Enhanced Accident Response SystemIf the airbags deploy after an impact and the electrical
system remains functional, vehicles equipped with
power door locks will unlock automatically. In addition,
approximately 10 seconds after the vehicle has stopped
moving, the interior lights will light until the ignition
switch is turned off.
Maintaining Your Airbag Sys
WARNIN
• Modifications to any part
could cause it to fail when
be injured because the ai
protect you. Do not modi
wiring, including adding
stickers to the steering wh
the upper right side of the
not modify the front bump
ture, or frame.• You need proper knee im
collision. Do not mount or
equipment on or behind th
• It is dangerous to try to r
airbag system y ourself. Be
works on your vehicle that
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 57/491
Airbag Light
You will want to have the airbags ready to
inflate for your protection in an impact. While
the airbag system is designed to be mainte-nance free, if any of the following occurs, have
an authorized dealer service the system promptly:
• The airbag light does not come on or flickers during
the 6 to 8 seconds when the ignition switch is first
turned on.
• The light remains on or flickers after the 6 to 8 second
interval.
• The light flickers or comes on and remains on while
driving.
NOTE: If the speedometer, tachometer or any engine
related gauges are not working, the airbag control mod-
ule may also be d isabled. The airbags may not be ready
to inflate for your protection. P
bers 52 and 53 in the fuse an
dealer if the fuse is good.
Event Data Recorder (EDR)In the event of an airbag depl
designed to record up to 2-se
data param eters (see list below)
prior to the moment of airbag
that such data are ONLY record
and are otherwise u navailable.
data gathered during a complet
the electronic data may be uCorporation and others to learn
causes of crashes and associa
assess and improve vehicle per
56 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 58/491
crash investigations initiated by DaimlerChrysler Corpo-
ration, such investigations may be requested by custom-
ers, insurance carriers, governm ent officials, and profes-
sional crash researchers, such as those associated withuniversities, and with hospital and insurance organiza-
tions.
In t he event t hat an inves tigation is under taken by
DaimlerChrysler Corporation (regardless of initiative),
the company or its designated representative will first
obtain permission of the appropriate custodial entity for
the vehicle (usually the vehicle owner or lessee) before
accessing the electronic data stored, u nless ordered todown load data by a court with legal jurisdiction (i.e.,
pur suant t o a w ar rant). A copy of t he dat a w ill be
provided to the custodial entity upon request. General
data that does not identify particular vehicles or crashes
may be released for incorporation in aggregate crash
databases, such as those maintained by the US govern-
ment and various states. Data of a potentially sensitive
nature, such as would identify
hicle, or crash, will be treated co
data will not be disclosed by D
tion to any third p arty except w
1. Used for research purposes
with a particular crash record i
provided confidentiality of pe
preserved
2. Used in d efen se of l
DaimlerChrysler Corporation p
3. Requested by p olice u nder a
4. Otherwise required by law
Data Parameters that May Be R
• Diagnostic trouble code(s) a
for electronically-controlled
the airbag system
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 59/491
• Airbag disable lamp status (if equipped)
• Time of airbag deployment (in terms of ignition
cycles and vehicle mileage)
• Airbag d eployment level (if app licable)
• Seatbelt status
• Brake status (service and parking brakes)
• Accelerator status (including vehicle speed )
• Engine control status (including engine speed)
• Cruise control status
Child RestraintEveryone in your vehicle needs to be buckled up all the
time — babies and children, too. Every state in the United
States and all Canadian provinces require that small
children r ide in prop er restraint systems. This is the law,
and you can be prosecuted for ignoring it.
Children 12 years and und er sh
led up in a rear seat, if avail
statistics, children are safer wh
the rear seats rather than in the
WARNIN
In a collision, an unrestrain
baby, can become a missile i
force required to hold even an
become s o great that you coul
matter how strong you are.
could be badly injured. An
vehicle sho uld be in a proper
size.
58 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 60/491
Infants and Small Children
There are different sizes and types of restraints for
children from newborn size to the child almost large
enough for an adult safety belt. Use the restraint that iscorrect for your child:
• Sa fet y e xp er ts r eco m m en d t ha t ch ild r en r id e
rearward-facing in the vehicle until they are at least
one year old an d w eigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg). Two ty pes
of child restraints can be u sed rearward -facing: infant
carriers and convertible child seats. Both types of
child restraints are held in the vehicle by the lap/
shoulder belt.
• The infant carrier is only used rearward-facing in the
vehicle. It is recomm ended for children wh o w eigh up
to abou t 20 lbs (9 kg). Convertible child seats can be
used either rearward-facing or forward-facing in the
vehicle. Convertible child seats often have a higher
weight limit in the rearward-facing direction than
infant carriers do, so they can
by children w ho w eigh more
less than one year old.
• Rearward-facing child seats
the front seat of a vehicle with
unless the airbag is turned of
could cause severe injury or
position.
• Children who weigh more th
are older than one year can ri
vehicle. Forward-facing chil
child seats used in the forwar
children who weigh 20 to 40
are older than one year. These
in the vehicle by the lap/ sho
• The belt-positioning booster s
ing more than 40 lbs (18 kg),
to fit the vehicle’s seat bel
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 61/491
cannot sit with knees bent over the vehicle’s seat
cushion while the child’s back is against the seat back,
they sh ould use a belt-positioning-booster seat. The
child and booster seat are held in the vehicle by thelap/ shoulder belt. (Some booster seats are equipped
with a front shield and are held in the vehicle by the
la p p o rt io n.) Fo r fu r th er in fo rm a tio n r efe r t o
www.seatcheck.org.
WARNIN
• Improper installation can
infant or child restraint. Icollision. The child could
killed. Follow the manufa
actly when installing an in
• A rearward facing child re
used in a rear seat, or in
passenger’s front airbag is
On, a rearward facing chil
seat may be struck by aairbag which may cause se
the infant.
60 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 62/491
Here are some tips forgetting the most out of yourchild
restraint:
• Before buying any restraint system, make sure that it
has a label certifying that it meets all applicable Safety
Standards. We also recommend that you make sure
that you can install the child restraint in the vehicle
where you will use it before you buy it.
• The restraint must be appropriate for your child’s
weight an d height. Check the label on th e restraint for
weight and height limits.
• Carefully follow the instructions that come with therestraint. If you install the restraint improperly, it may
not work when you need it.
• The passenger seat belts are equipped with Automatic
Locking Retractors (ALR), which are designed to keep
the lap portion tight around the child restraint so that
it is not necessary to use a locking clip.
Pull the belt from the retracto
allow you to pass through the
the latch plate into the buck
until it is all removed from thto return to the retractor, pu
bing to t ighten the lap por
straint. Refer to the Autom
(ALR) Mode earlier in this s
• In the rear seat, you m ay ha
lap/ shoulder belt on the ch
buckle or latch plate is too
opening on the restraint. Difrom the buckle and twist th
several times to shorten it. I
the buckle with the release b
• If the belt still can’t be tigh
pushing on the restraint loos
the latch plate from the buc
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 63/491
around, and insert the latch plate into the buckle
again. If you still can’t make the child restraint secure,
try a different seating position.
• Buckle the child into the seat according to the child
restraint man ufacturer’s directions.
• When your child restraint is not in u se, secure it in th e
vehicle with the seat belt or remove it from the vehicle.
Do not leave it loose in the vehicle. In a sudden stop or
collision, it could strike the occupants or seat backs
and cause serious personal injury.
WARNIN
Improper installation can l ead
or child restraint. It could coThe child could be badly inj
the manufacturer’s direction
ing an infant or child restrain
Lower Anchors and Tether fo
Each vehicle is equipped with t
age system called LATCH, w
Anchors and Tether for CHildreanchorage systems are installe
passenger seat position and t
outboard positions. LATCH eq
feature both lower anchor bar s,
seat cushion, and tether strap an
the seatback (refer to Child Rest
in this section).
62 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 64/491
Identification dots are located above the standard cab
front seat lower anchorages as a guide for locating lower
anchors.
NOTE: For children riding in the front seat of a Stan-dard Cab m odel refer to the “Passenger Airbag On/ Off
Switch” located in this section.
Standard Cab Passenger Seat
Quad Cab Rear Ou
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 65/491
Child restraint systems having attachments designed to
connect to the lower anchorages are now available. Child
restraints having tether straps and hooks for connection
to the seatback tether anchorage have been available forsome time. In fact, many child restraint manufacturers
will provide add-on tether strap kits for some of their
older products.
Because the lower anchorages are to be introduced to
passenger carrying vehicles over a period of years, child
restraint systems having attachments for those anchor-
ages w ill continue to have features for installation in
vehicles using the lap or lap/ shoulder belt. They will alsohave tether straps, and you are urged to take advantage
of all of the available attachments provided with your
child restraint in an y vehicle.
NOTE: When using the LATCH attaching system to
install a child restraint, please ensure that all seat belts
not being used for occupan t restraints are stowed an d ou t
of reach of children. It is re
installing the child restraint, bu
seat belt is tucked behind the c
reach. If the buckled seat belt restraint installation, instead o
behind the child restraint, route
child restraint belt path and the
stow th e seat belt out of the reac
Remind all children in the vehi
not toys and should not be p lay
your child unattended in the ve
NOTE: If your child restraint patible, install the restraint usin
64 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 66/491
Installing the Child Restraint System
WARNING!
Do not install child restraint systems equipped with
LATCH attachme nts in the center posi tion of a Quad
Cab model rear seat. The LATCH anchorages in this
seat are designed for the two outboard seating posi-
tions only. A child may be placed in the rear center
seating position of a Quad Cab model using the seat
belt and child tether anchorage. Failure to foll ow thi s
may result in serious or fatal injury.
We urge that you carefully follow the directions of the
manu facturer w hen installing y our child restraint. Many,
but not all , restraint systems will be equipped with
separate straps on each side, with each having a hook or
connector and a means for adjusting the tension in the
s tr ap. Forw ard-facing t oddl er r es tr aint s and s om e
rearward-facing infant restrain
with a tether strap, a hook and
tension in the strap.
In general, you will first loosen straps and tether straps so that y
the hook or connector to the low
anchorages. Then tighten all thr
child restraint rearward and do
Not all child restraint systems
have described here. Again, car
tions that come with the child r
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 67/491
WARNING!
Improper installation of a child restraint to the
LATCH anchorages can lead to failure of an infant orchild restraint. The child could be badly injured or
killed. Follow the manufacturer’s directions exactly
when installing an infant or child restraint.
Child Restraint Tether Anchor
Child restraints having tether straps and hooks for con-
nection to tether anchors have been available for some
time. In fact, many child restraint manu facturers w illprovide add-on tether strap kits for their older products.
Regular Cab models of Ram Pickups have two tether
anchorages, one each behind the front center and right
seats. Quad Cab models have three anchorages, one
behind each of the rear seats.
WARNIN
An incorrectly anchored teth
seat failure and injury to the cseat could come loose and al
into the inside of the vehicle
even be thrown from the
anchor positions directly be
secure a child restraint top te
instructions below. See your
essary.
Tether Anchorage Points at t
Front Seat (Regular Cab - Al
1. Place the child restraint on
tether strap so that it will reach
the head restraint to the tether a
seat.
66 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 68/491
2. Lift the cover (if so equipped), and attach the hook to
the square opening in the sheet metal.
3. Install the child restraint and remove the slack in the
tether strap according to the man ufacturer’s instructions.
Multiple Child Restraint Ins
(Quad Cab Rear Seats)
1. Obtain tether straps by raisin
reaching between the rear glassstrap may be retained with an e
to the tether strap is greatly imp
cushion to the “up” position. R
use.
2. Place a child restraint on eac
adjust the tether strap so that it w
restraint to the tether an chor dir
then to the anchor directly behi
3. Pass each tether strap hook
and through the loop of w ebbin
4. Route each tether strap to the
seat, and attach the hooks to thRegular Cab Tether Strap Mounting
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 69/491
5. Place a child restraint on the center rear seat and
adjust the tether strap so that it will reach un der th e head
restraint to th e tether anchor d irectly behind the seat and
to the anchor directly behind the right seat.
6. Install each child restraint an
tether strap according to the ch
er’s instructions.
68 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 70/491
Multiple Child Restraint Quad Cab
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 71/491
Children Too Large for Booster Seats
Children who are large enough to wear the shoulder belt
comfortably, and whose legs are long enough to bend
over the front of the seat when their back is against theseat back should use the lap/ shoulder belt in a rear seat.
• Make sure that the child is upright in the seat.
• The lap portion should be low on the hips and as snug
as possible.
• Check belt fit periodically. A child’s squirming or
slouching can move the belt out of position.
If the shoulder belt contacts the face or neck, move thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Never allow a
child to put the shoulder belt under an arm or behind
their back.
ENGINE BREAK-IN RECOMMA long break-in period is not re
your new vehicle. Drive moder
miles (500 km ). After t he initial up to 50 or 55 mph (80 or 90 km
cruising, brief full-throttle accel
of local traffic laws, contributes
Avoid wide open throttle accele
The engine oil installed in the
high quality, energy conserv
changes should be consistent
matic conditions under whichoccur. The recommend ed viscos
discussed in Section 7 und er M
Engine Oil.
NON -DETERGENT OR STRA
MUST NEVER BE USED.
70 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 72/491
A new engine may consume some oil during its first few
thousand miles of operation. This is a normal part of the
break-in and is not an indication of difficulty.
CAUTION!
• During the first 500 miles (805 km) your new
vehicle is driven, do not tow a trailer. Doing so
may damage your axles, driveline and vehicle.
• Limit your speed to 50 mph (80 km/h) during the
first 500 miles (805 km) of towing.
THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STA
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 73/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 74/491
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR
CONTENTS
Power Wagon Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
▫ Locking Front And Rear Differentials . . . . . . . .78
▫ 4.56:1 Gear s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
▫ Electronically Disconnecting Stabilizer/
Sway Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
▫ Increased Ride Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
▫ 12,000 Lb. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
▫ High-Pressure Monotube Shocks/ New Front And
Rear Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
▫ Off Road Tires 80
▫ Skid Plates And Underbod
▫ Wheel Flares . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Standard Package Features
▫ Mopar Op tions . . . . . . . .
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Inside Mirror . . . . . . . . .
▫ Automatic Dimming Mirro
▫ Outside Mirrors . . . . . . .
O O
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 75/491
▫ Exterior Mirrors Folding Feature . . . . . . . . . . .85
▫ Electronic Power Mirrors –If Equipped . . . . . . .85
▫ Electric Rear Wind ow Defroster And Heated
Sideview M irrors – If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . .86
▫ Trailer Towing Mirrors – If Equipped . . . . . . . .86
Han ds–Free Com mu nication (UConnect™) —
If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
▫ Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
▫ Phone Call Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
▫ UConnect™ System Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
▫ Advanced Phone Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . .103
▫ Things You Shou ld Know Abou t You r
UConnect™ System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
▫ 40-20-40 Front Seat . . . . .
▫ Reclining Seats . . . . . . . .
▫ Adjustable Head Restraint
▫ Manual Rotary Lumbar Su
If Equipped . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Power Seats — If Equipped
▫ Heated Seats — If Equippe
To Open And Close The Hoo
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .▫ Interior Lights . . . . . . . .
▫ Battery Saver . . . . . . . . .
▫ Headlamp Delay . . . . . . .
▫ Head lights, Parking Lights
74 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 76/491
▫ Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only And
Fleet Vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
▫ Lights-On Remind er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
▫ Fog Lights — If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
▫ Cargo Light — If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
▫ Multifun ction Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Windshield Wipers And Washers . . . . . . . . . . . .125
▫ Windshield Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
▫ Windshield Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Tilt Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Electronic Speed Control — If Equipped . . . . . .128
▫ To Activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
▫ To Set At A Desired Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
▫ To Deactivate . . . . . . . . .
▫ To Resume Speed . . . . . .
▫ To Vary The Speed Setting
▫ To Accelerate For Passing
Overhead Console— If Equip
▫ Courtesy/ Reading Lights .
Overhead Console With Com
Mini-Trip Comp uter — If Eq
▫ US/ M Button . . . . . . . . .
▫ Reset Button . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Global Reset . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Step Button . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Average Fuel Economy (AV
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
76 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 77/491
▫ Distance To Empty (DTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
▫ Trip Odometer (ODO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
▫ Elapsed Time (ET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
▫ C/ T Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
▫ Autom atic Compass Calibration . . . . . . . . . . .136
▫ Manual Compass Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
▫ Recalibrating The Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
▫ Outside Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Garage Door Opener — If Equipped . . . . . . . . .139
▫ Programming HomeLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
▫ Canadian Programming/ Gate Programming . .143
▫ Using HomeLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
▫ Erasing HomeLink Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
▫ Reprogramming a Single H
▫ Security . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof — If Equippe
▫ Open Sunroof - Express M
▫ Comfort Stop . . . . . . . . .
▫ Closing Sunroof - Express
▫ Pinch Protect Feature . . . .
▫ Pinch Protect Override . .
▫ Venting Sunroof - Express
▫ Sunshade Operation . . . .
▫ Wind Buffeting . . . . . . . .
▫ Sun roof Maintenance . . . .
▫ Sunroof Fully Closed . . . .
76 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 78/491
Electrical Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Cigar Lighter And Ash Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
▫ Front Instrument Panel Cupholders . . . . . . . . 151
▫ Rear Cup holder — Quad Cab — If Equipped .151
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
▫ Center Storage Compartment — If Equipped . .152
▫ Storage And Seats — If Equipped . . . . . . . . . .153
Rear Window Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
▫ Electric Rear Wind ow Defroster And Heated
Side View Mirrors — If Equipp ed . . . . . . . . . .154
▫ Power Sliding Rear Window—If Equipped . . .154
▫ Sliding Rear Wind ow—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 155
Fold Flat Load Floor — If Eq
Pickup Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slide-In Campers . . . . . . . .
Easy-Off Tailgate . . . . . . . .
Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Transporting Passengers .
▫ Lock Your Vehicle . . . . . .
▫ Exhaust Gas . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Safety Checks You Should Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Safety Checks You Should
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
78 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 79/491
POWER WAGON FEATURES
Locking Front and Rear DifferentialsMost 4WD trucks are equipped with open differentials
front an d rear. This design is used because it allows eachwheel to turn independently helping to eliminate bind-
ing when cornering. A disadvantage of using an open
differential is w hen one or more wh eels lose traction; all
of the power is directed to those wheels resulting in a loss
of m om ent um . The Pow er Wagon is equipped w i th
electronically locking front and rear differentials. These
differentials, when engaged, mechanically lock together
the axle shafts forcing the w heels to spin at an equ al rate.
This allows the vehicle to maintain its momentum and
thus prevents it from becoming stuck. The locking front
and rear differentials should only be engaged du ring
low-speed, extreme off-road situations where one wheel
is likely to not be in contact with the ground. It is not
recommended to drive the vehi
locked on pavement due to the
and speed limitations.
4.56:1 GearsThis is the highest axle ratio
pickup. The high gearing help
increased rolling mass and in
off-road tires. As well, there a
higher axle ratio in off-road ap
downhill the high gearing enab
engine to slow the vehicle dow
manner. When driving up a ste
by keeping t he t r uck in it s
maintain upward momentum.
78 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 80/491
Electronically Disconnecting Stabilizer/Sway BarStabilizer bars are used to help distribute load force from
one side of the vehicle to the other. This helps to reduce
body roll and create a smoother ride during on-road
driving. However, this becomes a d isadvantage wh en the
vehicle is driven off-road wh en a higher level of suspen-
sion articulation is needed. By disconnecting the stabi-
lizer bars, each wheel can now reach its maximum range
of m ovement. This enables the vehicle to maintain a
greater tire contact patch, and thus more traction, when
traversing severe off-road terrain.
Increased Ride HeightDue to th e use of taller springs, the Pow er Wagon has an
increased ride height of approximately 1.9 inches in the
front and 1.5 inch in the rear. It allows the truck to
traverse larger obstructions an d provides a better seating
position from w hich to view the trail. A major ad vantage
to increasing ride height is the positive effect it has on
approach/ departure and break
height allows for more aggressiv
ing off-road capability.
12,000 lb. WinchThe Power Wagon is the only
electric vehicle recovery winc
winch provides the vehicle wi
capability and versatility. This
power from the vehicle charg
motor that winds wire rope o
planetary gear reduction. By n at
generating very high forces an
care. Do not operate the win
und erstanding the complete w
manu al, includ ing all warnings
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
80 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 81/491
High-Pressure Monotube Shocks/New Front andRear SpringsThe new variable-rate shocks and revised springs help to
create a suitable on-road ride without compromising
off-road competency. The shocks are designed to provide
improved stability, d urability, and suspension articula-
tion.
Off-Road TiresThese tires are specifically designed for extreme off-road
use, wh ile also maintaining qu ite on-road operation. The
tires utilize long-life compounds for increased durability,
and a deep-groove tread for extra traction. The LT285/
70R17D used provides a large contact patch for better
traction, two full-width steel belts for imp roved strength,
as well as a reinforced sidewall to help protect against
bruising and shredding.
Skid Plates And Underbody Steel skid plates protect the maj
of the truck including the fuel
s teer ing dam per. In addit ion
equipped with boxed cross me
This additional protection allo
lized in severe off-road situatio
ered impassable by a normal tr
Wheel FlaresNot just for looks, the wheel fla
were d esigned to help cover its
The larger flares also help to red
that can be flun g up by the more
on the tires.
80 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 82/491
WheelsStylish forged aluminum 17 wheels give the Power
Wagon a powerful stance. Forging a wheel from alumi-
num produces a stronger, l ighter weight wheel than
machining or casting the wheel out of the same material.
Standard package features:
• Fuel Tank Skid Plate - p rotects the fuel tank from
impingement damage.
• Transfer Case Skid Plate and Tubing - p rotects the
transfer case and exhaust catalyst from impingement
damage.
• H eavy D uty C ross Mem ber s - pr ot ect s t he under
carriage and supp orts the und er body protection skid
plates.
• Fore/ Aft rails - which connect the cross member for
additional support and prevent the truck from getting
hung up on large rocks between the cross m embers.
• Steering Dampener Skid Pla
dampener from impingemen
• Electronically Locking Front
tials With 4:56 Gears - improlation by locking the differen
• Electronically Disconnecting
mobility and articulation by
lizer Bar.
• 160 Amp Alternator - supp
power for the winch and othe
• Heavy Duty Battery - supppower for the winch and othe
• Heavy Duty Cooling Fan - p
and transmission cooling u
conditions.
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
82 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 83/491
• Off-Road Tun ed Susp ension And Shocks - imp roves
mobility, ground clearance and ride comfort.
• Heavy Duty Thermally Protected and Sealed Electric
Winch With Roller Fairlead - Useful for work andvehicle recovery.
• 17 Inch Forged Aluminu m Wheels With 33 Inch Tires
- improves traction and differential ground clearance.
Mopar Options:
• Rock Rails - p rotects the door sills from imp ingement
damage and provides a vehicle jacking point.
• Winch accessory kit - Contents include:
• Snatch Block/ Pu lley
• Clevis
• Tree strap
• Tow Strap
• Gloves
• “Power Wagon embossed”
• Bed Liner - protects the bed
ag e
NOTE: These Mopar options
signed and tested for the Pow
vigorous off-road conditions.
8 U S G U S O OU C
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 84/491
MIRRORS
Inside MirrorThe mirror should be ad justed to center on the view
through the rear window.
Annoying headlight glare can be reduced by moving the
small control u nder the mirror to the night position
(toward rear of vehicle). The mirror should be adjusted
while set in the day position (toward windshield).
Adjusting Rear V
84 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 85/491
Automatic Dimming Mirror – If EquippedThis mirror autom atically ad justs for ann oying head light
glare from vehicles behind you. You can tur n the feature
on or off by pressing the bu tton at th e base of the mirror.
A light in the button will indicate when the dimming
feature is activated.
CAUTIO
To avoid damage to the m
never spray any cleaning sol
mirror. Apply the solution o
wipe the mirror clean.
Outside MirrorsTo receive maximum benefit, ad
to center on the adjacent lane
overlap of the view obtained on
Automatic Dimming Mirror
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 86/491
WARNING!
Vehicles and other objects seen in a right side convex
mirror will look smaller and farther away than they
really are. Relying too much on your right side
convex mirror could cause you to collide with an-
other vehicle or other object. Use your inside mirror
when judging the size or distance of a vehicle seen
in the right side convex mirror. Some vehicles will
not have a convex right side mirror.
Exterior Mirrors Folding FeatureAll 6 x 9 inch exterior mirrors are hinged and may be
moved either forward or rearward to resist damage. The
hinges have three d etent positions; full forward, full
rearward, and normal.
Electronic Power Mirrors –If
Power Mirror M
86 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 87/491
The controls for the power mirrors are located on the
driver’s door trim panel.
Set the top switch to the left or right for the left or right
mirror, and set it to the center off position to prevent
accidentally moving a mirror when you are finished
ad justin g th e m irror. To ad just a m irror, select left or right
with the top switch, and press o
the direction you want the mirr
Electric Rear Window Defro
Sideview Mirrors – If EquippThe Electric Rear Windo
side view mirrors are a
heated grid button, located on th
with the ignition On. Turnin
defroster or the ignition will de
Wind ow Defroster and Heated s
These features also tu rn off a
minutes have elapsed. To reac
button again.
Trailer Towing Mirrors – If EThese mirrors are designed w
head to p rovide a greater vis
Power Mirror Switches
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 88/491
extra-wide loads. To change position inboard or out-
board, the mirror head should be rotated (flipped Out or
In). A small blindspot mirror is integrated onto the main
mirror surface.
NOTE: Fold the 7 x 10 inch trailer towing mirrors
rearward prior to entering an automated car wash.
HANDS–FREE COMMUNICAIF EQUIPPEDUConnect™ is a voice-activated
communications system. UCon
a phone number with your cell
voice commands (e.g., Call” “Blindspot Mirror
Trailer Towing
88 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 89/491
“248-555-1212). Your cellular phon e’s au dio is trans-
mitted through your vehicle’s audio system; the system
w ill autom at ically m ut e your r adi o w hen us ing t he
UConnect™ system.
NOTE: The UConnect™ system use requires a cellular
phone equipped with the Bluetooth Hands-Free Profile,
version 0.96 or higher. See www.chrysler.com/ uconnect
for supported phones.
UConnect™ allows you to transfer calls between the
system and your cellular phone as you enter or exit your
vehicle, and enables you to m ute the system’s micro-
phone for private conversation.
The UConnect™ phon ebook enables you to store up to 32
names and four num bers per name. Each language has a
separate 32-name phonebook accessible only in that
language. This system is driven through your Blue-
tooth™ Hands-Free profile cellular phone. UConnect™
features Bluetooth™ technology - the global standard
that enables different electroni
each other without wires or a d
nect works no matter where
phone (be it your purse, pocket
your phone i s t ur ned on and vehicle’s UConnect™ system.
allows u p to seven cellular ph on
Only one linked (or paired) cel
with the system at a time. Th
English, Spanish, or French lan
The rearview mirror contains
system and the control buttons
access the system.
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 90/491
The UConnect™ system can be used with any Hands-
Free Profile certified Bluetooth™ cellular phon e. See
www.chrysler.com/ uconnect for supp orted phones. If
your cellular phone supports a different profile (e.g.,
Headset Profile), you may not b
nect™ features. Refer to your ce
the phone manufacturer for det
The UConnect™ system is fuvehicle’s audio system. The vo
system can be adjusted either
control knob, or from the steer
(right switch), if so equipped.
The radio d isplay w ill be used
the UConnect™ system such a
certain radios.
OperationsVoice commands can be used to
system and to navigate throug
structure. Voice commands a
UConnect™ system p romp ts. Yo
specific command and then guid
options.
UConnect™ Switches
90 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 91/491
• Prior to giving a voice command, one must wait for
the voice on beep, which follows the Ready prompt
or another prompt.
•
For certain operations, compound commands can beused. For examp le, instead of saying Setup and then
Phone Pairing, the following compound command
can be said: Setup Phone Pairing.
• For each feature explanation in this section, only the
combined form of the voice command is given. You
can also break the commands into parts and say each
part of the command, when you are asked for it. For
example, you can use the combined form voice com-mand Phonebook New Entry, or you can break the
combined form command into two voice commands:
Phonebook an d New Entry. Please remember, the
UConnect™ system works best when you talk in a
norm al conversational tone, as if speaking to some one
sitting eight feet away from you.
Voice Command Tree
Refer to “Voice Tree” at the end
Help Command
If you need assistance at any pknow you r options are at any p r
ing the voice on beep. The UCo
all the options at any prompt if
To activate the UConnect™ sy
press the ’Phone’ button and fo
directions. All UConnect™ syst
press of the ’Phone’ button on t
Cancel CommandAt any prompt, after the voic
Cancel and you w i l l be r et u
However, in a few instances t
back to the previous menu.
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 92/491
Pair (Link) UConnect™ System to a Cellular Phone
To begin using your UConnect™ system, you must pair
your compatible Bluetooth™ enabled cellular phone.
NOTE: The UConnect™ system use requires a cellularphone equipped with the Bluetooth Hands-Free Profile,
version 0.96 or higher. See www.chrysler.com/ uconnect
for supported phones.
To complete the pairing process, you will need to refer-
ence your cellular phone owner’s manual. One of the
following vehicle specific websites may also provide
detailed instructions for pairing with the brand of phone
that you have:NOTE:
• www.chrysler.com/ uconnect
• www.dodge.com/ uconnect
• www.jeep.com/ uconnect
The following are general phon
pairing instructions:
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
• After the Ready prompt andSetup Phone Pairing and fo
• When prompted, after the vo
Phone and follow the aud ib
• You will be asked to say a
which you will later need to
You can enter an y four-digit
need to remember this pin pairing process.
• For identification purposes,
give the UConnect™ system
phone. Each cellular phone
given a unique phone name.
92 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 93/491
• You will then be asked to give your cellular p hone a
priority level between 1 and 7, 1 being the highest
priority. You can p air up to seven cellular p hones to
your UConnect™ system. However, at any given time,
only one cellular phone can be in use, connected toyour UConnect™ System. The priority allows the
UConnect™ system to know which cellular phone to
use if mu ltiple cellular ph ones are in th e vehicle at the
same time. For example, if priority 3 and priority 5
phones are present in the vehicle, the UConnect™
system will use the p riority 3 cellular ph one w hen y ou
make a call. You can select to use a lower priority
cellular phone at any time (refer to Advanced PhoneConnectivity).
Call/Dial by Saying a Number
• Press the ’Phone’ button to begin.
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
Dial.
• System will prompt you to s
call.
• For example, you can say 23
• The UConnect™ system willber and t hen di al. The num
display of certain radios.
Call/Dial by Saying a Name
• Press the “Phone” button to
• After the Ready prompt and
“Dial” or Call.
• System will prompt you to sa
you want call.
• After the Ready prompt and
the name of the person you w
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 94/491
you can say John Doe, where John Doe is a previ-
ously stored name entry in the UConnect™ phone-
book. Refer to Add Names to Your UConnect™
Phonebook, t o l ea rn h ow t o s t or e a n a me in t he
phonebook.
• The UConnect™ system will confirm the n ame and
then dial the corresponding phone number, which
may appear in the d isplay of certain radios.
Add Names to Your UConnect™ Phonebook
NOTE: Adding names to phonebook is recommended
when vehicle is not in motion.
• Press the “Phone” button to begin.
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
Phonebook New Entry.
• When p romp ted, say the nam
long names helps the voice r
mended . For example, say R
instead of Bob.
• When prompted, enter the n
Home, Work, Mobile, or
you to store multiple nu mb
entry, if desired.
• When pr om pt ed, r ecit e t he
phonebook entry that you ar
After you are finished adding
book, you will be given the ophone nu mbers to the current
main menu.
The UConnect™ system will al
names in the phonebook with
94 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 95/491
four associated phone num bers and designations. Each
language has a separate 32-name phonebook accessible
only in that language.
Edit Entries in the UConnect™ PhonebookNOTE: Editing phonebook entries is recommended
when vehicle is not in motion.
• Press the ’Phone’ button to begin.
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
Phonebook Edit.
• You w ill then be asked for the name of the phon ebook
entry that you wish to edit.
• Next, choose the number designation (home, work,
mobile, or pager) that you wish to ed it.
• When p rompted, recite the new phone n umber for the
phonebook entry that you are editing.
After you are finished ed iting an
you will be given the opportuni
in the phonebook, call the num
return to the main menu.
Phonebook Edit can be us ed
n u m be r t o a n a me e nt ry t ha
ph onebook. For example, the en
mobile and a home number, but
work number later using the P
Delete Entries in the UConne
NOTE: Editing phonebook e
when vehicle is not in motion.
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
• After the Ready prompt and
Phonebook Delete.
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 96/491
• After you enter the Phonebook Delete menu, you will
then be asked for the name of the entry that you wish
to d elete. You can either say the n ame of a ph onebook
entry that you wish to delete or you can say List
Names to hear a list of the entries in the ph onebook from which you choose. To select one of the entries
from the list, press the Voice Recognition button
while the UConnect™ system is playing the desired
entry and say Delete.
• After you enter the n ame, the UConnect™ system w ill
ask you which designation you wish to d elete, home,
work, mobile, or pager. Say the designation you wish
to delete.
• Note that only the phonebook entry in the current
language is deleted.
After confirmation, the phonebook entries will be de-
leted. N ote t hat only t he phonebook in t he cur rent
language is deleted.
Delete All Entries in the UCo
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
• After the Ready prompt and
Phonebook Erase All.
• The UConnect™ system will
wish to delete all the entries
• After confirmation, the pho
deleted.
List All Names in the UConn
•
Press the ’Phone’ button to b• After the Ready prompt and
Phonebook List Names.
• The UConnect™ system w ill
phonebook entries.
96 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 97/491
• To call one of the names in the list, press the Voice
Recognition’ button during the playing of the desired
name, and then say Call. NOTE: the user can also
exercise Edit or Delete operations at this point.
• The UConnect™ system will then prompt you as to
number designation you wish to call.
• The selected number will be dialed.
Phone Call FeaturesThe following features can be accessed through the
UConnect™ system if the feature(s) are available on your
cellular service plan. For example, if your cellular service
plan provides three-way calling, this feature can beaccessed through the UConnect™ system. Check with
your cellular service provider for the features that you
have.
Answer or Reject an Incomin
Currently in Progress
When you receive a call on y
UConnect™ system will inter
system, if on, and w ill ask if youcall. To reject the call, press and
until you hear a single beep ind
call was rejected.
Answer or Reject an Incomin
Currently in Progress
If a call is currently in progre
incoming call, you will hear the
call waiting that you normally hphone. Press the ’Phone’ button
on hold and answ er t he inc
UConnect™ system compatible
do not support rejecting an inc
call is in progress. Therefore,
answer an incoming call or ign
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 98/491
Making a Second Call while Current Call in
Progress
To make a second call while you are currently in a call,
press the ’Voice Recognition’ button and say Dial or
Call followed by the phone number or phonebook entryyou wish to call. The first call will be on hold while the
second call is in p rogress. To go back to the first call, refer
to Toggling Between Calls. To combine two calls, refer
to Conference Call.
Place/Retrieve a Call from Hold
To put a call on hold, press the Phone’ button until you
hear a single beep. This indicates that the call is on hold.
To bring the call back from hold, press and hold thePhone’ button u ntil you hear a single beep.
Toggling Between Calls
If two calls are in progress (one active and one on hold),
press the ’Phone’ button until you hear a single beep
indicating that the active and ho
have sw itched. Only one call can
time.
Conference Call
When two calls are in progress
hold), press and hold the ’Phone
double beep indicating that t
joined into one conference call.
Three-Way Calling
To initiate three-way calling, p
tion’ button w hile a call is in pro
phone call as described underwh ile Cur rent Call in Progress.
established, press and hold the
hear a double beep indicating
been joined into one conference
98 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 99/491
Call Termination
To end a call in progress, momentarily press the Phone’
button. Only the active call(s) will be terminated and if
there is a call on hold, it w ill become the new active call.
Redial
• Press the ’Phone’ button to begin.
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
Redial.
• The UConnect™ system will call the last number that
was dialed on your cellular phone. Note: this may not
be the last number dialed from the UConnect™ sys-tem.
Call Continuation
Call continuation is progression of a phone call on
UConnect™ system after the vehicle ignition key has
been switched to off. Call continuation functionality
available on the vehicle can be any one of three types:
• After ignition key is switche
on th e UConnect™ system ei
until the vehicle battery cond
the call on the UConnect™ s
call to the mobile phone.
• After ignition key is sw itched
on the UConnect™ system f
which the call is au tomatica
UConnect™ system to the m
• An active call is automati
mobile phone after ignition k
UConnect™ System Feature
Language Selection
To change the language that th
using,
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
Af h R d d h f ll i b If h h i h bl d
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 100/491
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
t he nam e of t he language you w is h t o s w it ch t o
(English, Espanol, or Francais, if so equipp ed).
• Continue to follow the system prompts to complete
language selection.
After selecting one of the languages, all prompts and
voice commands will be in that language.
NOTE: After every UConnect™ language change op-
eration, only the language specific 32-name phonebook is
usable. The paired phone name is not language specific
and usable across all languages.
Emergency Assistance
If you are in an emergency and the mobile phone is
reachable:
• Pick up the phone and manually dial the emergency
number for your area.
If the phon e is not reachable and
is operational, you may reach t
follows:
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
• After the Ready prompt and
Emergency and the UConne
the paired cellular phone to
ber. This feature is only supp
NOTE: The emergency numb
Country where the vehicle is pur
Canad a and 060 for Mexico). Th
be applicable with the available
The UConnect™ system does sli
of successfully making a p hone
ph one directly.
Your p hone mu st be turned on
nect™ system to allow use o
it ti h th ll h h t k P i
100 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 101/491
emergency situations when the cell phone has network
coverage and stays paired to the UConnect™ system.
Towing Assistance
If you need towing assistance,
• Press the ’Phone’ button to begin.
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
Towing Assistance.
NOTE: The Towing Assistance number dialed is based
on the Country where the vehicle is purchased (1-800-
528-2069 for USA, 1-877-213-4525 for Canada, 55-14-3454
for M exico city and 1-800-712-3040 for outsid e Mexico
city in Mexico).
Please refer to the 24-Hour “Towing Assistance” cover-
age details in the Warranty information booklet and on
the 24–Hour Towing Assistance Card.
Paging
To learn h ow to p age, refer to W
Systems. Paging works prope
certain companies w hich time
work properly with the UConn
Voice Mail Calling
To learn how to access your voic
with Automated Systems.
Working with Automated Sy
This method is designed to be
one generally has to press num b
keypad while navigating thro
phone system.
You can u se you r UConn ect™
mail system or an automated
service or automated custome
require imm ediate response sele
that may be too quick for use o
Wh lli b ith UC t™ t T rning Confirmation Promp
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 102/491
When calling a number with your UConnect™ system
that normally requires you to enter in a touch-tone
sequence on your cellular phone keypad, you can push
the ’Voice Recognition’ button and say the sequence you
wish to enter followed by the word Send. For example,if required to enter your pin number followed with a
pound 3 7 4 6 #, you can press the ’Voice Recognition’
button and say 3 7 4 6 # Send. Saying a number, or
sequence of num bers, followed by Send is also to be
used to navigate through an automated customer service
center menu structure and to leave a number on a pager.
Barge In - Overriding Prompts
The ’Voice Recognition’ button can be u sed wh en youw is h t o s kip par t of a pr om pt and is sue your voice
recognition comman d immediately. For example, if a
prompt is playing Would you like to pair a phone, clear
a, you could press the ’Voice Recognition’ button and
say Pair a Phone to select that op tion without h aving to
listen to the rest of the voice prompt.
Turning Confirmation Promp
Turning confirmation prompts
from confirming your choice
system will not repeat a phone
it).
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
• After the Ready prompt and
Setup Confirmations. The
play the current confirmation
will be given the choice to ch
Phone and Network Status In
If available on the radio and/ osuch as the instrument panel c
your cell phone, the UConnec
notification to inform you of y
status when you are attemptin
using UConnect™. The status i
work signal strength, phone bat
Dialing Using the Cellular Phone Keypad Mute/Un mute (Mute off)
102 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 103/491
Dialing Using the Cellular Phone Keypad
You can dial a p hone nu mber w ith your cellular p hone
keypad and still use the UConnect™ system (while
dialing v ia the cell phon e keypad , the user m ust exercise
caution and take p recautionary safety measures). Bydialing a number with your paired Bluetooth™ cellular
phone, the audio will be played through your vehicle’s
audio system. The UConnect™ system will work the
same as if you dial the number using voice recognition.
NOTE: Certain brand s of mobile ph ones do not send th e
dial ring to the UConnect™ system to p lay it on the
vehicle audio system, so you will not hear it. Under this
situation, after successfully dialing a number, the usermay feel that the call did not go through even though the
call is in progress. Once your call is answered, you will
hear the audio.
Mute/Un-mute (Mute off)
When you m ute the UConnect™
able to hear the conversation
party, but the other party will n
order to mu te the UConnect™
• Press the ’Voice Recognition
• After the Ready prompt and
Mute.
In order to u n-mute the UConn
• Press the ’Voice Recognition
• After the Ready prompt andMute-off.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 104/491
Select another Cellular Phone Delete UConnect™ Paired Ce
104 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 105/491
Select another Cellular Phone
This feature allows you to select and start using another
phone with the UConnect™ system. The phone must
have been previously paired to the UConnect™ system
that you want to use it with.
• Press the ’Phone’ button to begin.
• After the Ready prompt and the following beep, say
Setup Select Phone and follow the promp ts.
• You can also press the Voice Recognition’ button
anytime w hile the list is being p layed, and then choose
the ph one that you wish to select.
• The selected phone will be used for the next phone
call. If the selected phone is not available, the UCon-
nect™ system will return to using the highest priority
phone present in or near (approximately with in 30
feet) the vehicle.
Delete UConnect Paired Ce
• Press the ’Phone’ button to b
• After the Ready prompt and
Setup Phone Pairing.
• A t t he n ext p ro m p t, s ay
prompts.
• You can also press the Vo
anytime w hile the list is bein
the phone you wish to delete
Things You Should Know Ab
System
Voice Recognition (VR)
• Always wait for the beep bef
• Speak normally without pausing just as you would • When n avigating through an
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 106/491
• Speak normally, without pausing, just as you would
speak to a person sitting approximately eight (8) feet
away from you.
• Make sure that no one other than you is speaking
during a voice recognition period.
• Performance is maximized under:
• low-to-medium blower setting,
• low-to-medium vehicle speed,
• low road noise,
• smooth road surface,
• fully closed windows,
• dry weather condition.
• Even though the system is designed for users speaking
in North American English, French, and Spanish ac-
cents, the system m ay not always work for some.
• When n avigating through an
as voice mail, or when send
speaking the digit string, ma
• Storing names in phonebook
motion is recommended .
• It is not r ecom m ended t o
names in the UConnect™ ph
• UConnect™ p honebook nam
optimized for the voice of th
name in the phonebook.
• You can say O (letter O) fo
spoken eight-zero-zero.
• Even though international d
combinations is supported,
number combinations may n
Far End Audio Performance Bluetooth Communication Li
106 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 107/491
Far End Audio Performance
• Audio qu ality is maximized und er:
• low-to-medium blower setting,
• low-to-medium vehicle speed,
• low road noise,
• smooth road surface,
• fully closed windows, and
• dry weather condition.
• Operation from driver seat.
• Performan ce, such as au dio clarity, echo, and loudn ess
to a large degree rely on the p hone and network, and
not the UConnect™ system.
• Echo at far end can sometime be reduced by lowering
the in-vehicle audio volume.
Bluetooth Communication Li
Occasionally, Cellular p hones h
connection to the UConnect™
pens, the connection can gener
switching the phone off/ on. Ymended to remain in Bluetooth
Power-Up
After switching the ignition key
or ACC position, or after a rese
five (5) seconds prior to using t
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 108/491
108 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 109/491
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 110/491
North American English SEATS
110 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 111/491
North American English
Prim ary Alternate(s)
Zero Oh
Ad d location Ad d new
All All of them
Confirmation prompts Confirmations prompts
Delete a nam e Delete
Langu age Select langu age
List nam es List all
List p aired p hon es List p hon es
Pager Beep er
Phone p airing PairingPhonebook Phone book
Ret u rn t o m a in m en u Re tu r n. M ain m en u
Select phone select
Set u p Phone settings p hone setup
The seating options available in
extensive customer research an
WARNIN
It is extremely dangerous to
inside or outside of a vehicle
riding in these areas are mor
injured or killed.
Do not allow people to rid
vehicle that is not equipped w
Be sure everyone in your veusing a seat belt properly.
40-20-40 Front Seat Each outboard seat is independ
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 112/491
As the na me imp lies, the seat is divided into 3 segments.
The outboard seat portions are each 40% of the total
width of the seat. The back of the center portion (20%)
easily folds down to provide an armrest/ center storage
compartment (if equipped).
or backward and is equipped w
manual seat adjustment handle
of each seat cushion. Pull up on
seat to get the most comfortabl
WARNIN
Adjusting a seat while the
dangerous. The sudden move
cause you to lose control. The
properly adjusted and you co
any seat only while the vehic
Reclining Seats WARNIN
112 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 113/491
The recliner handle is on the outside of the seat cushion.
Pull up on the handle to release the seat back and adjust
for comfort.
WARNIN
You can be seriously, even fat
seat with the seatback recline
seatback reclined so that thlonger resting against your ch
position, the shoulder harn
restraining you. In a collision
the se at belt and receive se
Recline in a seat only when t
Adjustable Head Restraints
Head restraints can reduce the rthe event of impact from the re
on the restraints so that the u
practical, at least to the level of
To lower the head restraint, push in the button and then Manual Rotary Lumbar Supp
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 114/491
push down on the head restraint. EquippedRotating the lumbar control kn
driver’s seatback an d on th e rig
seatback increases or decreases
Manual Lumbar A
Power Seats — If Equipped
114 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 115/491
CAUTION!
Do n’t put anything unde r a power seat. It may causedamage to the seat controls.
The power seat controls are on
front seat cushions. Three switch
ment. The four-way switch in
forward or backwards to get th
tion. The same switch can be
Up, Down, Forward,
control seat height. Change the seat angle by using the
l i h il i i d
Heated Seats — If EquippedTh h d i h l
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 116/491
two toggle switches, tilting it up or down. The heated seat switches are lo
panel under the climate control
Each heated seat switch has two
Press the switch once to obtai
press the sw itch ag ain to obtain
Tilt Adjustment
Heated Seat S
the switch a third time will turn the heated seats OFF. If
d t f ll t th it h OFF th tWARNIN
116 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 117/491
you do not purposefully turn the switch OFF, the seat
heating level will automatically change to the next lower
level, or OFF. The H igh hea t level operates for 30 minu tes
(approximate), the Low heat level operates for 30 min-utes (approximate). The seat heat will also turn OFF
when the ignition is turned OFF. Both of the indicators
ON identifies High heat level. The lower indicator On
only, iden tifies Low heat level. Flashing indicator lights
on the sw itch ind icate that the H eated Seat System need s
servicing.
Persons w ho are unable to
because of advanced age, ch
spinal cord injury, medicatiotion or other physical condit
when using the seat heater. It
at low temperatures, especi
periods of time.
Do not place anything on t
against heat, such as a blanke
cause the seat heater to overh
TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE HOOD released you must reach into
center of the grille and push up
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 118/491
To op en the hood, tw o latches mu st be released. First pu ll
the hood release lever located below the steering wheel at
t he bas e of t he ins tr um ent panel. O nce t he hood is
center of the grille and push up
safety catch before raising the h
To prevent p ossible damage, d
close it. Use a firm downward pthe hood to ensure that both la
Hood Release Lever
Secondary L
WARNING! LIGHTS
118 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 119/491
If the hood is not fully latched, it could fly up w hen
the vehicle is moving and block your forward vision.
Be sure all hood latches are latched fully beforedriving.
Headlight Switch
Interior Lights open and the interior lights are
control all the way dow n to the
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 120/491
Courtesy and dome lights are turned on when the front
doors are opened, when the dimmer control (rotating
wheel on the right side of the switch) is rotated to the
upward detent position, or if equipped, w hen the UN-
LOCK button is pressed on the key fob. When a door is
control all the way dow n to the
the interior lights to go out. T
Party mod e because it allows t
extended periods of time withocle’s battery.
The brightness of the instrume
regulated by rotating the d imme
down (dimmer). When the hea
supplement the brightness of t
eter, radio and overhead consol
up until you hear a click. Th
“Parade” mode and is useful quired during the day.
C lub C ab/ Q uad C ab m odels
switched dome lamp that may
the lens.
Dimmer Control
Battery SaverTo protect the life of your vehicle’s battery Load Shed-
Headlamp DelayTo aid in your exit your veh
120 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 121/491
To protect the life of your vehicle s battery, Load Shed-
ding is provided for both the interior and exterior lights.
If the ignition is off and any door is left ajar for 10
minutes or the dimmer control is rotated upwards for 10minu tes, the interior lights will autom atically turn off.
If the headlamps remain on while the ignition is cycled
off, the exterior lights w ill au tomatically turn off after 8
minutes. If the headlamps are turned on and left on for 8
minutes while the ignition is off, the exterior lights will
autom atically turn off.
NOTE: Battery Saver mode is cancelled if the ignition isON .
To aid in your exit, your veh
headlamp delay that will leave
seconds. This delay is initiate
turned OFF while the headlam
the headlamp switch is cycled
be cancelled by either turning t
then OFF or by turning the ign
Headlights, Parking Lights, When the headlight swi
position, the parking ligh
lights, license plate ligh
lights are all turned on. The hwhen the switch is rotated to th
To minimize the possibility of s
reducing light output avoid wi
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 122/491
Your vehicle is equipped with plastic headlight lensesthat are lighter an d less susceptible to stone breakage
than glass headlights.
Plastic is not as scratch resistant as glass and therefore
different lens cleaning procedures must be followed.
reducing light output, avoid wi
remove road dirt, wash with a
lowed by rinsing.
Do n ot u se abrasive cleaning cowool or other abrasive material
Daytime Running Lights (CaVehicles)The headlights on your vehicle
engine is started and the tran
except park. This p rovides a co
dition u ntil the ignition is turn e
nate at less than 50% of normalbrake is applied the Daytime R
off.
Light Switch Rotation
Lights-on ReminderIf the headlights, parking lights, or cargo lights are left
Cargo Light — If Equipped
122 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 123/491
If the headlights, parking lights, or cargo lights are left
on, after the ignition is turned off, a chime will sound
when the driver’s door is opened.
Fog Lights — If EquippedThe foglights are turned ON by placing the head-
light rotary control in the parking light or head-
light position and pushing in the headlight rotary
control. The fog lights will operate only when the parking
lights are ON or wh en the vehicle headlights are ON low
beam. An indicator light located in the instrument cluster
will illum inate wh en th e fog lights are on. The fog lights
will turn off when the switch is pushed a second time,
wh en the h eadlight switch is rotated to the OFF position,
or the high beam is selected.The cargo lights are t urned
CARGO button. The interior
when the cargo lights are on. T
turn on for 30 second s wh en a k
as part of the illuminated entry
Cargo Light S
Multifunction Control LeverThe multifunction control lever is located on the left side
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 124/491
of the steering column.
Turn Signals
Move the lever up or down to signal a right-hand orleft-hand turn.
The arrow on either side of the instrum ent cluster flashes
to indicate the direction of the turn, and prop er operation
of the front and rear turn signal lights. If a defective bulb
or wiring circuit is detected for the turn signal system, the
arrow indicators will flash at a faster rate. If an ind icator
fails to light w hen the lever is m oved, it would suggest
that the switch or indicator lamp is defective.
You can s ignal a lane change by m oving t he lever
partially up or down.
Turn Signal Auto-ModeTap the multi-function control
signal (left or right) will flash 3
turn off.
Turn Signal
Passing Light
You can signal another v ehicle with you r h eadlights by
124 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 125/491
g y g y
partially p ulling the m ultifun ction lever toward the steer-
ing wheel. This will cause the high beam headlights to
turn on until the lever is released.
High Beam / Low Beam Select Switch
Pull the multifunction control lever fully toward the
steering wheel to switch the headlights from HIGH or
LOW beam.
High Beam / Lo
WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield Wipers
Intermittent Wiper System
The intermittent feature of this
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 126/491
Windshield Wipers
The wipers and washers are operated by a switch in the
mu ltifunction control lever. Turn the end of the h and le to
select the desired wiper speed.
use w hen w eather conditions m
with a variable pause betwee
maximum delay between cycles
into the upper end of the delay
The delay interval decreases as
it enters the LOW continual sp
can be regulated from a maxim
between cycles, to a cycle eve
intervals will double in duratio
is 10 mph (16 km) or less.
Windshield Wiper / Washer Switch
WARNING! desired. If the washer knob is
delay range, the wiper will ope
126 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 127/491
Sudden loss of visibility through the windshield
could lead to an accident. You might not see other
vehicles or other obstacles. To avoid sudden icing of
the windshield during freezing weather, warm the
windshield with defroster before and during wind-
shield washer use.
Windshield WashersTo use the w asher, push in on the washer kn ob on the end
of the mu ltifunction control lever and hold w hile spray is
after the washer knob is release
intermittent interval previously
knob is pushed, for a period gre
in the OFF p osition, the wiper
three wipes, after the wash kno
To prevent freeze-up of your w
in cold weather, select a solution
exceeds the temperature rang
rating information can be foun
containers.
TILT STEERING COLUMNTo tilt the column, pull rearward on the lever below the
WARNIN
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 128/491
turn signal control and move the wheel up or down, as
desired. Push th e lever forward to lock the colum n firmly
in place.
Tilting the steering column
moving is dangerous. Withou
umn, you could lose control o
an accident. Adjust the colu
hicle is stopped. Be sure it is
Tilt Steering Control Lever
ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL — IF EQUIPPEDWhen engaged, this device takes over accelerator opera-
To ActivatePush the ON/ OFF button to
128 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 129/491
tion at speeds greater than (refer to the table below for
the speed for your specific engine). The controls are
mounted on the steering w heel.
instrument cluster, the word “CR
the system is on.
To Set At A Desired SpeedWhen the vehicle has reached
and release the SET button. Re
the vehicle will operate at the s
To DeactivateA soft tap on the brake pedal,
pressure w hile slowing the vehi
CEL button will deactivate spee
the memory. Pushing the ON/position or turning off the ignit
WARNING! Tapping the ACCEL button on
increase (refer to the table belo
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 130/491
Leaving the Speed Control ON when not in use is
dangerous. You could accidentally set the system to
cause it to go faster than you want. You could lose
control and have an accident. Always leave the
system OFF when you aren’t using it.
To Resume SpeedTo resume a previously set speed, push and release the
RESUME button. Resume can be u sed at an y speed above
(refer to the table below for the speed for your specific
engine).
To Vary The Speed SettingWhen the speed control is on, speed can be increased by
pr es sing and holdi ng t he A CC EL butt on. When t he
button is released, a new set speed will be established.
specific engine). Each time the
increases so that tapping the
increase speed by three increme
Tapping the DECEL button on
decrease (refer to the table belo
specific engine). Each time the
will decrease. For example, ta
will decrease the speed by 3 tim
table below (refer to the table
your specific engine).
To decrease speed while the spand hold the DECEL button. Re
desired speed is reached, and th
Fu nctions 5.7L Engine
Engage Sp eed 25 m p h (40 km / h)
130 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 131/491
g g p p ( )
Minim u n RESUME Speed 20 m p h (32 km / h)
ACCEL Increase 1 m ph (2 km / h)
DECEL Decrease 1 m ph (2 km / h)Drop ou t Speed 20 m p h (32 km / h)
To Accelerate For PassingDepress the accelerator as you wou ld norm ally. When th e
ped al is released, the vehicle w ill return to the set sp eed.
NOTE: When driving uphill, at elevations above 2,000
feet (610 meters), or when the vehicle is heavily loaded
(especially when towing) the vehicle may slow below theSET speed. If the vehicle speed drop s below (refer to the
table below for the speed for your specific engine), the
speed control will automatically disengage. If this hap-
pens, you can push down on the accelerator pedal to
maintain the desired speed.
Vehicles equipped with a 5–spe
should be operated in 4th gear
conditions.
Vehicles equipped with a Auto
exhibit several downshifts und
To reduce the frequency of thprove vehicle performance, it
overdrive by p ressing th e “TOW
at the end of the gear shifter.
WARNING!
S d C l b d h h
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 132/491
Speed Control can be dangerous where the system
can’t maintain a constant speed. Your vehicle could
go too fast for the conditions, and you could lose
control. An accident could be the result. Don’t use
Speed Control in heavy traffic or on roads that are
winding, icy, snow-covered, or slippery.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE— IF EQUIPPEDThe two optional overhead consoles m ay consist of the
following features:
• Courtesy/ Reading Lights
• Compass/ Temperature Mini
— If Equipped
• Universal Garage Door Open
Overhead Consol
Courtesy/Reading LightsIn the middle of the console are two courtesy/ reading
li ht
OVERHEAD CONSOLE WITHCOMPASS/TEMPERATURE M
IF EQUIPPED
132 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 133/491
lights.
Both lights illuminate as courtesy lights when a door is
opened, w hen t he di m m er contr ol is r ot at ed t o t hecourtesy light position (fully upward position), or when
the UNLOCK button is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry transmitter, if so equipped. These lights are also
operated individually as reading lights by pressing the
recessed area of the corresponding lens.
NOTE: The courtesy/ reading lights will remain on un til
the switch is pressed a second time, so be sure they have
been tu rned off before leaving the vehicle. If the interiorlights are left on after th e vehicle is tu rned off, they will
extinguish after 15 minutes.
— IF EQUIPPEDThis optional overhead console
•Courtesy Lights
• Compass/ Temp erature Mini
This overhead console allows you to choose between a
compass/ temperature d isplay and one of four trip con-
ditions being monitored
RESET Button
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 134/491
ditions being monitored.
US/M Button
Use this button to change th e d isplay from U.S. to metric
measurement u nits.
Use this button to reset the follAverage Fuel Economy (AVG E
Trip Odometer (ODO)
Elapsed time (ET)
Global ResetIf the RESET button is pressed twice within 2 seconds
while in any of the 3 resettable displays (AVG ECO
Average Fuel Economy (AVGShows the average fuel econo
Aver age fuel econom y is a r
134 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 135/491
while in any of the 3 resettable displays (AVG ECO,
ODO, ET), the Global Reset will reset all 3 displays.
Step Button
Use this button to choose or cycle through the four trip
conditions.
Aver age fuel econom y is a r
amount of fuel u sed and the
traveled.
When the fuel economy is reset
tarily blank. Then, th e history in
and the averaging w ill continue
the reset.
Distance To Empty (DTE)Shows the estimated distance t
the fuel remaining in th e tank. T
determined by w eighted averaand average fuel economy, acco
tank level. This is n ot resettable
NOTE: Significant changes in
loading will greatly a ffect the a
the vehicle, regardless of the D
When the DTE value is less than 30 miles estimated
driving distance, the DTE display will change to an
alternating test display of “LO” and “FUEL” This dis-
Trip Odometer (ODO)This display shows the distanc
reset Resetting of this screen wi
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 136/491
alternating test display of LO and FUEL . This dis-
play will continue until the vehicle runs out of fuel.
Adding a significant amount of fuel to the vehicle will
turn off the “LO FUEL” text and a new DTE value will bedi splayed, bas ed on t he cur rent values in t he D TE
calculation and the current fuel tank level.
NOTE: It is possible for DTE to display “LO FUEL”
before the low fuel warning light turns on in the instru-
ment cluster. This could occur because low fuel w arning
is set to a specified fuel tank volume and DTE is an
estimated distance calculation based on fuel economy
and remaining fuel tank volume.
Ram fuel tank volumes are as follows:
• 34 gallons - short box models
• 35 gallons - long box models
reset. Resetting of this screen wi
to change to Zero.
Elapsed Time (ET)This display shows the accum
since the last reset. Resetting the
the d isplay to change to Zero.
C/T Button WARNIN
Even if the display still read
136 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 137/491
Use this button to select a readout of the outside tem-perature and one of eight compass head ings that indicate
the d irection in w hich the vehicle is facing.
Even if the display still read
32°F ( 0°C), the road surface m
in woods or on bridges. D riv
conditions to prevent an acci
sonal injury or property dam
Automatic Compass CalibraThis compass is self-calibratin
need to manually set the comp
new, t he com pas s m ay appea
symbol will be displayed.
After comp leting u p to three 36
traveling less than 5 mph (8 km
large metal or metallic objects, t
off and the compass will functi
Manual Compass Calibration
NOTE: To ensure proper compass calibration, m ake
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 138/491
sure the compass variance is properly set before manu -
ally calibrating the compass.
If the compass appears erratic and the CAL symbol doesnot app ear, you m ust manu ally p ut the compass into the
“Calibration” mode.
Recalibrating The CompassTurn on the ignition and set the display to “Compass/
Temperature.” Press and hold the RESET button to
change the display betw een VAR (comp ass variance) and
CAL (compass calibration) modes. When the CAL sym-
bol is displayed complete one 360° turn in an area freefrom large metal objects or power lines. The CAL symbol
will turn off and the compass will function normally.
Compass Variance is the diffe
north a nd geographic north. In sthe d ifference between magn etic
great enough to cause the comp
If this occurs, the compass varia
to the Compass Variance Map.
NOTE: The default for the com
To set the variance: Turn the i
di l “C / T
138 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 139/491
display to “Compass/ Temperat
RESET button approximately fiv
ance zone number will be disbutton to select the new varia
RESET button to resume norma
Outside TemperatureBecause the ambient temperatu
derhood , engine temp erature ca
temperature, therefore, tempera
updated when the vehicle spe
km/ h) or during stop and go d
GARAGE DOOR OPENER — IF EQUIPPEDThe HomeLink Universal Transceiver replaces up to
three remote controls (hand held transmitters) that oper-
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 140/491
( ) p
ate devices such as garage door openers, motorized
gates, or home lighting. It triggers these devices at the
push of a button. The Universal Transceiver operates off your vehicle’s battery and charging system; no batteries
are needed.
For additional information on 355–3515, or on the internet at
HomeLink Program
WARNING!
A moving garage door can cause injury to peo ple and
WARNIN
Vehicle exhaust contains carb
140 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 141/491
g g g j y p p
pets in the path of the door. People or pets could be
seriously or fatally in jured. Only use this transceiver
with a garage door opener that has a “stop andreverse” feature as required by federal safety stan-
dards. This includes most garage door opener mod-
els manufactured after 1982. D o not use a garage
door opener without these safety features it could
cause injury or death. Call toll-free 1–800–355–3515
or, on the Internet at www.homelink.com for safety
information or assis tance.
ous gas. D o not run the v
training the transceiver. Exha
ous injury or death.
WARNIN
Your motorized door or gat
while you are training the Un
not train the transceiver if pe
path of the door or gate. A mcause serious injury or death
damage to objects.
Programming HomeLink
NOTE: When p rogramming a garage d oor opener, it is
advised to park outside the garage It is also recom
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 142/491
advised to park outside the garage. It is also recom-
mended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
t ra ns mit te r o f t he d e vice b ein g p ro gr am m ed t oHomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmis-
sion of the radio-frequency signal.
1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink bu ttons, and
release only when the indicator light begins to flash (after
20 seconds). Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30
seconds and do not repeat step one to program a second
and/ or third hand-held transmitter to the remaining two
HomeLink buttons. 2. Position the end of your hinches (3-8 cm) away from the
keeping the indicator light in vi
Outer HomeLin
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink
button that you want to train and the hand-held trans-
mitter buttons. Do not release the buttons until step 4
NOTE: To p rogram the remai
tons, begin with Programming
step one.
142 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 143/491
has been completed.
NOTE: Some gate operators and garage door openersmay requ ire you to replace this Programm ing Step 3 with
procedures noted in the Gate Operator/ Canadian Pro-
gramming section.
4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and
then rapidly after HomeLink successfully receives the
frequency signal from the hand -held transmitter. Release
both buttons after the indicator light changes from the
slow to the rapid flash.5. Press and hold the just trained HomeLink bu tton and
observe the indicator light. If the indicator light stays on
constantly, programming is complete and your device
should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed
and released.
If the ind icator light blinks rapi
then turns to a constant light, ming steps 6-8 to complete the
code equipped device (most c
opener).
6. At the garage door opener re
in the garage, locate the learn
can usually be found where the
attached to the motor-head uni
7. Firmly press and release the(The name and color of the bu
facturer.)
NOTE: There are 30 seconds
eight.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the programmed HomeLink bu tton.
Repeat the press/hold/release sequence a second time,
Similar to this Canadian law, som
designed to time-out in the sa
If you live in Canada or you
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 144/491
and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener
(or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this
sequence a third time to complete the programming.
H om eLink s hould now act ivate your r olling code
equipped device.
NOTE: To p rogram the remaining two H omeLink but-
tons, begin with Programming step two. Do not repeat
step one. For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.
Canadian Programming/Gate ProgrammingCanadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter sig-
nals t o time-out (or quit) after several seconds of
t ra ns mis sio n w h ich m a y n ot b e lo ng e no u gh fo r
HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming.
If you live in Canada or you
programming a gate operator
ming procedures (regardless of
Programming HomeLink step
NOTE: If programming a gar
operator, it is advised to unplu
cycling process to prevent pos
3. Continue to p ress and hold
while you press and release ev
your h and -held tran smitter unti
successfully been accepted by Hlight will flash slowly and the
Programming step four to com
Using HomeLinkTo operate, simply p ress and release the p rogrammed
HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the
seconds. HomeLink is now i
mode and can be programme
with Programming - step 2
144 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 145/491
trained device (i.e. garage d oor opener, gate op erator,
security system, entry door lock, home/ office lighting,
etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of thedevice may also be used at any time. In the event that
there are still p rogramming difficulties or questions,
contact HomeLink at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-
3515.
Erasing HomeLink ButtonsTo erase programm ing from the three buttons (individu al
buttons cannot be erased but can be reprogrammed -
note below), follow the step noted:
• Press and hold the two outer HomeLink bu ttons until
the indicator light begins to flash-after 20 seconds.
Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer that 30
Reprogramming a Single HoTo program a device to Home
button previously trained, follo
1. Press and hold the desired
N OT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin
Without releasing the HomeLi
Programming step 2
For ques tions or com m ent s, www.homelink.com or 1-800-35
SecurityIf you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase th e frequencies.
To erase all of the previously trained frequencies, hold
HomeLink is a trademark own
Inc.
POWER SUNROOF IF EQ
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 146/491
To erase all of the previously trained frequencies, hold
down both outside buttons until the green light begins to
flash.
This device complies with p art 15 of FCC rules and with
RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the
following conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful interference.
• This device must accept any interference that may be
received including interference that m ay cause u nd es-
ired operation.
NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly ap -
proved by the p arty responsible for compliance could
void the u ser’s au thority to operate the equipment.
POWER SUNROOF — IF EQThe power sunroof switch is l
visors on the overhead console
NOTE: The Power Accessory
the power sunroof to operate f
ignition is turned off.
WARNING!
• Never leave children alone in a vehicle. Leaving
Open Sunroof - Express MoMomentarily pressing the switc
the Express Open Feature, cau
i ll D i h E
146 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 147/491
children in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for
a number of reasons. A child or others could be
seriously or fatally injured. Don’t leave the keysin the ignition. A child could operate power
window s, other controls, or move the vehicle.
• In an accident, there is a greater risk of being
thrown from a vehicle with an open sunroof. You
could also be seriously injured or killed. Always
fasten your seat belt properly and make sure all
passengers are properly secured too.
• Do not allow small children to operate the sun-roof. N ever allow fingers or other body parts, or
any object to project through the sunroof opening.
Injury may result.
automatically. During the Expr
movement of the switch will sto
remain in a partial open positipressing the switch rearward w
Open Feature.
Comfort Stop
The sunroof is equipped with a
Stop” position. This is the firs
reaches. This is designed to re
vehicle speeds between 20 - 4
Pressing the switch m omentar
open the sunroof to its full ope
buffeting can occur at full open
Closing Sunroof - ExpressPress the switch forward and release, and the sunroof
will close automatically from any position. The sunroof
ill l f ll d t t ti ll Thi i ll d
NOTE: Pinch protection is dis
pressed.
Venting Sunroof - Express
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 148/491
will close fully and stop automatically. This is called
Express Close. During Express Close operation, any
movement of the switch will stop the sunroof.
Pinch Protect FeatureThis feature will detect an obstruction in the opening of
the sunroof during Express Close operation. If an ob-
struction in the path of the sunroof is d etected, the
sunroof will automatically retract. Remove the obstruc-
tion if this occurs. Next, press the switch forward and
release to Express Close.
Pinch Protect OverrideIf a known obstruction (ice, debris, etc.) prevents closing,
press the switch forward and hold for two seconds after
the reversal occurs. This allows the sunroof to move
towards the closed position.
g pPress and release the V butt
op en to th e vent position. This i
will occur regardless of sunroof
Vent op eration, any movem ent o
sunroof.
Sunshade OperationThe sunshade can be opened
sunshade will open automatica
NOTE: The sunshade cannot b
open.
Wind BuffetingWind buffeting can be d escribed as the perception of
pressure on the ears or a helicopter type sound in the
ear Yo r ehicle ma e hibit ind b ffeting ith the
Sunroof Fully ClosedPress the switch forward and r
sunroof is fully closed.
148 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 149/491
ears. Your vehicle may exhibit wind buffeting w ith the
windows down, or the sunroof (if equipped) in certain
open or partially open positions. This is a normal occur-rence and can be m inimized. If the bu ffeting occurs with
the rear windows open, open the front and rear windows
together to minimize the buffeting. If the buffeting occurs
with the sunroof open, adjust the sunroof opening to
minimize the buffeting or open any window.
Sunroof MaintenanceUse only a non-abrasive cleaner an d a soft cloth to clean
the glass panel.
ELECTRICAL POWER OUTL
The auxiliary electrical outlet ccab accessories designed for use
lighter” plug. The outlet is lo
panel below and to the right
Panel. A cap is attached to th
“Power Outlet” 12V-20A.
There is an ad ditional Power Ou
of a 40/ 20/ 40 seat (if equipped
The outlet(s) has/ have a fusebattery so it/ they receive powe
ON or OFF.
All accessories connected to this/ these outlet(s) shou ld
be removed or turned OFF when the vehicle is not in use
to protect the battery against discharge.
CAUTIO
Electrical Outlet Use With En
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 150/491
NOTE: If desir ed, all of t he pow er outlets can be
converted by your authorized dealer to provide power
with the ignition switch in the ON position only.
• Many accessories that can
power from the vehicle’s b
in use (i.e. cellular phoneplugged in long enough, th
discharge sufficiently to
and/or prevent engine star
• Accessories that draw high
vacuum cleaners, lights, e
battery even more quickly
mittently and w ith greater
• After the use of high powe
long pe riods o f the vehicle
accessories still plugged in
driven a sufficient length
generator to recharge the v
CIGAR LIGHTER AND ASH RECEIVERThe removable ash receiver is located in the instrument
panel cup holder tray.
150 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 151/491
The cigar l ighter is located on the instrument panel,
above and to the left of the ash receiver.
As a child safety p recaution, the lighter only operates
with the ignition switch ON. It heats when p ushed in and
pops out au tomatically w hen ready for u se. To preserve
the heating element, do not hold the lighter in the
heating position.
CUPHOLDERS
Front Instrument Panel CupholdersTo secure the cup, p lace the cup to be held into one of the
Rear Cupholder — Quad CaQuad Cab vehicles may be eq
holder that consists of two cup
convenience
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 152/491
cup wells and then push the cupholder arm toward the
cup until it is held stable.
convenience.
STORAGE
Center Storage Compartment — If Equipped
configure the storage area into
amp le, compartm ents can be con
computer, a cellular telephone,
items The top of the cover p
152 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 153/491
The center portion of the seat folds down to p rovide an
armrest with unique storage compartments under the lid.
Push the button on the front of the armrest to raise the
cover. Inside there is a power outlet (if equipped),
removable coin holder (if equipp ed), and tw o d ividers to
items. The top of the cover p
surface to serve as a desktop fo
WARNIN
• This armrest is not a seat.
armrest could be seriously
operation, or an accident
seating position w hen the a
• In an accident, the latch
weight of the items stored(4.5 kg). These items co
endangering occupants o
stored should not exceed a
Storage and Seats — If EquippedLocated in th e center of the front 40/ 20/ 40 seat cushion
there is a storage compartment.
d d b d l l h b hi d h
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 154/491
Standard cab models also have storage behind the seat.
The Quad Cab models provide add itional storage un derthe rear seat. Lift the seat to access the storage compart-
ment.
Quad Cab St
REAR WINDOW FEATURES
Electric Rear Window Defroster and Heated Sideview Mirrors — If Equipped
Th El i R Wi d D f d H d
Power Sliding Rear Window
154 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 155/491
The Electric Rear Window Defroster and Heated
side view mirrors are activated by pressing the
heated grid button, located on the Climate Control panel,
with the ignition On. Turning Off the ignition will
deactivate the Electric Rear Window Defroster and
Heated side view mirrors feature. These features also
turn off after activation, when 15 minutes have elapsed.
To reactivate, simply press the button again.
The power sliding rear window
instrument panel below the cl
right side of the switch to op en
of the switch to close the glass.
Power Sliding Rear W
Sliding Rear Window—If EquippedA locking device in the center of the window helps to
prevent entry from the rear of the vehicle. Squeeze the
lock to release the window.
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 156/491
FOLD FLAT LOAD FLOOR — IF EQUIPPEDQ uad C ab m odels w it h a 60/ 40 r ear s eat, m ay be
equipped with a folding load floor.
Quad Cab Rear 6
WARNING!
Do not operate the vehicle with loo se items stored on
the load floor. While driving or in an accident you
Unfolding the Load Floor
1. Lift the 60/ 40 seat cushion(s
156 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 157/491
g y
may experience, abrupt stopping, rapid acceleration,
or sharp turns. Loose objects stored on the load floormay move around with force and strike occupants,
resulting in serious or fatal injury.
Unfolding The L
2. Grasp the knob on th e load floor and lift the knob un til
the load floor unfolds into position.
Positioning the Load Floor for
the Seat
1. Lift the 60/ 40 seat cushion(s
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 158/491
3. Reverse the procedure to store the load floor.
2. Unsnap the securing snap loc
load floor.3. Lift the load floor up to acce
floor.
Load Floor In Open Position
WARNING!
Do not drive with the load floor in the up position.
When stopping fast or in an accident, the load floor
158 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 159/491
pp g
could move to the down position causing serious
injury.
4. Reverse the procedu re to put
secured down position before y
Load Floor Secur
PICKUP BOX You can carry wide building
wood , etc.) by building a raised
across the box in the indentat
wheel housings and in the bulkh
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 160/491
The pickup box on your new Ram has many features
designed for utility and convenience.
NOTE: If you are installing a toolbox to the front of the
pickup box, you m us t us e Mopar toolbox brackets
available from you r dealer
floor.
WARNIN
The pickup box is intended
poses only, not for passeng
seats and use seat belts.
Pickup Box Features
WARNING!
• Care sho uld alw ays be exercised w hen o perating a
vehicle with unrestrained cargo. Vehicle spe eds
There are stampings in the shee
bulkheads of the box in front o
housings. Place wooden boards
to side to create separate loa
160 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 161/491
may need to be reduced. Severe turns or rough
roads may cause shifting or bouncing of the cargothat may result in vehicle damage. If wide build-
ing materials are to be frequently carried, the
installation of a support is recommended. This
will restrain the cargo and transfer the load to the
pickup box floor.
• If you wish to carry more than 600 lbs (272 kg) of
material suspended above the wheelhouse, sup-
ports must be installed to transfer the weight of
the load to the pickup box floor or vehicle damagemay result. The use of proper supports w ill pe rmit
loading up to the rated payload.
• Unrestrained cargo may be thrown forward in an
accident causing serious or fatal injury.
pickup box.
There are four tie-down cleats bthe pickup box that can sustain
kg) total.
SLIDE-IN CAMPERSDO NOT use slide-in campers o
EASY-OFF TAILGATEThe tailgate can be removed qui
sometimes required for pickupthe tailgate unlatch the tailgate
cables by releasing the lock ta
rotate and pull away from the b
free, move to the right side of th
Raise the right side of the tailgate until the right side
pivot clears the hanger bracket. Slide the entire tailgate to
the right to free the left side pivot. Remove the tailgate
from th e veh icle entirely. Do not carr y th e tailgate loose in
h k i k b
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 162/491
the truck pickup box.
NOTE: Dual rear wheel pickup m odels require properlyspaced rear clearance lights. If such a vehicle is operated
without a tailgate, suitable lights must be installed.
WARNIN
It is extremely dangerous to
inside or outside of a vehicle
i i i
162 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 163/491
SAFETY TIPS
Transporting PassengersThis vehicle is designed to carry passengers in the cab
only. For safety reasons, NEVER TRANSPORT PASSEN-
GERS IN THE CARGO AREA.
riding in these areas are mor
injured or killed.Do not allow people to rid
vehicle that is not equipped w
Be sure everyone in your ve
using a seat belt properly.
Lock Your VehicleAlways remove the keys from
doors when leaving the vehicle own driveway or garage. Try t
well-lighted area and never in
ticles of value exposed.
Exhaust Gas
WARNING!
E h t t i b id t
• The best protection against
into the vehicle body is a pro
exhaust system.
Be aware of changes in the soun
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 164/491
Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, a poten-
tially toxic gas that by itself is colorless and odorless.To avoid inhaling these gases, the following precau-
tions should be observed:
• Do not run the engine in a closed garage or in confined
areas any longer than needed to move your vehicle in
or out of the area.
• If it is necessary to sit in a parked vehicle with the
engine running for more than a short period, adjustyour climate control system to force outside air into
the vehicle. Set the blower at high speed and the
controls in any position except OFF or MAX A/ C.
g
exhaust fumes detected inside t
the underside or rear of the vemechanic inspect the complete
cent body areas for broken, d
mispositioned parts. Open sea
could permit exhaust fumes to
compartment. In add ition, ins
each time the vehicle is raise
change. Replace or adjust as re
Safety Checks You Should MVehicle
Heater Defroster Ducts
Inspect the heater defroster du
Check for proper air flow throu
there are any question regarding the operation of your
heater defroster d ucts, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer
Seat Belts
on while driving, have the syst
rized dealer. If there is a problem
seatbelt light will flash.
Safety Checks You Should M
164 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 165/491
Inspect the belt system periodically, checking for cuts,
frays and loose parts. Damaged parts must be replacedimmediately. Do not disassemble or modify the system.
Seat belt assemblies must be replaced after an accident if
they have been damaged (bent retractor, torn webbing,
etc.) or if the front airbags have dep loyed. If there is any
question regarding belt or retractor condition, replace the
belt.
Airbag LightThe light s hould com e on and r em ain on for 6 t o 8
seconds as a bulb check when the ignition switch is first
turned ON. If the light is not lit du ring starting, see your
authorized dealer. If the light stays on, flickers or comes
yVehicle
Tires
Examine tires for tread wear o
Check for stones, nails, glass o
the tread.
Inspect for tread cuts or sidew
nuts for tightness and tires for
Lights
Check the operation of all extsignal and high beam indicator
panel.
Door Latches
Check for p ositive closing, latch
Fluid Leaks
Check area under vehicle after overnight parking for fuel,
water, oil, or other fluid leaks. Also, if fuel fumes are
detected the cause should be located and corrected.
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 166/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 167/491
UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT
CONTENTS
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 168/491
CONTENTS
Instruments And Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Instrument Cluster Description . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Electronic Digital Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
▫ Clock Setting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Radio General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
▫ Radio Broadcast Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
▫ Two Types Of Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
▫ Electrical Distur bances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
▫ AM Reception . . . . . . . .
▫ FM Reception . . . . . . . . .
Sales Code REF — AM/ FM/
Radio With Optional Satellit
Free Ph one Capability . . . .
▫ Operating Instructions - Ra
▫ Operation Instructions - C
▫ Operation Instructions - Au
▫ Operating Instructions - H
If Equipped . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Operating Instructions - Satellite Radio — If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Sales Code RAQ – AM/ FM/ CD (6-Disc) Radio
With Optional Satellite Radio, Hands Free Phone,
Sales Code RAK – AM/ FM/ C
Radio With Op tional Satellite
Phone, Video, MP3, And WM
▫ Operating Instructions - Ra
168 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 169/491
And Vehicle Entertainment Systems (VES)
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
▫ Operating Instructions - Radio Mode . . . . . . .191
▫ Operation Instructions - (CD Mode For CD
Audio Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
▫ Load/ Eject Button (CD Mod e For CD Aud io
Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
▫Notes On Playing MP3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
▫ Operation Instructions - (CD Mode For MP3
Audio Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
▫ Load/ Eject Button (CD Mode For MP3 Play) . .202
▫ Operating Instructions — T
▫ Seek Button . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Fast Forward (FF) . . . . . .
▫ Rewind (RW) . . . . . . . . .
▫ Tape Eject . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Scan Button . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Changing Tape Direction .
▫ Metal Tape Selection . . . .
▫ Pinch Roller Release . . . .
▫ Noise Redu ction . . . . . . .
▫ Operation Instructions - (CD Mode For CD
Audio Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
▫ Load/ Eject Button (CD Mod e For CD Aud io
Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
▫ System Activation . . . . . .
▫ Electronic Serial Number/ S
Nu mber (ESN/ SID) . . . . .
▫ Selecting Satellite Mode In
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 170/491
▫ Notes On Playing MP3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
▫ Operation Instructions - (CD Mode For MP3
And WMA Aud io Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
▫ Load/ Eject Button (CD Mod e For MP3 And
WMA Play) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
Sales Code REC — AM/ FM/ CD (6–Disc) Radio
With Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
▫ Operating Instructions — Satellite Radio (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
▫ Clock Setting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Satellite Radio — If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
Selecting Satellite Mode In
Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Selecting a Channel . . . . .
▫ Storing And Selecting Pre-
▫ Using The PTY (Program T
Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ PTY Button Scan . . . . . .
▫ PTY Button Seek . . . . . .
▫ Satellite Antenna . . . . . . .
▫ Reception Quality . . . . . .
Remote Sound System Contr
▫ Radio Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
▫ Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
▫ CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
C tt T A d Pl M i t 225
▫ Heater Only — Fleet Vehic
▫ Air Conditioning And Hea
▫ Air Conditioning With Dua
Control — If Equipped . .
170 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 171/491
Cassette Tape An d Player Maintenance . . . . . . .225
Compact Disc Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Radio Operation And Cellular Phones . . . . . . . . 227
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
q pp
▫ Operating Tips . . . . . . . .
▫ Operating Tips Chart . . . .
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 172/491
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
172 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 173/491
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DESCRIPTION
1. Check Gages
This light illuminates when the Voltmeter, Engine
Oil Pressure or Engine Coolant Temperature
gages indicate a reading either too high or too low
the pointer moves to either ex
remains there during normal dr
tem should be serviced.
NOTE: If the gauge pointer m
the gauge the “Check Gages”
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 174/491
gages indicate a reading either too high or too low.
Examine the gages carefully, and follow the instructionsabove for each indicated problem.
NOTE: When the ignition switch is turned to OFF, the
Fuel Gage, Voltmeter, Oil Pressure and Engine Coolant
Temperature gages may not show accurate readings.
When the engine is not running, turn the ignition switch
to ON to obtain accurate readings.
2. Voltage Gauge
When the engine is running, the gauge indicates
the electrical system voltage. The pointer should
stay within the normal range if the battery is charged. If
the gauge, the Check Gages
and a single chime will sounindicator may also illuminate p
moving out of normal ran ge. In
authorized Dealer for system se
3. Turn Signal Indicat ors
Lights in instrument cluster f
signals are operating.
4. Tachomet er
The tachometer indicates engine
minute.
CAUTION!
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer
pointer at high rpm for extended periods. Engine
damage may occur.
unbu ckled, a chime will sound
when driving, if the driver seat
the Seat Belt Warning Light
continu ously. Refer to Enhanc
minder System (BeltAlert™) in
174 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 175/491
g y
5. Airbag Indicator Light
The indicator lights and remains lit for 6 to 8 seconds
when the ignition is first turned on. If the light stays on,
flickers or comes on while driving, have the airbag
system checked by an authorized dealer.
6. High Beam Indicator
This indicator shows that headlights are on high
beam.
7. Seat Belt Reminder Light
When the ignition switch is first turned ON, this
light will turn on for 5 to 8 seconds as a bulb check.
During the bulb check if the driver’s seat belt is
section for more information.
information.)
8. Speedometer
The speedometer shows the ve
hour and/ or kilometers per ho
9. Oil Pressure Gauge
The pointer should alway
sure when the engine is
high or low reading, under normay indicate a lubrication syste
ate service should be obtained.
information.)
NOTE: If the gauge pointer moves to either extreme of
the gauge, the “Check Gages” indicator will illuminate
and a single chime will sound.
10. Transfer Case Position
(See p age 258 for more information )
13. Temperat ure Gauge
The temperature gauge i
t em peratur e. A ny r ead
range indicates that the c
ing satisfactorily. The gauge nee
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 176/491
(See p age 258 for more information.)
11. TOW HAUL
The TOW HAUL button is located at the end of the gear
shift lever. This light will illuminate w hen the TOW
HAUL OD/ OFF button is pushed once. (See page 254 for
more information.)
12. OD/OFF
the OD/ OFF button is located at the end of the gear shift
lever. This light will illuminate when the TOW HAUL
OD/ OFF button is p ushed twice. (See page 254 for more
information.)
higher temperature when driv
mountain grades, in heavy tr
trailer. If the needle rises to th
vehicle, shift into N (Neutral),
idle speed for 2 to 3 minutes. If
does not return to normal, shu
allow it to cool. Seek authorized
Cooling System information in
ing Your Vehicle.”
CAUTION!
Do not leave your vehicle unattended with the
engine running as you would not be able to react to
the temperature indicator if the engine overheats.
15. Transmission Range Indica
Tranmissions Only)
When the gear selector lever
shows the automatic transmissi
16. Odometer/Trip Odometer
176 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 177/491
p g
NOTE: Engine idle speed will automatically increase to
1000 rpm at elevated coolant temperatures to imp rove
engine cooling.
NOTE: If the gauge pointer moves to either extreme of
the gauge, the “Check Gages” indicator will illuminate
and a single chime will sound.
14. Securit y
The light will flash rapidly for app roximately 16 second s
when the vehicle theft alarm is arming. The light will
flash at a slower rate after the alarm is set. The security
light w ill also come on for about two seconds when the
ignition is first turned ON
16. Odometer/Trip Odometer
The odometer shows the total been driven.
If the odometer reading is ch
replacement, be sure to keep
before and after the service so th
be d etermined.
The trip odometer shows ind
toggle between the odometer
press the Odometer/ Trip Odom
Trip Odometer, press and hold
mode, until the Trip Odometer
NOTE: The odometer/ trip odometer Vacuum Fluores-
cent Display will also may display GASCAP, which
indicates that you r gas cap is possibly loose or d amaged .
The Vacuum Fluorescent Display will also display NO-
FUSE, which indicates that the IOD fuse is removed from
17. Check Ga ges Light
This light is part of an o
wh ich m onitors the emi
system. If the vehicle
testing the light will come on w
d d i
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 178/491
FUSE, which indicates that the IOD fuse is removed from
the Integrated Power Module. (See p age 430 for moreinformation.)
NOTE: There is also an engine hour function. This
indicates the total number of hours the engine h as been
runn ing. To d isplay the engine hours p erform th e follow-
ing: Place the ignition in RUN, but do not start the
engine. With the od ometer value d isplayed, hold the trip
button d own for a period of 6 second s. The od ometer will
change to trip value first, then it will display the enginehour value. The engine hours will be displayed for a
period of 30 second s un til the ignition is tu rned off or the
engine is started.
t ur ned on and r em ain on, as
engine is started. If the veh icle i
testing the light will come on w
turned on and remain on for 15
second s, and remain on un til th
bulb does not come on during
tion investigated prom ptly.
If this light comes on and rem
suggests a potential engine cont
for system service.
Although your vehicle will usu
need towing, see your dealer
possible.
CAUTION!
Prolonged driving with the MIL on could cause
damage to the engine control system. It also could
affect fuel economy and driveability.
If t he l ight r em ains on w he
released, it indicates a possible
malfunction. In this case, the l
the cause is corrected.
If brake failure is indicated, imm
178 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 179/491
If the MIL is flashing, severe catalytic converterdamage and pow er loss will soon occur. Immediate
service is required.
18. Brake System Warning Light
This light illuminates when the ignition key is turned to
the ON position and remains on for a few seconds. If the
light stays on longer, it may be an indication that the
parking brake has not been released. This light willilluminate if the brake fluid is low, especially when
braking or accelerating h ard. This light will illuminate if
the ABS indicator light has a malfunction. This light will
flash if the engine is runn ing and the parking brake is on.
,
and continued operation of the vdangerous.
Acceleration which causes the
period of time may result in th
n a tin g a nd a b ra ke s w it ch c
equipped vehicles. Depressing
extinguish the red brake light.
19. ABS Warning Light
This light monitors the A
which is described elsew
light will come on when the ign
ON position an d may stay on fo
light remains on or comes on du
that the anti-lock portion of the brake system is not
functioning and that service is required. See your autho-
rized dealer immediately. The ABS light could also
illuminate d uring loss of traction an d remain illum inated
until the brake p edal is pressed.
reduced performance, an elevat
stall and your vehicle may requ
come on when the ignition is fi
on for 15 seconds as a bulb che
come on during starting, have t
th i d d l
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 180/491
20. Cargo LightThe Cargo Lamp light will illuminate when the Cargo
Lamp is activated by p ressing th e Cargo Light Button on
the headlight switch.
21. Electronic Throt t le Cont rol (ETC)
This light informs you of a problem with the
Electronic Throttle Control system. If a prob-
lem is detected the light will come on while the
engine is running. If the light remains lit withthe engine run ning you r vehicle will usually be drivable,
however, see your dealer for service as soon as possible.
If t he light is flashing w hen t he engine is r unning,
immediate service is required and you may experience
authorized dealer.
22. SERV 4WD Indicator
The 4WD indicator will be ill
4WD mode is engaged for eith
shift 4WD systems. The SERV
the electric shift 4WD system.
stays on or comes on during d
4WD system is not functioning
is required.
23. Front Fog Light Indicat or —
This light shows w hen th
24. Low Washer Fluid Light
This light comes on when the washer fluid level falls
below approximately 1/ 4 full. The light will remain on
until fluid is added and ignition switch is cycled.
25. Transmis sio n Oi l Temperat ure Warning Light
26. Odometer/Trip Odometer B
Press this button to toggle betw
trip odometer display. Holding
trip odometer reading when in
27. Fuel Gauge
180 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 181/491
p g g
(Automatic Transmissions Only)This light ind icates that there is excessive tran s-
mission fluid temperature that might occur
with severe usage such as trailer towing. It may
also occur w hen op erating the vehicle in a h igh
torque converter slip condition, such as 4-wheel-drive
operation (e.g. snow plowing, off- road operation). If this
light comes on, stop the vehicle and run the engine at idle
or faster, with the transmission in NEUTRAL until the
light goes off.
g
Show s level of fuel in tan k w heON position.
28. Low Fuel Warning Light
When the fuel level drop
symbol will light and a si
NOTE: If your vehicle is equ
console module (CMTC), it is po
“LO FUEL” before the low fuel
the instrum ent cluster. This cou
fuel warning is set to a specifi
DTE is an estimated distance cal
fuel economy and remaining fu
Ram fuel tank volumes are as follows:
• 34 gallons - short box models
• 35 gallons - long box models
29. Door Ajar
ELECTRONIC DIGITAL CLOCThe clock and radio each use th
the radio. A digital readout sho
time in hours and minutes (d
model) whenever the ignition
“ACC” p osition
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 182/491
The Door Ajar light will illuminate when anydoor is opened. When the ignition is ON the
Door Ajar light will stay illuminated until the
open door is closed. When the ignition is OFF
the Door Ajar light will stay illuminated until the open
door is closed or the battery saver feature automatically
turns the light off.
30. CRUISE Light
This indicator lights wh en the electronic speed controlsystem is turned on.
ACC p osition.
When the ignition switch is in
when the radio frequency is bei
ing is accurately maintained.
On th e RAQ radio the time bu tt
of the time and frequency on t he
one of the two, time or frequen
Clock Setting Procedure
1. Press and hold the time butt
2. Adjust the hours by turnin
Audio control.
3. After the hours are adjusted, press the right side Tune
/ Audio control to set the minutes.
4. Adjust the minutes using the right side Tune / Audio
control.
5 To exit press any bu tton/ knob or w ait approximately
Two Types of SignalsThere are two basic types of
Amplitud e Modu lation, in whic
causes the amplitude, or heigh
vary... and FM or Frequency M
frequency of the wave is varied
182 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 183/491
5. To exit, press any bu tton/ knob or w ait approximately
5 seconds.
RADIO GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Broadcast SignalsYour new radio will provide excellent reception und er
most operating conditions. Like any system, however, car
radios have performance limitations, d ue to m obile op-
eration and natural phenomena, which might lead you to
believe your sound system is m alfunctioning. To helpyou understand and save you concern about these “ap-
parent” malfunctions, you must understand a point or
two about the transmission and reception of radio sig-
nals.
frequency of the wave is varied
Electrical DisturbancesRadio waves may pick up elect
transmission. They mainly aff
and t hus r em ain a par t of t
interfere very little with the f
carry the FM signal.
AM Reception
AM sound is based on wave amcan be disrup ted by su ch things
and neon signs.
FM ReceptionBecause FM transmission is based on frequen cy varia-
tions, interference that consists of amplitude variations
can be filtered out, leaving the reception relatively clear,
which is the major feature of FM radio.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 184/491
NOTE: The radio, steering wheel radio controls (if equipped), and 6 disc CD/ DVD changer (if equipped)
will remain active for up to 10 minutes after the ignition
switch has been turned off. Opening a vehicle front door
will cancel this feature.
SALES CODE REF — AM/FM/CD (SINGLE DISC)RADIO WITH OPTIONAL SATELLITE RADIO ANDHANDS FREE PHONE CAPABILITY
NOTE: The radio sales code is located on the lower right
side of your radio faceplate.
Operating Instructions - Rad
NOTE: The ignition switch mposition to operate the radio.
REF Rad
Power Switch/Volume Control (Rotary)
Press the ON/ VOL control to turn the radio ON. Press
the ON/ VOL a second time to turn OFF the rad io.
Electronic Volume Control
The electronic volume control turns continuously (360
SEEK Button (Radio Mode)
Press and release the SEEK but
listenable station in either A
equipp ed) mod e. Press the right
up and the left side to seek dow
tuned to the new station until
184 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 185/491
degrees) in either direction without stopping. Turning thevolume control to the right increases the volume and to
the left decreases it.
When the audio system is turned on, the sound will be
set at the same volume level as last played.
For your convenience, the volume can be turned down,
but not up, when the audio system is off and the ignition
is ON.
Mode Button (Radio Mode)
Press the mode button repeatedly to select between the
CD player and Satellite Radio (if equipped).
tuned to the new station until
tion. Holding the bu tton w ill stopping until you release it.
MUTE Button (Radio Mode)
Press the MUTE button to can
speakers. MUTE will display.
second time and the sound from
Rotating the volume control, tur
or turning ON/ OFF the ignitio
feature.
NOTE: In Hands Free Phone
MUTE button mutes the microp
SCAN Button (Radio Mode)
Pressing the SCAN button causes the tuner to search for
the next listenable station in either, AM, FM, or Satellite
(if equipped) frequencies, pausing for 5 seconds at each
listenable station before continuing to the next. To stop
the search, press SCAN a second time.
2. Adjust the hours by turnin
Audio control.
3. After the hours are adjust
Tun e/ Aud io control to set the m
begin to blink.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 186/491
the search, press SCAN a second time.
PSCAN Button (Radio Mode)
Pressing the PSCAN button causes the tuner to scan
through preset stations in either, AM, FM, or Satellite (if
equipped) frequencies, pau sing for 5 seconds at each
preset station before continuing to the next. To stop the
search, press PSCAN a second time.
Time Button
Press the time bu tton and the time of day w ill display for5 seconds.
Clock Setting Procedure
1. Press and hold the time button until the hours blink.
4. Adjust the minutes using thcontrol.
5. To exit, press any button/ kn
RW/FF (Radio Mode)
Pressing the rewind / fast forwar
to search for the next frequenc
arrows. This feature operates in
lite (if equipped) frequencies.TUNE Control (Radio Mode)
Turn the right side rotary contro
counter-clockwise to decrease th
AM/FM Button (Radio Mode)
Press the button to select AM or FM Modes.
Setting the Tone, Balance, and Fade
Press the rotary TUNE control and BASS w ill display.
Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to increase or
Press the rotary TUNE control a
display. Turn the TUNE contr
adjust the sound level between
ers.
Press the tune control again o
186 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 187/491
decrease the Bass tones.Press the rotary TUNE control a second time and MID
will display. Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to
increase or decrease the Mid Range tones.
Press the rotary TUNE control a third time and TREBw ill
display. Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to
increase or decrease the Treble tones.
Press the rotary TUNE control a fourth time and BAL willdisplay. Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to
adjust the soun d level from the right or left side speakers.
setting tone, balance, and fade.RND/SET Button (Radio Mod
Push-Button Memory
When you are r eceiving a s t
commit to push-button memor
The symbol SET 1 will now show
Select the bu tton (1-6) you w ish
and press and release that bu
selected within 5 seconds after the station will continue to pla
into push-button memory.
You may add a second station
repeating the above p rocedu re w
the SET button twice and SET 2 will show in the d isplay
window. Each button can be set for SET 1 and SET 2 in
both AM and FM. This allows a total of 12 AM, 12 FM,
and 12 Satellite (if equipped) stations to be stored into
push-button memory. The stations stored in SET 2
memory can be selected by pressing the push-button
Operation Instructions - CD
NOTE: The ignition switch m
position to operate the radio.
Inserting The Compact Disc
Gently insert one CD into the
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 188/491
y y p g p
twice.
Every time a preset button is used, a corresponding
button number will display.
Preset Buttons 1 - 6 (Radio Mode)
These buttons tune the Radio to the stations that you
commit to pu sh-button m emory {12 AM, 12 FM, and 12
Satellite (if equipped) stations}.
y
label facing up . The CD w ill autthe CD Player and the CD ico
radio display.
If the volume control is ON, th
mode and begin to play. The di
number and play time in minute
begin at the start of track one.
NOTE:• On some vehicles, you may i
the radio or ignition switch O
• If you insert a disc with the ignition ON and the radio
OFF, the CD will automatically be p ulled into the CD
Player.
• This radio does not play discs with MP3 tracks.
SEEK Button (CD Mode)
SCAN Button (CD Mode)
Press this button to play the first
To stop the scan function, press
EJECT Button (CD Mode)
Press this button and
188 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 189/491
Press the right side of the SEEK button for th e next track on the CD. Press the left side of the button to return to the
beginning of the current track, or return to the beginning
of the previous track if the CD is within the first 10
seconds of the current selection.
MUTE Button (CD Mode)
Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound from the
speakers. MUTE will display. Press the MUTE button a
second time and the sound from the speakers will return.Rotating the volume control or turning OFF the ignition
will also return the sound from the speakers.
move to the entranceunit will switch to the
If you do not remove the disc wi
reloaded. The radio mode will
TIME Button (CD Mode)
Press this button to change the
playing time to time of day. The
for 5 seconds.RW/FF (CD Mode)
Press and hold the FF (Fast For
will begin to fast forward until
(Reverse) button works in a sim
RND/SET Button (Random Play Button) (CD
Mode)
Press this button while the CD is playing to activate
Random Play. This feature p lays the selections on the
compact d isc in rand om order to provide an interesting
change of pace.
Operation Instructions - AuxThe auxiliary (AUX) jack is an
allows the user to plug in a po
MP3 p layer, cassette player, or
the vehicle’s audio system to am
through the vehicle speakers.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 190/491
Press the SEEK button to move to the next randomly
selected track.
Press and hold the FF button to fast forward through the
tracks. Release the FF button to stop the fast forward
feature. If the RW button is pressed, the current track will
reverse to the beginning of the track and begin playing.
Press the RND button a second time to stop Random
Play.
The auxiliary mode becomes a
device is plugged into the AUX
mm stereo audio cable and the u
the MODE bu tton u ntil AUX ap
NOTE: The radio will return t
the ignition switch is turned fro
tion to the ACC position, the ra
radio w as p reviously in the AUSEEK Button (Auxiliary Mod
No function.
MUTE Button (Auxiliary Mode)
Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound from the
speakers. MUTE will display. Press the MUTE button a
second time and the sound from the speakers will return.
Rotating the volume control or turning OFF the ignition
will also return the sound from the speakers.
TIME Button (Auxiliary Mod
Press this button to change th
playing time to time of day. The
for 5 seconds.
RW/FF (Auxiliary Mode)
No function
190 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 191/491
SCAN Button (Auxiliary Mode)
No function.
EJECT Button (Auxili ary Mode )
No function.
PSCAN Button (Auxiliary Mode)No function.
No function.
RND/SET Button (Auxiliary
No function.
Mode Button (Auxiliary Mod
Press the mode button repeated
CD player and Satellite Radio (
Operating Instructions - Han
EquippedRefer to the “HANDS FREE
section of the Owner’s Manual.
Operating Instructions - Satellite Radio — IfEquippedRefer to the “Satellite Radio” section of the Owner’s
Manual.
SALES CODE RAQ – AM/FM/CD (6-DISC) RADIO
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 192/491
WITH OPTIONAL SATELLITE RADIO, HANDSFREE PHONE, AND VEHICLE ENTERTAINMENTSYSTEMS (VES) CAPABILITIES
NOTE: The radio sales code is located on the lower right
side of your radio faceplate.
Operating Instructions - Rad
NOTE: The ignition switch mposition to operate the radio.
RAQ Rad
Power Switch/Volume Control (Rotary)
Press the ON/ VOL control to turn the radio ON. Press
the ON/ VOL a second time to turn OFF the rad io.
Electronic Volume Control
The electronic volume control turns continuously (360
degrees) in either direction without stopping. Turning the
SEEK Button (Radio Mode)
Press and release the SEEK but
listenable station in either A
equipp ed) mod e. Press the right
up and the left side to seek dow
tuned to the new station until
192 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 193/491
degrees) in either direction without stopping. Turning the
volume control to the right increases the volume and to
the left decreases it.
When the audio system is turned on, the sound will be
set at the same volume level as last played.
For your convenience, the volume can be turned down,
but not up, when the audio system is off and the ignition
is ON.
Mode Button (Radio Mode)
Press the mode button repeatedly to select between the
CD player, Satellite Radio, or Vehicle Entertainment
System (VES) (if equipped).
tion. Holding the bu tton w ill stopping until you release it.
MUTE Button (Radio Mode)
Press the MUTE button to can
speakers. MUTE will be disp
button a second time and the s
will return. Rotating the volu
radio ON/ OFF, or turning OF
return the sound from the spea
NOTE: In Hands Free Phone
MUTE button mutes the microp
SCAN Button (Radio Mode)
Pressing the SCAN button causes the tuner to search for
the n ext listenable station, in either AM, FM or Satellite (if
equipped) frequencies, pau sing for 5 seconds at each
listenable station before continuing to the next. To stop
the search, press SCAN a second time.
2. Adjust the hours by turnin
Audio control.
3. After the hours are adjusted,
/ Audio control to set the mi
begin to blink.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 194/491
MSG or INFO Button (Radio Mode)
Press the MSG or INFO button for an RBDS station (one
with call letters d isplayed). The rad io will return a Radio
Text message broadcast from an FM station (FM mode
only).
Time Button
P re ss t he t im e b u tt on a nd t he t im e o f d a y w ill b e
displayed for 5 seconds.
Clock Setting Procedure
1. Press and hold the time button until the hours blink.
4. Adjust the minutes using thecontrol.
5. To exit, press any button/ kn
RW/FF (Radio Mode)
Pressing the rewind / fast forwar
to search for the next frequenc
arrows. This feature operates in
lite (if equipped) frequencies.
TUNE Control (Radio Mode)
Turn the right side rotary contro
counter-clockwise to decrease th
AM/FM Button (Radio Mode)
Press the button to select AM or FM Modes.
Setting the Tone, Balance, and Fade
Press the rotary TUNE control and BASS w ill display.
Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to increase or
decrease the Bass tones.
Press the rotary TUNE control a
display. Turn the TUNE contr
adjust the sound level between
ers.
Press the rotary TUNE control a
balance and fade.
194 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 195/491
Press the rotary TUNE control a second time and MID
will display. Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to
increase or decrease the Mid Range tones.
Press the rotary TUNE control a third time and TREBLE
will display. Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to
increase or decrease the Treble tones.
Press the rotary TUNE control a fourth time and BAL-
ANCE will display. Turn the TUNE control to the right or
left to adjust the sound level from the right or left side
speakers.
RND/PTY Button (Radio Mo
Pressing this button once will t
5 seconds. If no action is taken
out th e PTYicon will turn off. P
turning the TUNE rotary kno
allow th e program format type t
stations do not currently broadc
Toggle the PTY button to select the following format
types:
Program Type16 Digit-Character Dis-
play
No program type or un-defined
None
N ostalgia
Old ies
Personality
Public
Rh yth m a nd Blu es
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 196/491
Ad u lt H its Ad u lt_H its
Alert Alert Alert Alert
Classical Classical
Classic Rock Classic_Rock
College College
Country Cou ntry
Em ergen cy Test Em ergen cy Test
Foreig n La ng ua ge Fo reig n_La ng ua geInform ation Inform ation
Jazz Jazz
N ew s N ew s
Religiou s Mu sic Religiou s Talk
Rock
Soft
Soft Rock
So ft Rh yth m a nd Blu es
Sports
Talk
Top 40
Weather
By pressing the SEEK button
displayed, the rad io will be tun
station with the same selected PTY name. The PTY
function only operates w hen in the FM mod e.
If a preset bu tton is activated w hile in the PTY (Program
Type) mode, the PTY mode will be exited and the radio
will tune to the preset station.
display window. Each button c
SET 2 in bot h AM an d FM. This
FM and 12 Satellite (if equipp ed)
push-button memory. The sta
memory can be selected by p
twice.
196 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 197/491
SET/DIR Button (Radio Mode) — To Set thePush-Button Memory
When you are r eceiving a s tation t hat you w i sh t o
commit to push-button memory, press the SET/ DIR
button. The symbol SET 1 will now show in the display
window. Select the button (1-6) you wish to lock onto this
station and press and release that button. If a button is
not selected within 5 seconds after pressing the SET/ DIR
button, the station will continue to p lay but will not be
stored into push-button memory.
You may add a second station to each pu sh-button by
repeating the abov e p rocedu re with this exception: Press
the SET/ DIR button twice and SET 2 will show in the
Every time a preset button i
button number will be displaye
Buttons 1 - 6 (Radio Mode)
These buttons tune the Radio
commit to pu sh-button m emor
Satellite (if equipped) stations}.
Operation Instructions - (CD
Play)
NOTE: The ignition switch m
position to operate the radio.
NOTE: Note: This Radio is capable of p laying compact
discs (CD), recordable compact discs (CD-R), rewritable
compact discs (CD-RW) compact discs with MP3 tracks
and mu ltisession compact discs with CD and MP3 tracks.
Inserting Compact Di sc(s)
Gently insert one CD into the CD player with the CD
If you insert a disc with the ig
ON, the unit will switch from
begin to play when you insert t
show the disc number, the track
in minutes and seconds. Play w
track 1.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 198/491
label facing up . The CD w ill autom atically be pu lled into
the CD Player and the CD icon will illuminate on the
radio display.
CAUTION!
This CD player will accept 4 3/4 inch (12 cm) discs
only. The use of other sized discs may damage the
CD player mechanism.
You may eject a disc with the r adio OFF.
SEEK Button (CD MODE for
Press the right side of the SE
selection on the CD. Press the
return to the beginning of the cu
to the beginning of the previou
within the first 10 second s of th
MUTE Button (CD MODE fo
Press the MUTE button to can
speakers. MUTE will be disp
button a second time and the s
will return. Rotating the volume control, turning the
radio ON/ OFF, or turning OFF the ignition will also
return the sound from the speakers.
SCAN Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press the Scan button to scan through each track on the
CD currently playing.
Radio display will show LOAD
is loading, and “READING D
reading the disc.
LOAD / EJT - Eject
Press the LOAD/ EJ
button with the corre
198 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 199/491
LOAD/EJECT Button (CD Mode for CD AudioPlay)
LOAD/ EJECT - Load
Press the LOAD/ EJECT button an d the p ush-
button with the corresponding number where
the CD is being loaded. The radio will display
PLEASE WAIT and prompt when to INSERT
DISC. After the radio displays LOAD DISC insert theCD into the player.
the CD was loaded a
and move to the ent
Radio display will show EJECT
is being ejected and prompt the
Press and hold the LOAD/ EJT
all CDs will be ejected from the
If you h ave ejected a d isc and ha
15 seconds, it will be reloaded . the radio will continue to play
the CD is removed and there are
the radio will play the next CD
If the CD is removed and there
radio, the radio will remain in CD mode and display
INSERT DISC” for 10 seconds. If no discs are inserted
within 10 seconds “NO DISCS LOADED” will be dis-
played.
On some vehicles a disc can be ejected with the radio and
ignition OFF.
AM/FM Button (CD MODE
Switches the Radio to the Radi
RND/PTY Button (Random P
MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press this button while the C
Random Play. This feature p la
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 200/491
TIME Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press this button to change the display from a large CD
playing time display to a small CD playing time display.
RW/FF (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press and h old FF (Fast Forward ) and the CD p layer will
begin to fast forward until FF is released or RW or
another CD button is pressed. The RW (Reverse) button
works in a similar manner.
TUNE Control (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Pressing the TUNE control allows the setting of the Tone,
Fade, and Balance. See Radio Mode.
compact d isc in rand om order
change of pace.
Press the SEEK button to mov
selected track.
Press and hold the FF button to
tracks. Release the FF button
feature.
Press the RND button a secon
Play.
Buttons 1 - 6 (CD MODE for
Selects disc positions 1 - 6 for P
Notes On Playing MP3 FilesThe radio can play MP3 files, however, acceptable MP3
file recording media and formats are l imited. When
writing MP3 files, pay attention to the following restric-
tions.
Supported Media (Disc Types)
h 3 fil di di d b h d i
• Maximu m nu mber of files: 2
• Maximum number of folders
• Maximum number of charact
• Level 1: 12 (includi ng
3-character extension)
200 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 201/491
The MP3 file recording m edia sup ported by the rad io are
CD-ROM, CD-R and CD-RW.
Supported Medium Formats (File Systems)
The medium formats supp orted by th e radio are ISO 9660
Level 1 and Level 2 and includes the Joliet extension.
When reading discs recorded using formats other than
ISO 9660 Level 1 and Level 2, the rad io may fail to read
files properly and may be unable to play the file nor-
mally. UDF and Apple HFS formats are not supported.
The radio uses the following limits for file systems:
• Maximum number of directory levels: 15
• Level 2: 31 (includi ng
3-character extension)
Multisession disc formats are
Multisession discs may contain
CD audio tracks and computer fi
Discs created with an option suc
writing are most likely multis
multisession for CD audio or MPlonger disc loading times.
Supported MP3 File Formats
The radio will recognize only files with the *.mp3 exten-
sion as MP3 files. Non-MP3 files named with the *.mp3
extension may cause playback p roblems. The rad io is
designed to recognize the file as an invalid MP3 and will
not play the file.
Wh i h MP3 d di d
MPEG Specifi-cation
Sampling quency (k
MPEG-1 Au dioLayer 3
48, 44.1,
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 202/491
When u sing the MP3 encoder to compress audio d ata to
an MP3 file, the bit rate and sampling frequencies in the
following table are supported. In addition, variable bit
rates (VBR) are also sup por ted. The ma jority of MP 3 files
use a 44.1 kHz sampling rate and a 192, 160, 128, 96 or
VBR bit rates.
MPEG-2 Au dioLayer 3
24, 22.05,
ID3 Tag information for artist,
are sup ported for version 1 ID3
supported by the radios.
Playlist files are not supported
supported.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 203/491
LOA D / EJECT - Eject
Press the LOAD/ EJECT button an d the p ush-
button with the corresponding number where
the CD was loaded and the disc will unload
and move to the entrance for easy removal.
Radio display will show EJECTING DISC when the disc
i b i j t d d t th t th di
MSG or INFO Button (CD M
Press and MSG or INFO button
The radio scrolls through the fol
Song Title, Artist, File Name, a
able).
Press the MSG or INFO button
l d ti i it d
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 204/491
is being ejected and prompt the user to remove the disc.
If you h ave ejected a disc and h ave not removed it within
15 second s, it will be reloaded . If the CD is not rem oved,
the radio will continue to play the non-removed CD. If
the CD is removed and there are other CD’s in the radio,
the radio will play the next CD after a 2 minute timeout.
If the CD is removed and there are no other CD’s in the
radio, the radio will remain in CD mode and display
INSERT DISC” for 2 m inutes. After 2 minu tes the radiowill go to the previous tuner mode.
elapsed time priority mode.
Press and hold the MSG or IN
message display priority mode
priority mode will display the s
RW/FF (CD Mode for MP3 P
Press the FF side of the button
the MP3 selection.
TUNE Control (CD Mode for
Pressing the TUNE Control a
Tone, Balance, and Fade.
AM/FM Button (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Switches back to Radio mode.
RND/ PTY Button (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Pressing this button plays files randomly.
SET/DIR Button (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Press the SET/ DIR Button to display folders when
Operating Instructions - Sate
Equipped)
Refer to the Satellite Radio
Manual.
Operating Instructions - Vide
System (VES) (If Equipped)
Refer to separate Video Enter
204 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 205/491
Press the SET/ DIR Button to display folders, whenplaying an MP3 discs that have a file/ folder structure.
Turn the TUNE control to display available folders or
move through available folders. Press the TUNE control
to select a folder.
Buttons 1 - 6 (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Selects disc positions 1 - 6 for Play/ Load/ Eject.
Operating Instructions - Hands Free Phone (If
Equipped)
Refer to Hands Free Phone in Section 3 of the Owner’s
Manual.
Refer to separate Video EnterGuide.
SALES CODE RAK – AM/FM(6-DISC) RADIO WITH OPTIORADIO, HANDS FREE PHONWMA CAPABILITIES
NOTE: The radio sales code is
side of your radio faceplate.
Power Switch/Volume Contro
Press the ON/ VOL control to
the ON/ VOL a second time to
Electronic Volume Control
The electronic volume control
degrees) in either d irection w ith
volume control to the right incr
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 206/491
Operating Instructions - Radio Mode
NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the ON or ACCposition to operate the radio.
volume control to the right incrthe left decreases it.
When the audio system is turn
set at the same volume level as
Mode Button (Radio Mode)
Press the mode button repeated
CD player, Cassette, Satellite,
System (VES) (if equipped).
SEEK Button (Radio Mode)
Press and release the SEEK but
station in either AM/ FM or Sat
RAK Radio
Press the right side of the button to seek up and the left
side to seek d own. The radio will remained tuned to the
new station until you make another selection. Holding
the button and will bypass stations without stopping
until you release it.
SCAN Button (Radio Mode)
Pressing the SCAN button causes the tuner to search for
Clock Setting Procedure
1. Press and hold the time butt
2. Adjust the hours by turnin
Audio control.
3. After the hours are adjust
Tun e/ Aud io control to set the m
206 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 207/491
Pressing the SCAN button causes the tuner to search fort he next s tation, in eit her A M, FM or Satellit e (if
equipped) frequencies, pausing for 5 seconds (satellite
scan 8 seconds) at each listenable station before continu -
ing to the n ext. To stop the search, press SCAN a second
time.
Time Button
Press the time bu tton and the time of day w ill display for
5 seconds.
Tun e/ Aud io control to set the mbegin to blink.
4. Adjust the minutes using th
control.
5. To exit, press any button/ kn
INFO Button (Radio Mode)
Press the INFO button for an RB
letters displayed). The rad io w
message broadcast (if available)
mode only).
RW/FF (Radio Mode)
Pressing the rewind/ fast forward bu tton causes the tun er
to search for the next frequency in the direction of the
arrows. This feature operates in either AM, FM or Satel-
lite (if equ ipped ) frequencies.
TUNE Control (Radio Mode)
Turn the right side rotary control to increase or decrease
Press the rotary TUNE control
will display. Turn the TUNE con
increase or decrease the Treble
Press the rotary TUNE control a
display. Turn the TUNE contr
adjust the soun d level from the r
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 208/491
Turn the right side rotary control to increase or decreasethe frequency.
AM/FM Button (Radio Mode)
Press the button to select AM or FM Modes.
Setting the Tone, Balance, and Fade
Press the rotary TUNE control and BASS w ill display.
Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to increase or
decrease the Bass tones.Press the rotary TUNE control a second time and MID
will display. Turn the TUNE control to the right or left to
increase or decrease the Mid Range tones.
Press the rotary TUNE control a
display. Turn the TUNE contr
adjust the sound level between
ers.
Press the rotary TUNE control a
balance, and fade.
RND/PTY Button (Radio Mo
Pressing this button once will t5 second s. If no action is taken
out, the PTY icon will turn off
within 5 seconds will allow the p rogram format type to
be selected. Many radio stations do not currently broad-
cast PTY information.
Turn the tune knob to select the following format types:
Program Type16 Digit-Character Dis-
play
No program type or un
Cou ntry
Old ies
Soft
N ostalgia
Jazz
Classicalh h d l
208 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 209/491
No program type or un-defined
None
N ew s N ew s
Inform ation Inform ation
Sports Sp orts
Talk Talk
Rock Rock
Classic Rock Classic_Rock Ad u lt H its Ad u lt_H its
Soft Rock Soft_Rock
Top 40 Top_40
Classical Rh yth m a nd Blu es
So ft Rh yth m a nd Blu es
Foreig n La ng ua ge
Religiou s Mu sic
Religiou s Talk
Personality
Public
College Unassigned
Weather
By pressing the SEEK button when the PTY icon is
displayed, the rad io will be tuned to the next frequency
station with the same selected PTY name. The PTY
function only operates w hen in the FM mod e.
If a preset bu tton is activated w hile in the PTY (Program
Type) mode, the PTY mode will be exited and the radio
will tune to the preset station
Operating Instructions — TaInsert the cassette with the expo
left and the mechanical action
pull the cassette into the play p
NOTE: When subjected to extr
the tape mechanism may requir
up for proper op eration Somet
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 210/491
will tune to the preset station.
NOTE: If you have selected a PTY with the tune knob,
simply pressing the tune button in will go directly to a
“PTY seek”.
Buttons 1 - 6 (Radio Mode)
These buttons tune the Radio to the stations that you
commit to pu sh-button m emory {12 AM, 12 FM, and 12
Satellite (if equipped) stations}.
up for proper op eration. Sometbe experienced due to a defectiv
demagnetize the tape heads at l
Seek ButtonPress the SEEK button up for t
tape and down to return to the
selection.
Press the SEEK button up or number to skip forward or bac
Press the SEEK button once to m
move 2 selections, etc.
Fast Forward (FF)Press the FF button up momentarily to advance the tape
in the direction that it is playing. The tape will advance
until the button is pressed again or the end of the tape is
reached. At the end of the tape, the tape w ill play in the
opp osite direction.
Rewind (RW)
Scan ButtonPress this button to play 10 se
Press the scan bu tton a second t
Changing Tape DirectionIf you wish to change the direc
being played), press Preset 6.
display w indow will show the
210 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 211/491
Rewind (RW)Press the RW button momentarily to reverse the tape
direction. The tape will reverse until the button is pressed
again or un til the end of the tape is reached . At the end of
the tape, the tape will play in the opposite direction.
Tape EjectPress this button and the cassette will disen-
gage and eject from the radio.
display w indow will show the
Metal Tape SelectionIf a standard metal tape is inse
player will autom atically select
Pinch Roller ReleaseIf ignition power or the radio O
off, the pinch roller will autom
the tape from any d amage. Whetape player, the pinch roller wil
and the tape will resume play.
Noise ReductionThe Dolby Noise Reduction System* is on whenever the
tape player is on, but may be switched off.
To turn off the Dolby Noise reduction System: Press
Preset 1 after you insert the tape. The NR light in the
display will go off when the Dolby System is off.
*”Dolby” noise reduction is manufactured under license
compact discs (CD-RW) compa
and mu ltisession compact discs
and WMA.
Inserting Compact Di sc(s)
CAUTIO
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 212/491
* Dolby noise reduction is manufactured under license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Labo-
ratories Licensing Corporation.
Operation Instructions - (CD MODE for CD AudioPlay)
NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the ON or ACC
position to operate the radio.
NOTE: Note: This Radio is capable of p laying compact
discs (CD), recordable compact discs (CD-R), rewritable
CAUTIO
This CD player will accept 4
only. The use of other sized
CD player mechanism.
You may eject a disc with the r
If you insert a disc with the ig
ON, the unit will switch frombegin to play when you insert t
show the disc number, the track
in minutes and seconds. Play w
track 1
SEEK Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press the right side of the SEEK button for the next
selection on the CD. Press the left side of the button to
return to the beginning of the current selection, or return
to the beginning of the previous selection if the CD is
within the first 5 seconds of the current selection.
SCAN Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Radio display will show LOAD
is loading and “READING D
reading the disc.
LOAD/EJT - Eject
Press the LOAD/ EJT
button with the corre
the CD was loaded a
212 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 213/491
SCAN Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)Press the Scan button to scan through each track on the
CD currently playing.
LOAD/EJECT Button (CD Mode for CD AudioPlay)
LOAD/EJECT - Load
Press the LOAD/ EJT button and the push-
button with the corresponding number wherethe CD is being loaded. The radio will display
PLEASE WAIT and prompt when to INSERT
DISC. After the radio displays INSERT DISC, insert the
CD into the player.
the CD was loaded aand move to the ent
Radio display will show EJECT
is being ejected and prompt the
Press and hold the LOAD/ EJT
all CDs will be ejected from the
If you h ave ejected a d isc and ha
15 seconds, it will be reloaded . the radio will continue to play
the CD is removed and there are
the radio will play the next CD
If the CD is removed and there
radio, the radio will remain in CD mode and display
INSERT DISC” for 2 minutes. After 2 minutes, the radio
will go to the previous tuner mode.
The disc can be ejected with the radio and ignition OFF.
TIME Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press this button to change the display from a large CD
playing time display to a small CD playing time display
RND/PTY Button (Random P
MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press this button while the C
Random Play. This feature p la
compact d isc in rand om order
change of pace.
NOTE: MP3 and WMA Random
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 214/491
playing time display to a small CD playing time display.
RW/FF (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Press and h old FF (Fast Forward ) and the CD p layer will
begin to fast forward until FF is released or RW or
another CD button is pressed. The RW (Reverse) button
works in a similar manner.
TUNE Control (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Pressing the TUNE control allows the setting of the Tone,Fade, and Balance. See Radio Mode.
AM/FM Button (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Switches the Radio to the Radio mode.
NOonly.
Press the SEEK button to mov
selected track.
Press and hold the FF button to
tracks. Release the FF button
feature. If the RW button is pres
reverse to the beginning of the Press the RND button a secon
Play.
Buttons 1 - 6 (CD MODE for CD Audio Play)
Selects disc positions 1 - 6 for Play/ Load/ Eject.
Notes On Playing MP3 FilesThe radio can play MP3 files; however, acceptable MP3
file recording media and formats are l imited. When
writing MP3 files, pay attention to the following restric-
tions.
The radio uses the following lim
• Maximum number of directo
• Maximu m nu mber of files: 2
• Maximum number of folders
• Maximum number of charact
214 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 215/491
Supported Media (Disc Types)
The MP3 file recording m edia sup ported by the rad io are
CD-ROM, CD-R, and CD-RW.
Supported Medium Formats (File Systems)
The medium formats supp orted by th e radio are ISO 9660
Level 1 and Level 2 and includes the Joliet extension.
When reading discs recorded using formats other thanISO 9660 Level 1 and Level 2, the rad io may fail to read
files properly and may be unable to play the file nor-
mally. UDF and Apple HFS formats are not supported.
• Level 1: 12 (includi ng
3-character extension)
• Level 2: 31 (includi ng
3-character extension)
Multisession disc formats are
Multisession discs may contain
CD audio tracks and computer fiDiscs created with an option suc
writing are most likely multis
multisession for CD audio or MP
longer disc loading times.
Supported MP3 File Formats
The radio will recognize only files with the *.mp3 exten-
sion as MP3 files. Non-MP3 files named with the *.mp3
extension may cause playback p roblems. The rad io is
designed to recognize the file as an invalid MP3 and will
not play the file.
When u sing the MP3 encoder to compress audio d ata to
MPEG Specifi-cation
Sampling quency (k
MPEG-1 Au dioLayer 3
48, 44.1,
MPEG-2 Au dio
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 216/491
g pan MP3 file, the bit rate and sampling frequencies in the
following table are supported. In addition, variable bit
rates (VBR) are also sup por ted. The ma jority of MP 3 files
use a 44.1 kHz sampling rate and a 192, 160, 128, 96 or
VBR bit rates.
MPEG-2 Au dioLayer 3
24, 22.05,
ID3 Tag information for artist, s
are sup ported for version 1 ID3
supported by the radios.
Playlist files are not supported
supported.
Playback of MP3 and WMA Files
When a medium containing MP3 d ata is loaded, the
radio checks all fi les on the medium. If the medium
contains a lot of folders or files, the rad io will take more
time to start playing the MP3 files.
Loading times for playback of MP3 and WMA files may
be affected by the following:
Operation Instructions - (CDWMA Audio Play)
SEEK Button (CD Mode for M
Pressing the right side of the SE
file. Pressing the left side of th
beginning of the file. Pressing t
ten seconds plays the previous
216 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 217/491
y g
• Media - CD-RW media may take longer to load than
CD-R m edia
• Medium formats - Multisession discs may take longer
to load than non-multisession discs
• Number of files and folders - Loading times will
increase with more files and folders
To increase the sp eed of disc loading, it is recomm ended
to use CD-R media and single-session discs. To create a
single-session disc, enable the Disc at Once option before
writing to the disc.
p y p
LOAD/EJECT Button (CD MoPlay)
LOAD/EJT - Load
Press the LOAD/ EJT
button with the corre
the CD is being loade
PLEASE WAIT and p
DISC. After the radio displays
CD into the player.
The radio d isplay will show LOADING DISC when the
disc is loading.
LOAD/EJT - Eject
Press the LOAD/ EJT button and the push-
button with the corresponding number where
the CD was loaded and the disc will unload
and move to the entrance for easy removal.R di di l ill h EJECTING DISC h th di
INFO Button (CD Mode for M
Press and INFO bu tton w hile pl
The radio scrolls through the fol
Song Title, Artist, File Name, a
able).
Press the INFO button once m
time priority mode.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 218/491
Radio display will show EJECTING DISC when the disc
is being ejected and prompt the user to remove the disc.
If you h ave ejected a disc and h ave not removed it within
15 second s, it will be reloaded . If the CD is not rem oved,
the radio will continue to play the non-removed CD. If
the CD is removed and there are other CD’s in the radio,
the radio will play the next CD after a 2-minute timeout.
If the CD is removed and there are no other CD’s in theradio, the radio will remain in CD mode and display
INSERT DISC” for 2 minutes. After 2 minutes, the radio
will go to the previous tuner mode.
Press and hold the INFO butto
display priority mode or elaps
mode will display the song title
RW/FF (CD Mode for MP3 a
Press the FF side of the button
the file or MP3 and WMA selec
TUNE Control (CD Mode forPressing the TUNE Control a
Tone, Balance, and Fade.
AM/FM Button (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Switches back to Radio mode.
RND/PTY Button (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Pressing this button plays files randomly.
SET/DIR Button (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Press the SET/ DIR Button to display folders, when
playing an MP3 discs that have a file/ folder structure.
Operating Instructions - Sate
Equipped)
Refer to the “Satellite Radio”
Manual.
Operating Instructions - Vide
System (VES) (If Equipped)
Refer to separate “Video EnteG id ”
218 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 219/491
p y g
Turn the TUNE control to display available folders or
move through available folders. Press the TUNE control
to select a folder.
Buttons 1 - 6 (CD Mode for MP3 Play)
Selects disc positions 1 - 6 for Play/ Load/ Eject.
Operating Instructions - Hands Free Phone (If
Equipped)Refer to “Hands-Free Phone” in Section 3 of the Owner’s
Manual.
Guide.”
SALES CODE REC — AM/FM/CD (6–DISC) RADIOWITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM
menu s and instructions for sele
tions and routes, AM/ FM stere
changer with MP3 capability.
Mapping information for navi
DVD that is loaded into the un
all of North America. Refer to
Manual” for detailed operating
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 220/491
Satellite Navigation Radio with CD Player with MP3Capability (REC) - combines a Global-Positioning
System-based navigation system with an integrated color
screen to provide maps, turn identification, selection
Operating Instructions — SaEquipped)Refer to your “Navigation Use
operating instructions.
Clock Setting Procedure
Refer to “Setting the Clock” un
your Navigation User’s Manualthe clock.
REC Radio
SATELLITE RADIO — IF EQUIPPEDSatellite radio uses direct satellite to receiver broad cast-
ing technology to provide clear digital sound, coast to
coast. The subscription service provider is Sirius™ Satel-
lite Rad io. This service offers over 100 chann els of mu sic,
sports, news, entertainment, and programming for chil-
dren, directly from its satellites and broadcasting studios.
System Activation
3. Your Vehicle Identification N
Electronic Serial Number/SiNumber (ESN/SID)The Electronic Serial Number/ S
ber is needed to activate you
system. To access the ESN/ SI
steps:
220 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 221/491
System Activation
NOTE: Your vehicle’s rad io mu st be on and in satellite
mode when the activation process takes place.
To activate your Sirius Satellite Radio service, call the
toll-free nu mb er 888-539-7474, or visit th e Sirius w eb site
at www.sirius.com. Please have the following informa-
tion available when activating your system:
1. The Electronic Serial Nu mber/ Sirius Identification
Number (ESN/ SID).
2. Credit card information.
ESN/SID Access With REF R
With the ignition sw itch in th e A
the radio OFF, press the CD
simultaneously for 3 seconds. T
twelve-digit ESN/ SID num ber
SEEK UP button to d isplay the n
to press the SEEK UP button u
digits display. The SEEK DOWthe first four digits display.
ESN/ SID mode when any other button is pushed, the
ignition is turn ed OFF, or 5 minu tes has p assed since any
button w as pushed.
ESN/SID Access With RAQ and RAK Radios
With th e ignition switch in th e ACCESSORYp osition and
the radio OFF, p ress the CD Eject and TIME buttons
simultaneously for 3 seconds. All twelve ESN/ SID nu m-bers w ill d isplay The rad io will exit th e ESN/ SID mod e
Selecting Satellite Mode in RRadios
Selecting Satellite Mode — R
Press the MODE button repeate
appears in the display.
A CD may remain in th e rad io w
mode.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 222/491
bers w ill d isplay. The rad io will exit th e ESN/ SID mod e
when any other button is pushed, the ignition is turned
OFF, or 5 m inutes has passed since any button was
pushed.
ESN/SID Access With REC Navigation Radios
Please refer to your Navigation User’s Manual.
With the ignition in the ACCESSORY position and the
radio off, p ress the CD Eject and Set bu ttons simulta-
neously u ntil the 12 digits of the ESN/ SID app ear on the
screen.
Selecting Satellite Mode — R
Press the MODE button repeate
appears in the display.
These radios will also display
and program type. For more in
title and artist press the MSG o
A C D or t ape m ay r em ai n i n
Satellite rad io m ode.
Selecting a ChannelPress and release the SEEK or TUNE knob to search for
the next channel. Press the top of the button to search u p
and the bottom of the button to search d own. Holding the
TUNE button causes the radio to bypass channels until
the button is released.
Press and release the SCAN button (if equipped) toautomatically change channels every 7 seconds The
Storing and Selecting Pre-SIn ad dition to th e 12 AM and 12
may also commit 12 satellite
mem ory. These satellite channe
erase any AM or FM p re-set me
memory pre-set procedures tha
Using the PTY (Program Typequipped)
222 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 223/491
automatically change channels every 7 seconds. The
radio will pause on each channel for 7 seconds before
moving on to the next channel. The word SCAN will
app ear in the d isplay between each chann el change. Press
the SCAN button a second time to stop the search.
NOTE: Channels that may contain objectionable content
can be blocked. Contact Sirius Customer Care at 888-539-
7474 to d iscuss options for channel blocking or un block-ing. Please have your ESN/ SID information available.
equipped)Follow the PTY button instruc
radio.
PTY Button SCAN
When the desired program typ
SCAN button within five secon
seconds of the selected channel b
channel of the selected programbutton a second time to stop th
NOTE: Pressing the SEEK o
performing a mu sic type scan, w
one and stop the search. Pressing a pre-set memory
button d uring a m usic type scan, will call up the mem ory
channel and stop the search.
PTY Button SEEK
When the desired program is obtained, press the SEEK
button within five seconds. The channel will change to
the next channel that matches the program type selected.
S lli A
Reception QualitySatellite reception may be inter
following reasons.
• The vehicle is parked in a
structure or under a physical
• Dense tree coverage may in
form of short aud io mutes.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 224/491
Satellite AntennaTo ensure optimum reception, do not place items on the
roof around the rooftop antenna location. Metal objects
placed within the line of sight of the antenna will cause
decreased performance. Larger luggage items should be
placed as far forward as p ossible. Do n ot p lace items
directly on or above the antenna.
• Driving u nd er wide brid ges o
cause intermittent reception.
• Placing objects over or too
cause signal blockage.
REMOTE SOUND SYSTEM CONTROLS — IFEQUIPPEDThe remote sound system controls are located on the rear
surface of the steering wheel. Reach behind the wheel to
access the switches.
The right hand control is a ro
button in the center. Pressing t
increase the volume and pres
switch will decrease the volum e
right hand control will allow yo
The left hand control is a rocker
button in the center. The functiois different d epending on whic
224 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 225/491
is different d epending on whic
The following describes the left
each mode.
Radio OperationPressing the top of the left side
the next listenable station an d p
switch w ill SEEK dow n for the
The button located in the cente
w i ll t une t o t he next pr e-s et
programmed in the rad io pre-s
Remote Sound System Controls
Tape PlayerPressing the top of the switch once will go to the next
selection on the cassette. Pressing the bottom of the
switch once will go to the beginning of the current
selection or to the beginning of the previous selection if it
is within the first 5 seconds of the current selection.
If you press the switch up or down twice it plays thesecond selection, three times, it w ill p lay the third, etc.
If you press the switch up or
second track, three times, it wil
The button in the center of the
function in this mode.
CASSETTE TAPE AND PLAYTo keep the cassette tapes and p
take the following precautions:
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 226/491
, , p y ,
The button in the center of the left hand switch has no
function in this mode.
CD PlayerPressing the top of the switch once will go to the next
track on the CD. Pressing the bottom of the switch once
will go to the beginning of the current track or to the
beginning of the p revious track if it is within on e second
after the current track begins to play.
1. Do not use cassette tapes lon
sound quality and tape durabili
ished.
2. Keep the cassette tape in
slackness and du st when it is n
3. Keep the cassette tape aw ay fand magnetic fields such as the
4. Before inserting a tape, ma
adhering flatly to the cassette.
5. A loose tape should be corrected before use. To rewind
a loose tape, insert the eraser end of a pencil into the tape
drive gear and twist the pencil in the requ ired directions.
Maintain your cassette tape p layer. The head and capstan
shaft in the cassette player can pick up dirt or tape
deposits each time a cassette is played. The result of
deposits on the capstan shaft may cause the tape to wraparound and become lodged in the tape transport. The
COMPACT DISC MAINTENATo keep the compact discs in g
following precautions:
1. H andl e t he di sc by it s ed
surface.
2. If the d isc is stained, clean th e
wiping from center to edge.
226 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 227/491
g p p
other adverse condition is low or “muddy” sound from
one or both channels, as if the treble tone control were
turned all the way down. To prevent this, you should
periodically clean the head with a commercially available
WET cleaning cassette.
As p reventive maintenance, clean the h ead about every
30 hours of use. If you wait until the head becomes verydirty (noticeably poor sound), it may not be possible to
remove all deposits with a simple WET cleaning cassette.
3. Do not apply paper or tape to
ing the disc.
4. Do not u se solvents such as b
or antistatic sprays.
5. Store the disc in its case afte
6. Do not expose the disc to dir
7. Do not store the disc where t
too high.
NOTE: If you experience difficulty in playing a particu-
lar disc, i t may be damaged, oversized, or have theft
protection encoding. Try a known good disc before
considering disc p layer service.
RADIO OPERATION AND CELLULAR PHONESUnder certain conditions, the operation of a cellular
phone in your vehicle can cause erratic or noisy perfor-mance from your radio. This condition may be lessened
CLIMATE CONTROLSThe controls for the heating and
vehicle consist of a series of rot
controls can be set to obtain des
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 228/491
mance from your radio. This condition may be lessened
or eliminated by relocating the cellular phone antenna.
This condition is not harmful to the radio. If your radio
performance does not satisfactorily “clear” by the repo-
sitioning of the antenna, it is recomm end ed th at the rad io
volume be turned down or off du ring cellular phone
operation.
Climate Control
Heater Only — Fleet Vehicles The mode co
control panel
following po
NOTE: To improve your selecallows you to operate at interm
228 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 229/491
allows you to operate at interm
the major modes. These interme
tified by the small dots.
Panel
Outside air flows through
instrument panel.Manual Heating Controls
Recirculation Modes (Panel or Bi-Level)
Select the recirculation modes when
t he outs ide air contains s m oke or
odors. This feature allows for recircu-
lation of interior air only. Air flows
through the pan el outlets in this mod e.
Air flows through the panel only or
through both the panel and floor ventsdepending on the selected mode (panel vs bi-level)
Defrost
Outside air is primarily d
through the defroster outl
the windshield, and the demist
edge of each side of the instrum
Blower Control
The r ot ar y kcontrol pane
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 230/491
depending on the selected mode (panel vs bi-level).
Bi-Level
Outside air flows through the outlets located in the
instrument panel and at the floor.
Mi x
Outside air flows in equal proportions through the
floor and defroster outlets.
Turn the kno
four position
speed you de
off, turn the
tion.
Temperature Control
The rotary knob at the center of the
control panel controls the temperatu re
of the inter ior air. You can choose y our
degr ee of com fort by r ot at ing t he
knob. The coldest temperature setting
is to the extreme left (blue region) and
the warmest setting is to the extremeright (red region) of the rotation
Air Conditioning and Heatin
230 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 231/491
right (red region) of the rotation.
Air Conditioning Operation
To turn on the Air Ccontrol at any speed
button located a t the r
Conditioned air will
Air Conditioning A
outlets selected by the mode control. A light in the
snowflake bu tton shows that the air conditioning is on.
Press the button a second time to turn the air condition-
ing off.
Slight changes in engine speed or power may be noticed
when the air conditioning compressor is on. This is a
normal occurrence as the compressor will cycle on andoff to m aintain comfort and increase fuel economy.
NOTE: To improve your selec
allows you to operate at interm
the major modes. These interme
tified by the small dots.
Recirculation Modes (Panel o
Select the re
the outside aihigh hum idi
d i d hi
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 232/491
The mode control (at the right of the
control panel) can be set in any of the
following positions:
desired. This
culation of in
t hrough t he
both the pane
ing on the selected mode (panel
NOTE: Selecting a “Recirculat
necessarily consum e m ore fuel Panel
Outside air flows through
instrument panel.
Bi-Level
Outside air flows through the outlets located in the
instrument panel and at the floor.
Floor
Outside air flows primarily through the floor out-
lets located under the instrument panel.
Mi xOutside air flows in equal proportions through the
Blower Control
The r ot ar y k
control pane
Turn the kno
four position
speed you de
off, turn the
tion.
T t C t l
232 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 233/491
Outside air flows in equal proportions through the
floor and defroster ou tlets, and the air conditioning
may be on.
Defrost
Outside air is primarily directed to the windshield
through the defroster outlets located at the base of
the windshield, and the demister outlets located at the
edge of each side of the instrument p anel, and the airconditioning may be on.
Temperature Control
The rotary k
control panel
of the interior
degr ee of c
knob. The co
is to the extre
the warmest right (red region) of the rotation
Circulation
The cab is designed with features to promote outside air
circulation. There are grilles in the cab back panel. These
are air exhausters that provide the means for regular
exchange of cab air.
Side w indow dem isters d irect air flow specifically to th e
window glass to help prevent interior fogging of theglass. They are located in the extreme outside upper
d f th i t t l Th d i t l
Air Conditioning with Dual ZControl — If EquippedWith the Dual Zone Temperatu
front seat occupant can indepe
perature of air coming from th
the vehicle.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 234/491
edges of the instrument panel. The demisters also pro-
vide extra air d ucts for circulation. They are in operation
wh enever the Floor, Mix or Defrost m odes are in u se. To
remove frost from the side windows, it is best to use the
full defrost mode.
NOTE: When you turn off the engine you may hear a
hissing sound from un der the hood for a short period of time. This is a normal condition that occurs if the air
conditioning system has been on. It is not an indication of
a problem with the air conditioning system. Dual Zone Cont
Air Conditioning and Heating Operation
To turn on the Air Conditioning, set the fan control at any
speed and press the snowflake button located on the
control panel. Conditioned air will be directed through
the outlets selected by the mode control. A light in the
snowflake bu tton shows that the air conditioning is on.
Press the button a second time to turn the air condition-
ing off.
A/C Pushbutton
Recirculation Pushbutton
Pushing the
lows interior
ously in an y
and defrost/ f
d ow n o f t
Cooldown” l
Mode Control
234 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 235/491
A/C Pushbutton
With the fan control in the ON posi-
tion, pushing the A/ C button turns on
the air conditioning compressor. An
indicator light on the button shows
that the Air Conditioning compressor
is on. Conditioned air is now directed
through the mode outlets selected.Pushing the button a second time turns the compressor
OFF.
Th e m od e
choose from
distribution.
NOTE: To improve your selec
allows you to operate at interm
the major modes. These intermediate positions are iden-
tified by the small dots and give an even blend of both
modes.
Panel
Outside air flows through the outlets located in the
instrument panel. These outlets can be adjusted to
direct the airflow.Bi-Level
Mi x
Outside air flows in equal
floor and defroster outlets
Defrost
Outside air is primarily d
through the defroster outl
the windshield and side windo
NOTE: The air conditioning
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 236/491
Air flows through the outlets located in the instru-
ment panel and those located on the floor.
NOTE: There is a difference in tem peratu re between th e
upp er and lower outlets for added comfort. The warmer
air goes to the floor outlets. This feature gives imp roved
comfort during sunny but cool conditions.
Heat
Outside air flows primarily through the floor out-
lets located under the instrument panel.
NO g
both Mix and Defrost or a blen
the A/ C button has not been pr
the air to help dry the windshie
Blower Control
The r ot ar y knob on t he l eft of t he
control panel is the blower control.
Turn the knob clockwise to one of the
four positions to obtain the blower
speed you desire. To turn the blower
off, turn the knob to the far left posi-
tion.
Dual Zone Temperature Cont
236 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 237/491
Use this control to regulate th
inside the passenger compartmeby having separate temperatur
Dual Zone Tempera
the d river and front p assenger. The blue area of the scale
indicates cooler temp eratures w hile the red area indicates
warmer temperatures.
Circulation
The cab is designed with features to promote outside air
circulation. There are grilles in the cab back panel. These
are air exhausters that provide the means for regular
exchange of cab air.
conditioning system has been on
a problem with the air conditio
Operating Tips
Fast Cooldown
For a fast cooldown, turn the b
the extreme right position, turn
panel fresh position, press the on the air conditioning, and d
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 238/491
Side w indow dem isters d irect air flow specifically to th e
window glass to help prevent interior fogging of the
glass. They are located in the extreme outside upper
edges of the instrument panel. The demisters also pro-
vide extra air d ucts for circulation. They are in operation
whenever the Floor, Mix or Defrost modes are in use.
NOTE: When you turn off the engine you may hear ahissing sound from un der the hood for a short period of
time. This is a normal condition that occurs if the air
open for the first few minutes. O
expelled, close the windows an
pu sh-button. When a comfort
reached, choose a mode positio
ture control slide and blower
maintain comfort. For h igh h um
be necessary to remain in themaintain comfort.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 239/491
NOTE: On models equipped with Diesel engines, the
idle speed will automatically increase to 1000 rpm at
elevated coolant tem peratu res to improve engine cooling.
Your air conditioning system is also equipped with an
automatic recirculation system. When the system senses
a heavy load or high heat conditions, it m ay u se partial
Recirculation A/ C mode to provide additional comfort.
Winter Operation
When operating the system du
make sure the air intake, locate
windshield, is free of ice, slush
tions.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 240/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 241/491
STARTING AND OPERATING
CONTENTS
Starting Procedures – Gas Engines . . . . . . . . . . .245
▫ Manu al Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Manu al Transmission . . . . .
▫ Manual Transmission — 6
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 242/491
▫ Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
▫ Normal Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
▫ If Engine Fails To Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
▫ After Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Engine Block Heater — If Equipped . . . . . . . . .249
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
▫ Autom atic Transmission With Overdrive . . . . .250
▫ Recommended Vehicle Shi
▫ Downsh ifting – All Manu a
Four-Wheel- Drive Operation
▫ Manually Shifted Transfer
Information/ Precautions .
▫ Shifting Procedure - Manua
Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Transfer Case Reminder Li
Limited-Slip Differential — If Equipped . . . . . . .262
Driving On Slipp ery Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
Axle Locker System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
Stabilizer/ Sway Bar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
Power Wagon – Safe Off-Road Driving . . . . . . .268
▫ Off-Road Driving Tips And Vehicle
Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
▫ After Driving Off-Road . .
Winch Usage – If Equipped
▫ Things To Know Before Us
▫ Und erstanding The Featur
▫ Winch Accessories . . . . . .
▫ Op erating You r Winch . . .
▫ Rigging Techniques
242 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 243/491
▫ Driving In Snow, Mud And Sand . . . . . . . . . .273
▫ Crossing Obstacles (Rocks And Other High
Points) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
▫ Hill Climbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
▫ Driving Through Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
▫ Airing Down For Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . 283
▫ Vehicle Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
▫ Rigging Techniques . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Brake Noise . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Four-Wheel A nti-Lock Brak
If Equipped . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering . . . . . . . . .
Multi Displacement System (MDS) - 5.7L Engine
Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Tire Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
▫ Tire Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
▫ Tire Identification Number (TIN) . . . . . . . . . .317
▫ Tire Loading And Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .318
Tires — General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
▫ Tread Wear Indicators . . .
▫ Life Of Tire . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Replacement Tires . . . . . .
▫ Alignm ent And Balance . .
Sup plemental Tire Pressure I
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . .
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 244/491
▫ Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
▫ Tire Inflation Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
▫ Radial-Ply Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
▫ Compact Spare Tire — If Equipped . . . . . . . . .327
▫ Limited Use Spare — If Equipped . . . . . . . . .328
▫ Tire Spinning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
Snow Tires . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Rotation Recommendati
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . .
▫ Reformulated Gasoline . .
▫ Gasoline/ Oxygenate Blend
▫ MMT In Gasoline . . . . . .
▫ Sulfur In Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
▫ Materials Added To Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
▫ Fuel System Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
▫ Carbon Monoxide Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
Adding Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
▫ Adding Fuel (Gas Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
Vehicle Loading 341
▫ Trailer And Tongue Weigh
▫ Towing Requirements . . .
▫ Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Trailer Towing Mirrors —
Snowplow . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Dodge Power Wagon Mod
Recreational Towing 4 Wh
244 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 245/491
Vehicle Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
▫ Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
▫ Common Towing Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
▫ Trailer Hitch Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
▫ Trailer Towing Weights (Maximum Trailer
Weight Ratings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
Recreational Towing — 4–Wh
(Behind Motorhome, Etc.) . .
▫ Recreational Towing Proce
Shift Transfer Case — If E
▫ Returning To Normal Oper
Shift Transfer Case . . . . .
Equipment Identification Pla
STARTING PROCEDURES – GAS ENGINESThe starter should not be operated for more than 15-
second intervals. Waiting a few seconds between such
intervals will protect the starter from overheating.
WARNING!
Be sure to turn off the engine if you want to rest orsleep in your car. Accidents can be caused by inad-
vertently moving the gear selection lever or by
WARNIN
Do not leave children or a
vehicles in hot weather. Inter
cause serious injury or death
Manual TransmissionApp ly the p arking brake, p lace t
in NEUTRAL and depress the
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 246/491
vertently moving the gear selection lever or by
pressing the accelerator pedal. This may cause exces-
sive heat in the exhaust system, resulting in over-
heating and vehicle fire which may cause serious or
fatal injuries.
before starting th e vehicle. This
a clutch interlocking ignition
unless the clutch is fully depres
Automatic TransmissionStart the engine with the select
PARK position. Apply the brak
driving range.
Normal StartingN orm al s tar ting of eit her a w ar m or cold engine is
obtained without pumping or depressing the accelerator
pedal. Turn the key to the START position and release
when the engine starts. If the engine fails to start within
10 seconds, turn the key to the OFF position, wait 5
seconds, then repeat the starting procedure.
NOTE: This vehicle is equipped with a transmission
shift interlocking system. The brake pedal must be
246 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 247/491
depressed to shift out of Park (P).
Tip Start Feature — Automatic Transmission Only
Do not press th e accelerator. Tur n th e ignition key briefly
to START p osition, and release it. The starter motor will
continue to run, but will automatically disengage itself
when the engine is running.
If Engine Fails To StartIf the engine fails to start afte
normal starting procedure, it m
accelerator ped al all the w ay to t
while cranking the engine. This
fuel in case the engine is floode
Ignition Key P
CAUTION!
To prevent damage to the starter, do not crank the
engine for more than 15 seconds at a time. Wait 10 to
15 seconds before trying again.
WARNING!
Never pour fuel or other flammable liquids into the
WARNIN
Do not attempt to push or tow
started. Vehicles equipped w
mission cannot be started th
could enter the catalytic co
engine has started, ignite and
and vehicle. If the vehicle habooster cables may be used t
booster battery or the battery i
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 248/491
Never pour fuel or other flammable liquids into the
throttle body air inlet opening in an attempt to start
the vehicle. This could result in a flash fire causing
serious personal injury.
booster battery or the battery i
type of start can be dangero
See section 6 of this manua
starting procedures and fo llo
If the engine has been flooded, i
have enough p ower to continue
released. If this occurs, continue cranking with the accel-
erator pedal pushed all the way to the floor. Release the
accelerator pedal and the key once the engine is running
smoothly.
If the engine shows no sign of starting after two 15
second periods of cranking with the accelerator ped al
held to the floor, the normal starting procedu re should be
repeated.
After Starting
WARNIN
Be sure to turn off the engin
sleep in your car. Accidents c
vertently moving the gear
pressing the accelerator pedal
sive heat in the exhaust syst
heating and vehicle fire whicfatal injuries.
248 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 249/491
te Sta t gThe idle speed is automatically controlled and will de-
crease as the engine warms up. WARNIN
Do not leave children or a
vehicles in hot weather. Inter
cause serious injury or death
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER — IF EQUIPPEDThe engine block heater warms engine coolant and
permits quicker starts in cold weather. Connect the cord
to a standard 110-115 volt AC electrical outlet with a
grounded, three-wire extension cord.
The engine block heater cord is routed u nd er the hood on
the d river side of the vehicle. It has a removable cap that
is located on the driver side of the Integrated Power
Module.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
CAUTIO
Damage to the transmission m
ing precautions are not obser
• Shift into PARK only after
a complete stop.
• Shift into or out of REV
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 250/491
WARNING!
Remember to disconnect the cord before driving.
Damage to the 110-115 volt electrical cord could
cause electrocution.
vehicle has come to a c
engine is at idle speed.
• D o n ot sh ift f rom REVERS
into any forward gear wh
idle speed.
•
Before shifting into any geis firmly on the brake ped
WARNING!
It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of “P” or
“N” if the engine speed is higher than idle speed. If
your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in re-
verse. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit
someone or something. Only shift into gear whenthe engine is idling normally and when your right
foot is firmly on the brake pedal.
desired d rive position. Pull the
when shifting into Reverse, S
when shifting out of Park.
Gear Ranges
DO NOT race the engine whe
Neutral position into another g
“P” ParkThis gear position supplemen
locking the transmission. The
250 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 251/491
y p
Automatic Transmission with OverdriveThe gear shift selector d isplay, located in th e instrum ent
panel cluster, indicates the transmission gear range (the
selector is illum inated for night driving). The selector
lever is moun ted on the right side of the steering colum n.You must depress the brake ped al, to pull the selector
lever ou t of p ark (P) position (Brake In terlock System). To
drive, move the selector lever from Park or Neu tral to the
g
this range. Never u se Park w hil
App ly the parking brake w hen l
range. Always apply parking b
selector in Park position. On 4
sure that the transfer case is in
WARNING!
Never use Park position on an automatic transmis-
sion as a substitute for the parking brake. Always
apply parking brake fully when parked to guard
against vehicle movement and possible injury or
damage.
WARNING!
WARNIN
It is dangerous to shift the sel
“N” if the engine speed is hig
your foot is not firmly on
vehicle could accelerate qui
verse. You could lose contro
someone or something. Onlythe engine is idling normally
foot is firmly on the brake pe
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 252/491
WARNING!
Your vehicle could m ove and in jure you and others if
it is not completely in P (Park). Check by trying to
move the gearshift lever back and forth w ithout first
pulling it toward you after you have set it in P. Make
sure it is in Park before leaving the vehicle.
y p
“R” Reverse
U se t his r ange only aft er t he
complete stop.
“N” Neutral
Shift to Neutral when the vehicle is standing for pro-
longed periods with the engine running. The engine may
be started in this range. Set the p arking brake if you m ust
leave the vehicle.
NOTE: Towing the vehicle, coasting, or driving, with
the transm ission in n eutral (N) position, can cause severe
damage to the transmission.
“D” Drive
is desirable. Use it also when c
for engine braking when desce
grades.
NOTE: Do not exceed maximu
“1” First
Use this position for driving up
engine braking at low speed s (2when going downhill.
NOTE: Do not exceed maximu
252 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 253/491
This position provides all forward gears, including 3rd
gear direct and 4th and 5th (if equipped) gear overdrive
(see Overdrive Operation). Use this range for most city
and highway driving.
“2” Second
Use this position for driving slowly in heavy city trafficor on mountain roads where m ore precise speed control
NOTE: Do not exceed maximu
Overdrive Operation
The overdrive automatic transm
tronically controlled fourth and
(Overdrive). The transmission
from Drive to Overdrive if the
present:
• the transmission selector is i
• the engine coolant has reached normal operating tem-
perature;
• vehicle speed is above approximately 30 mph (48
km/ h);
• the “TOW HAUL O/ D OFF” switch has not been
activated;
• transmission has reached normal op erating temp era-ture.
If the transmission temperatur
transmission will autom atically
gear for op eration at this temp er
temperatu re becomes hot enou g
may illuminate and the transmi
of Overdrive until the transmi
cooldown, the transmission wi
tion.The transmission will down shift
if the accelerator pedal is ful
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 254/491
NOTE: If the vehicle is started in extremely cold tem-
peratures, the transmission may not shift into Overdrive
and will automatically select the m ost d esirable gear for
operation at this temperature. N ormal operation will
resume when the transmission fluid temperature has
risen to a suitable level. Refer also to the Note under
torque converter clutch, later in this section.
if the accelerator pedal is ful
speeds above approximately 35
When To Use “TOW HAUL” and “O/D OFF”
Modes
reduce the potential for trans
failure due to excessive shift
“TOW HAUL” mode, 5th gear
and 2-3 and 3-4 shift patterns
Overdrive (4th gear) are allow
(for improved fuel economy)
throttle downshifts to 3rd gear
proved braking) when d riving cing the “TOW HAUL O/ D OFF
select O/ D OFF will disable 4th
254 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 255/491
When driving in hilly areas, towing a trailer, carrying a
heavy load, etc., and frequent transmission shifting oc-
curs, press the “TOW HAUL O/ D OFF” button once to
select TOW HAUL. This will improve performance and
which should eliminate any exc
ing.
The “TOW HA UL” or “O/ D OF
the instrument cluster to indic
been activated. Pressing the sw
normal operation. If the “TOWmodes are desired, the button m
the engine is started.
Tow Haul O/D Off Switch
Torque Conve rter Clu tch
A feature, designed to improve fuel economy, has been
included in the automatic transmission on your vehicle.
A clutch within the torque converter engages automati-
cally at calibrated speeds. This may result in a slightly
different feeling or response during normal operation in
the upper gears. When the vehicle speed drops or during
acceleration w hen the tran smission dow nshifts to secondgear, the clutch autom atically disengages.
NOTE: The torque converter clutch will n ot engage
NOTE: If the vehicle has no
days, the first few seconds of op
transmission into gear may seem
the fluid partially d raining from
the transmission. This conditio
cause damage to the transmissi
will refill within five seconds o
any other gear position.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 256/491
NOTE: The torque converter clutch will n ot engage
un til the transmission fluid and engine coolant are w arm
[usua lly after 1-3 miles (1.6 - 4.8 km) of d riving]. Because
the engine speed is higher when the torque converter
clutch is not engaged, it may seem as if the transmission
is not shifting into Overdrive when cold. This is normal.
Pressing the “TOW HAUL O/ D OFF” button, when thetransmission is sufficiently warm, will demonstrate that
the transm ission is able to shift into and out of overdr ive.
WARNIN
You or others could be inj
vehicle unattended without
brake fully applied. The par
ways b e ap pl ied wh en th evehicle, especially on an incl
Truck models with manual transmission are equipped
with a clutch interlocking ignition system. The clutch
pedal must be fully depressed to start the vehicle.
Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting gears. As
you release the clutch pedal, lightly depress the accelera-
tor pedal.
To shift into Reverse, come to a complete stop. Depressthe clutch and pause briefly to allow the gear train to
stop. Move the shift lever from the Neutral position
t i ht d b k i t R
Manual Transmission — 6 STh e P ow er Wa go n m a y b e e
manual transmission. This tran
1st gear which should be used
position when carrying a p ayl
Damage to the clutch can resul
3rd gear w ith a loaded vehicle. A
be launched in 2nd gear. Useorder – do not skip a gear.
For most city driving you may
256 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 257/491
straight across and back into Reverse.
Never d rive with your foot resting on the clutch p edal, or
attempt to h old the vehicle on a h ill with the clutch pedal
partially engaged, as this will cause abnormal wear on
the clutch.
y g y y
1st through 5th gear ranges. Fo
with light accelerations, 6th g
shift into 5th gear, move the
beyond the spring pressure po
When shifting from 5th to 4th g
toward you in one m otion. Do nleft as you may shift acciden
damage the transmission.
To shift into Reverse, come to a complete stop. Depress
the clutch and pause briefly to allow the gear train to
stop. Reverse has a “crash-through” lockout feature.
Move the shift lever from the Neutral position straight
across, in one swift motion, and down into Reverse.
Recommended Vehicle Shift SpeedsTo utilize your manual transmission efficiently for both
fuel economy and performance, it should be up shifted aslisted in recommend ed shift speed chart. Shift at the
vehicle sp eeds listed for acceleration. Earlier u pshifts
Downshifting – All Manual TM ov in g fr om a h ig h g ea r d o
recommended to preserve bra
steep hills. In addition, downs
provides better acceleration wh
speed. For acceleration at spee
km/ h), 2nd gear is recommend
CAUTIO
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 258/491
p p
during cruise conditions (steady speeds) will result in
increased fuel economy, and may be used as indicated.
6 Speed Manual Transmission Shift Speeds in mph(km//h)
En-
gine
A xle M od e 1 t o 22 to
3
3 to 44 to
5
5 to 6
5.7L ALLAccel
&Cruise
15(24)
25(40)
40(65)
45(72)
50(81)
When descending a hill, be ve
one gear at a time to prev
engine which can cause valv
To p revent clutch an d transmiss
should be downshifted at speelisted in the Maximum Reco
Speed chart.
Maximum Recommended Dow nshifting Speeds
GearSelec-tion
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Maxi-m umSpeed
16 mph(25
km/ h)
30 mph(48
km/ h)
50 mph(80
km/ h)
76 mph(122
km/ h)
105m p h(168
km/ h)
CAUTION!
FOUR-WHEEL- DRIVE OPER
Manually Shifted Transfer CInformation/PrecautionsThe transfer case provides 4 m
wheel-drive high range, 4-whe
tral, and 4-wheel-drive low ran
This transfer case is intended to
drive p osition (2H) for normal
diti h d h d f
258 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 259/491
CAUTION!
Failure to follow the recommended downshifting
speeds may cause the engine to over speed and / or
damage the clutch disc even if the clutch pedal is
depressed.
ditions such as d ry hard surfac
When add itional traction is requ
and 4L positions can be used t
driveshafts together and force t
to rotate at the same speed. T
simply moving the shift lever The 4H an d 4L positions are int
road surfaces only. Driving in the 4H and 4L positions on
dry hard surfaced roads may cause increased tire wear
and damage to the d riveline components.
The 4-wh eel drive h igh (4LOCK) and 4–wh eel drive low
(4LOW) lights, located in the instrument cluster, alert the
driver that the vehicle is either in 4-wheel drive high or
4–wh eel drive low and that the front and rear d riveshafts
are locked together. There are no lights for the 2H or N(Neutral) positions.
When operating your vehicle in 4L the engine speed is
NOTE: Do not attempt to mak
front or rear wh eels are sp innin
equipp ed w ith a synchronizer an
rear driveshaft speeds must be e
place. Shifting while only the
spinning can cause damage to t
Because 4-wh eel drive p rovides
is a tendency to exceed safe turnDo not go faster than road cond
NOTE: Delayed shifts ou t of
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 260/491
When operating your vehicle in 4L, the engine speed is
app roximately three times that of the 2H or 4H p ositions
at a given road speed. Take care not to overspeed the
engine and do not exceed 25 mph (40 km/ h).
Proper operation of 4-wheel-drive vehicles depends on
tires of equal size, type and circumference on each wheel.Any difference will adversely affect shifting and can
cause damage to the transfer case.
NOTE: Delayed shifts ou t of
experienced due to uneven tire
pressures, excessive vehicle lo
tures.
WARNING!
You or others could be injured if you leave the
vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the
Neutral (N) position without first fully engaging the
parking b rake. The transfe r case Ne utral (N) positio n
disengages both the front and rear driveshafts from
the powertrain and will allow the vehicle to moveregardless of the transmission position. The parking
brake should always be applied when the driver is
not in the vehicle
4H
4-Wheel-Drive High Range - L
driveshafts together. Forces the
rotate at the same speed. Addit
slipp ery road surfaces only.
N
Neutral - Disengages both the f
from the p owertrain. To be u seanother vehicle. See Recreationa
mation.
260 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 261/491
not in the vehicle.
For add itional information on the ap prop riate use of each
transfer case mode position see the information below:
2H
Rear Wheel D rive H i gh Range - N or m al s tr eet andhighway d riving. Dry hard surfaced roads.
4L
4-Wheel-Drive Low Range - L
Locks the front and rear drivesh
fr ont and r ear w heels t o r ot
Additional traction and maxim
loose, slippery road surfaces onl(40 km / h).
Shifting Procedure - Manually Shifted TransferCase
vehicle in motion, the transfer
gage faster if you momentaril
pedal after completing the shift
when shifting the transfer case
2H or 4H ⇔ 4L
With the vehicle rolling at 2 to 3
an automatic transmission to N
clutch on a manual transmissicoasting at 2 to 3 mph (3 to 5 k
case lever firmly to th e d esired p
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 262/491
2H ⇔ 4H
Shift ing bet w een 2H and 4H can be m ade w it h t hevehicle stopped or in motion. If the vehicle is in motion,
shifts can be made up to 55 mph (88 km/ h). With the
transfer case N (Neutral).
NOTE: Pausing in transfer cas
equipped with an automatic tr
s hutt ing t he engine O FF t o
completing the shift. If d ifficult
transmission to N (Neutral), holengine OFF. Make shift to the d
Manual Transfer Case Shifter
NOTE: Shifting into or out of 4L is possible with the
vehicle completely stopped, however difficulty may oc-
cur due to the mating clutch teeth not being properly
aligned. Several attempts may be required for clutch
teeth alignment and shift completion to occur. The pre-
ferred m ethod is with the veh icle rolling 2 to 3 m ph (3 to
5 km/ h). Avoid attempting to engage or disengage 4L
with the vehicle moving faster than 2 to 3 mph (3 to 5
km/ h).
NOTE: Do not attempt to shift to or from 4L while the
LIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIAThe limited-slip differential pro
on snow, ice, mud, sand and g
there is a difference between th
of the surface und er the right an
normal driving and cornering,
forms similarly to a convention
pery surfaces, however, the diff
the driving effort to the rear
traction.
262 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 263/491
transmission is in gear or clutch is engaged.
Transfer Case Reminder LightThe four-wh eel-dr ive oper ating light (4LOCK), located in
the instrument cluster, is used to alert the driver that the
fr ont axle is fully engaged and all four w heels are
driving.
The limited-slip differential is
slippery driving conditions. Wi
slippery surface, a slight appli
will supply maximum traction.
one rear wheel on an excessivel
momentary application of thenecessary to gain maximum tra
WARNING!
On vehicles equipped with a limited-slip differen-
tial, never run the engine with one rear whe el off the
ground, since the vehi cle may drive through the rear
wheel remaining on the ground. You could lose
control of the vehicle.
Care should be taken to avoid su dd en accelerations when
both rear wheels are on a slippery surface. This could
b h h l i d ll h hi l
DRIVING ON SLIPPERY SURWhen driving on wet or slushy
wedge of water to build up be
surface. This is known as hydr
partial or complete loss of vehi
ability. To reduce this possibili
tions should be observed:
1. Slow dow n dur ing r ainst orslushy.
2. Slow down if road has stand
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 264/491
cause both rear wheels to spin, and allow the vehicle to
slide sideways on the crowned surface of a road or in a
turn.
2. Slow down if road has stand
3. Replace tires when tread wea
visible.
4. Keep tires properly inflated.
5. Maintain sufficient distance b
the car in front to avoid a colli
Axle Locker SystemDodge Power Wagons are equipped with electronically
locking front and rear axles. Locking the axles provides
greater traction in severe low traction conditions or in
rock climbing environments w here one wh eel is likely to
not be in contact w ith the ground.
CAUTION!
Do not lock the front or rear axle on hard surfaced
roads The ability to steer the vehicle is reduced and
CAUTIO
Do not try to lock the rear axl
and the tires are spinning.
etrain components. Lock th
tempting situations or nav
could possibly cause the veh
The locking axles are controlled
located on the center console.
264 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 265/491
roads. The ability to steer the vehicle is reduced and
damage to the drivetrain may occur when the axles
are locked on hard surfaced roads.
rear axles are unlocked. In the R
rear axle is locked. In the FRO
front and rear axles are locked.
NOTE: Even w hen the axles ar
position, the limited slip differe
provides torque biasing capab
traction environments.
During the command to lock the
will flash un til the axle is locked
has been successfully executed
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 266/491
The switch has three positions, AXLE UNLOCK, REAR
LOCK, and FRONT/ REAR. Under normal driving con-
ditions the switch should be left in the AXLE UNLOCK
position. In the AXLE UNLOCK position, the front and
y
solid.
To lock t he r ear axle, pl ace
following the procedure in Four
located in this section of the
locker switch position to REAR
less than 3 MPH (5 KM/H). Th
remain on when the rear axle is
Rotary Locking Axle Switch
NOTE: Left to right wheel speed difference may be
necessary to allow the axle to fully lock. If the indicator
light is flashing after p lacing the switch in the REAR
LOCK or FRONT/ REAR position, d rive the vehicle in a
turn or on loose gravel to expedite the locking action.
WARNING!
Do not use the locked axle position for normal
driving. A locked front axle is intended for off-road
driving only. Locking the front axle during on-road
NOTE: The rear axle must be
axle will lock.
To unlock the front axle move
REAR LOCK. The FRONT/ REA
out when the axle is un locked.
NOTE: The axle lockers could
side to side loads on the axl
turn ing the steering wh eel from
hand turn or driving in reverse
be required to release the torq
266 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 267/491
g y g g
driving will reduce the steering ability. This could
cause an accident and you may be seriously injured.
To lock the front axle move the axle locker switch to
FRONT/ REAR wh ile traveling l ess th an 3 M PH (5
KM/H). The indicator light will be solid when the front
axle is locked.
q q
axles.
To unlock the rear axle move t
AXLE UNLOCK. The REAR LO
out when the rear axle is un loc
Stabilizer/Sway Bar SystemPower Wagon vehicles are equipped with an electronic
disconnecting stabilizer/ sway bar. This system allows
greater front susp ension travel in off-road situations.
This system is controlled by the electronic control sway
bar switch located on the instrument panel.
The switch has two positions, o
system is normally in on-road m
green light. The stabilizer/ swa
on-road mode du ring normal d
WARNIN
Do not disconnect the stabil
hard s urfaced roads o r at spee
may lose control of the vehicl
serious injury. The front st
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 268/491
j y
vehicle stability and is nece
control of the vehicle. The sy
speed and will attempt to reco
at speeds over 18 MPH. T
flashing off road light and so
vehicle speed is reduced belowill once again attempt to re
Electronic Control Sway Bar Switch
To disconnect the stabilizer/ sway bar, shift to either 4HI
or 4LO as shown in Four Wheel Drive Operation and
press the top of the stabilizer/ sway bar button to obtain
the off-road position. The amber indicator light will flash
un til the stabilizer/ sw ay bar has been fully d isconnected.
NOTE: The stabilizer/ sway bar may be torque locked
due to left and right suspension height differences. This
condition is du e to driving surface d ifferences or vehiclelo ad in g. In o rd e r fo r t he st ab iliz er / s w ay b ar t o
disconnect/ reconnect, the right and left h alves of the bar
must be aligned This alignment may require that the
WARNIN
If stabilizer/sway bar will
mode, vehicle stability is gr
attempt to drive vehicle ov
Driving faster than 18 mph (2
of control of the vehicle, w
serious injury. Contact your
assistance.
POWER WAGON SAFE OF
268 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 269/491
must be aligned. This alignment may require that the
vehicle be driven onto level ground or rocked from side
to side.
To r et urn t o on-r oad m ode pr es s t he bot tom of t he
stabilizer/ sway bar button.
POWER WAGON – SAFE OF
Off-Road Driving Tips and VThe Power Wagon has excellent
ties. These off-road capabilities
those w ilderness trails where
source of exciting and satisfyinventure out you should contact
agency to determine what are
vehicle (ORV) trails or recreation areas. You should
always tread lightly and only use established roads, trails
or ORV recreational areas. The National Forest Service,
Bureau of Land Management or local Department of
Natural Resources are a wealth of information and usu-
ally have m aps w ith marked trails.
Ramp Travel Index (RTI)
The ramp travel index is the d istance, in inches, that youcan drive your vehicle with one wheel on a 20-degree
ramp without lifting an y other w heel off the ground . This
distance up the ramp divided by the wheelbase of the
High Mobility Characteristic
The Power Wagon has high off-
istics with an approach angle A=
angle B= 25.5 d egrees, a runni
14.5 inches, a departure angle D
ground clearance E= 8.4 inches
has a ramp travel index (with t
mod e) of 655. Also the Pow er W
of a 60% (31 degree) slope.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 270/491
distance up the ramp divided by the wheelbase of the
vehicle and multiplied by 1000 is the RTI. The Power
Wagon has an RTI of 655, which means you can articulate
one front w heel 32 inches in the air w hile the other three
wheels remain in contact w ith the ground .
270 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 271/491
Angles A, B, C, and D
Water Ford
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 272/491
Water Fording Characteristics
Water fording characteristic is
cross a body of stil l water, wh
drivetrain are safe from wate
Wagon has high water fording
ability to cross a pool of wate
inches deep at a m aximu m spee
F t d R (Sh ) Diff ti l H i ht E
water 30 inches deep at a m aximu m sp eed of 5 mp h, both
with an entrance ramp angle of 1.3 degrees.
CAUTION!
The door sill height is 25 inches. Water may intrude
into the interior of the vehicle at greater depths.
Simultaneous Brake And Throttle Operation
Many off-road driving conditions require the simu lta-
neous use of the brake and throttle (two footed driving)
The Basics Of Off-Road Driv
You will encounter many type
road. You should be familiar w
before proceeding. There are
conditions: hard packed dirt, gr
mud, snow and ice. Every surfac
your vehicle’s steering, handlin
ling your vehicle is one of the ke
driving, so always keep a firm g
and maintain a good driving
accelerations, turns or braking. I
d i t d d li it
272 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 273/491
neous use of the brake and throttle (two footed driving).
When climbing rocks, logs, or other stepped objects,
using light brake pressure with light throttle will keep the
vehicle from jerking or lurching. This technique is also
used when you need to stop and restart a vehicle on a
steep incline.
road signs, posted speed limits o
you will need to use your own g
safe and wh at isn’t. When on a tr
looking ahead for surface ob
terrain. The key is to plan you r f
remembering what you are curr
CAUTION!
Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other
combustible materials. The heat from your vehicle
exhaust system could cause a fire.
WARNING!
Always wear your seat belt and firmly tie down
cargo. Unsecured cargo can become projectiles in an
down hills, with improved cont
use 4L (Low range) in rain, ice
heavy loads rolling, improve t
(High range) traction will not d
Driving in Snow, Mud and SThere is a drastic reduction in
snow, mud or sand . The vehicle
steering, acceleration and brakishould accelerate slowly, leave g
and avoid abrup t vehicle maneu
slow constant steady pace. Th
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 274/491
off-road situation.
When To Use Low Range
When driving off-road, shift into 4L (Low range) for
add itional traction or to improve han dling and control on
slippery or difficult terrain. Due to the lower gearing, low
range will allow the engine to operate in a higher power
range This will allow you to idle over obstacles and
y p
vehicle’s mom entum .
• Snow – In heavy snow or fo
traction at slower speeds, sh
low gear and shift the tran
necessary. Don’t shift to a lowmaintain headway. Over-rev
the wheels and traction will b
to a stop, try turning you r steering w heel no more than
a 1 ⁄ 4 turn quickly back and forth, while still applying
throttle. This will allow the tires to get a fresh bite
and help maintain your momentum.
CAUTION!
On icy or slippery roads, do not downshift at highengine rpm’s or vehicle spee ds because engine brak-
ing may cause skidding and loss of control.
norm ally full of d ebris from
stuck. As a good practice b
hole, get out an d determine h
any hidden obstacles and if t
recovered if stuck.
• Sand – Soft sand is very di
with full tire pressure. When
in a trail maintain your vehinot stop. The key to d riving
appropriate tire pressure, ac
ing abrupt maneuvers and m
274 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 275/491
• Mu d – Deep mud creates a great deal of suction
around the tires and is very difficult to get through.
You should use 4L (low range) with a gear low enough
to maintain your momentum without shifting. If you
start to slow to a stop, try turning your steering wheelno m or e t han a 1 ⁄ 4 turn quickly back an d forth for
additional traction. Mud holes pose an increased
threat of vehicle dam age and getting stuck They are
g p
mom entum . If you are going
sandy areas or dunes, reduc
minimum of 15 psi (103 kPa)
surface area. Redu ced tire
improve your traction and ha
the soft sand, but you m ust r
air pressure before driving on pavement or other hard
surfaces. Be sure you have a way to air the tires back
up prior to reducing the pressure.
CAUTION!
Reduced tire pressures may cause tire unseating and
total loss of air pressure. To reduce the risk of tireunseating, while at a reduced tire pressure, reduce
your speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-
vers.
Keeping a firm grip on the st
vehicle to a complete stop an
forward un til it m akes contact w
throttle lightly while holding a
ease the vehicle up and over th
WARNIN
Crossing obstacles can cause
loading which could cause y
your vehicle.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 276/491
Crossing Obstacles (Rocks And Other HighPoints)While driving off road, you w ill encounter m any typ es of
terrain. These varying types of terrain bring differenttypes of obstacles. Before proceeding review the path
ahead to determine the correct app roach and your ability
to safely recover the vehicle if something goes wrong
Using A Spotter
There are many times where it i
or determine the correct path.
path can be extremely difficult w
many obstacles. In these cases
over, through, or around the ob
stand a safe distance in front of you where they can see
the obstacle, w atch your tires and und ercarriage, and
guide you through.
Crossing Large Rocks
When approaching large rocks, choose a path which
ensures you drive over the largest of them with your
tires. This will lift your undercarriage over the obstacle.
The tread of the tire is tougher and thicker than the sidewall and is designed to take the abuse. Always look
ahead and make every effort to cross the large rocks w ith
your tires.
CAUTIO
Never attempt to drive over
enough to contact the door si
Crossing A Ravine, Gully, Di
When crossing a ravine, gully,
rut, the angled ap proach is thevehicle’s mobility. Approach t
degree angle and let each tire
independently. You need to us
276 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 277/491
CAUTION!
Never attempt to straddle a rock that is large enough
to strike your axles or undercarriage.
p y
large obstacles with steep sides
any large obstacle with steep
enough to p ut the vehicle at risk
caught in a rut, dig a small tren
45-degree angle ahead of the fro
dirt to fill the rut ahead of the
You should now be able to d rive
you just created at a 45-degree
WARNING!
There is an increased risk of roll over whe n crossing
an obstacle, at any angle, with steep sides.
Crossing Logs
To cross a log, approach it at a slight angle (approxi-
mately 10 to 15 d egrees). This allows one front tire to beon top of the log while the other just starts to climb the
log. While climbing the log, modulate your brake and
accelerator to avoid spinning th e log out from u nd er your
CAUTIO
Do not attempted to cross
diameter than the running gr
vehicle w ill become high cen
Getting High Centered
If you get hung up or high centeof the vehicle and try to determ
hung up on, where it is contac
wh at is the best direction to reco
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 278/491
tires. Then ease the v ehicle off the log using your brakes. ing on what you are in contact
and place a few rocks under the
of the high p oint wh en you let t
also try rocking the vehicle or
the object.
CAUTION!
Winching or rocking the vehicle off hard objects
increases the risk of underbody damage.
Hill ClimbingHill climbing requires good judgment and a good under-
standing of your abilities an d your vehicle’s limitations.Hills can cause serious problems. Some are just too steep
to climb and should not be attemp ted. You shou ld always
feel confident with the vehicle and your abilities. You
or other obstacles on the path
the vehicle if something go
looks good and you feel conf
mission into a lower gear, shif
(Low) and proceed w ith caut
gear and 4L (Low) for very s
• Driving Up Hill – Once yo
ability to proceed and have sate gear, l ine your vehicle
possible ru n. Accelerate w ith
and apply more pow er as yo
f d i
278 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 279/491
should always climb hills straight up and down. Never
attempt to climb a hill on an angle.
• Before Climbing A Steep Hill – As you approach a
hill consider its grade or steepness. Determine if it is
too steep. Look to see what the traction is on the hillside trail. Is the trail straight up and dow n? What is on
top and the other side? Are there ruts, rocks, branches
race forward into a steep gra
grade could cause you to los
begins to bou nce, ease off the
all four tires back on the grou
crest of the hill ease off the th
over the top. If the w heels stathe crest of a hill, ease off the
headway by turning the stee
a 1 ⁄ 4 turn quickly back and forth. This will provide a
fresh bite into the surface and will usually provide
enough traction to complete the climb. If you do not
make it to the top, place the vehicle in reverse and
back straight down the grade using engine resistance
along with the vehicle brakes.
WARNING!
Never attempt to climb a hill at an angle or turn
around on a steep grade. Driving across an incline
increases the risk of a roll over, which may result in
distance at the base of the hi
vehicle descends to fast? If y
ability to proceed then make
with the transmission in 1st g
gear on automatic transmis
caution. Allow engine brakin
and apply your brakes if nec
the tires to lock.
WARNIN
Do not descend a steep grade
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 280/491
increases the risk of a roll over, which may result in
severe injury.
• Driving Down Hill – Before dr iving dow n a steep h ill
you need to d etermine if i t is too steep for a safe
descent. What is the surface traction? Is the grade toosteep to m aintain a slow controlled d escent? Are there
obstacles? Is it a straight descent? Is there plenty of
Do not descend a steep grade
brakes in conjunction with
scending a grade too fast co
control and be seriously inju
• Driving Across An Inclinedriving across an incline. If i
vehicle’s abilities. Driving
more w eight on the d own hill wh eels, which increases
the possibilities of a down hill slide or roll over. Make
sure the surface has good traction with firm and stable
soils. If possible transverse the incline at an angle
heading slightly up or down.
WARNING!
Driving across an incline increases the risk of a rollover, which may result in severe injury.
If Y St ll O B i T L H d If t ll
help regulate your speed. If t
control vehicle speed, apply
locking or skidding the tires
WARNIN
If the engine stalls or you lo
make it to the top of a stee
attempt to turn around. Totipping and rolling the vehicl
severe injury. Always back ca
hill i n R (Reverse) gear. Nev e
280 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 281/491
• If You Stall Or Begin To Lose Headway – If you stall
or begin to lose headway while climbing a steep hill,
allow your vehicle to come to a stop and immediately
apply the brake. Restart the engine and shift to R
(Reverse). Back slowly down the hill allowing the
compression braking of the engine an d transmission to
hill i n R (Reverse) gear. Nev e
(Neutral) or with the clutch
only the vehicle brakes. N
across a hill, always drive str
Driving Through WaterExtreme care should be taken crossing any type of w ater.
Water crossings should be avoided if possible and only be
attempted when necessary, in a safe responsible m anner.
You should only drive through areas w hich are d esig-
nated an d app roved. You shou ld tread lightly and avoid
damage to the environment. You should know your
vehicles abilities and be able to recover it if something
goes wrong. You should never stop or shu t a vehicle off when crossing d eep water u nless you ingested water into
the engine air intake. If the engine stalls do not attempt to
restart it. Determine if it has ingested water first. The key
CAUTIO
Water ingestion into the axles
case, engine or vehicle interio
too fast or throug h too dee p of
permanent damage to engi
vehicle components and you
effective once w et and/or mu
• Before You Cross Any Typ
approach any type of water
i f l d
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 282/491
g y
to any crossing is low and slow. You w ant to u se 1st gear
in 4L (low) and proceed very slowly with a constant slow
speed (3-5 mph maximum) and light throttle. Keep the
vehicle moving; d o not try to accelerate through the
crossing. After crossing any water higher than the bottomof the axle differentials, you should inspect all of the
vehicle fluids for signs of water ingestion.
you can cross it safely and res
out and walk through the w
stick. You n eed to be su re of i
current and bottom condition
muddy waters, check for hid
you will not be intruding on
recover the vehicle if neces
crossing is the water depth, current and bottom con-
ditions. On soft bottoms the vehicle will sink in,
effectively increasing th e w ater level on the v ehicle. Be
sure to consider this when d etermining the depth and
the ability to safely cross.
• Crossing Puddles, Pools, Flooded Areas Or Other
Standing Water – Pud dles, pools, flooded or other
s tanding w ater areas norm ally contain m ur ky ormuddy waters. These water types normally contain
hidd en obstacles and make it d ifficult to determine an
accurate water depth, approach angle, and bottom
condition Murky or muddy water holes are where
CAUTIO
Muddy waters can reduce th
tiveness by depositing debris
• Crossing Ditches, Streams, S
Flow ing Water – Flowing
dangerous. Never attempt stream or river even in sha
w ater can eas ily pus h yo
sweeping it out of control. Ev
hi h t till h
282 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 283/491
condition. Murky or muddy water holes are where
you want to hook up tow straps prior to entering. This
makes for a faster, cleaner and easier vehicle recovery.
If you are able to d etermine you can safely cross, than
proceed using the low and slow method.
a high current can still wash
your tires putting you and y
There is still a high risk of pe
damage with slower water c
than the vehicle’s running
should never attempt to cros
deeper than the vehicle’s ru
Even the slowest current can
dow nstream out of control if the water is deep en ough
to push on the large surface area of the vehicle’s body.
Before you proceed d etermine the speed of the current,
the water’s depth, approach angle, bottom condition
and if there are any obstacles, then cross at an angle
heading slightly upstream using the low and slow
technique.
WARNING!
Never drive through fast moving deep water. It can
push your vehicle downstream, sweeping it out of
Airing Down For Off-Road DRunning lower tire pressure of
ride comfort and vehicle tracti
pressure allows the tire to bulg
surface area for better flotation
form to the ground contour. Dif
vehicles require different tire pr
rock and heavier vehicles requi
softer surfaces such as sand and need to experiment to determin
situation. It is easier and faster
replace it so, start high an d low
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 284/491
p y p g
control. This could put you and your passengers at
risk of injury or drowning.
ber you must return the tires
before driving on road or at h ig
you h ave a way to return the tir
air pressure.
CAUTION!
Reduced tire pressure increases the risk of tire dam-
age and may cause tire unseating with total loss of
air pressure. To reduce the risk of tire unseating,
while at a reduced tire pressure, drive at slower
speeds and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Vehicle RecoveryIf you drive off-road, you may encounter a situation
where you will need to recover you r vehicle. Vehicle
recovery should always be given consideration before
vehicle? Is there an anchor poi
alone or do you have another v
high risk of vehicle d amage du r
Answering these qu estions will
best method of recovery. If you
slightly and the only issue is
cycling you r vehicle wou ld be th
amp le room, an add itional vehic
vehicle impingement on the sutow strap to the vehicle tow h
easy. If the vehicle is severely
where great care needs to be ta
284 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 285/491
recovery should always be given consideration before
attempting a qu estionable obstacle. You should never go
off-road driving without the ability to recover your
vehicle from a situation. H aving another vehicle with
you usually works best for most situations. The first
thing to do is assess the situation. Why are you stuck?
Are you hung up on something? Would it be easier to go
forw ard or t o go backw ard? C an you s till m ove t he
then n othing can d o the job bette
severely hung up on somethi
vehicle up and stack somethi
allow the vehicle to roll off th
further damage. This should beany recovery method.
CAUTION!
Pulling the vehicle off an obstacle, without first
clearing the object, may result in additional under-
body damage.
• Rock Cycling Your Vehicle – Rock cycling your ve-
hicle is one of the easiest, fastest and most comm onlyused methods. This simply involves shifting your
vehicle from drive to reverse, while applying throttle
after each shift. During this p rocess, for add itional
traction try turning your steering wheel quickly back
a few rock cycles your vehicl
another method of recovery.
will only cause unnecessary
and the environment.
CAUTIO
Damage can occur when spi
excessive high speed. Do not
than an indicated 35 mph
U i Th T H k Wi
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 286/491
traction, try turning your steering wheel quickly back
and forth no more than a 1 ⁄ 4 turn. If you are stuck in
mud, sand, or snow try spinning your tires during this
process to clean the d ebris from the tread and improve
the traction. You wan t to create a rocking m otion with
the vehicle. This helps build vehicle momentum,which hopefully gets you out. Remember to ease off
and on th e accelerator before and after the shift If after
• Using The Tow Hooks Wi
s tr aps are a quick and eas
vehicle from minor situation
vehicle which is not stuck.
vehicle are designed to take
ated d uring vehicle recovery
or any other vehicle comp
point Using tow straps requi
the two drivers. Good commu nication and line of sight
are required for a safe recovery. First connect the tow
strap to the correct attachment points on both vehicles.
There should be a least 20 to 30 feet between the
vehicles to allow for a safe recovery. If necessary join
two tow straps together using a 1 1 ⁄ 2 inch hard wood
dowel. This will keep the straps from becoming knot-
ted and is safer than using a clevis pin if the strap
breaks. Next have the tow vehicle backup , leaving 2 to3 feet worth of slack in the strap. Then the tow vehicle,
using light throttle, should accelerate tightening th e
strap providing the pulling force needed to free the
hi l h hi l b i d h ld i i
throttle without using th e bra
other driver. This sequence
having the recovered vehicle
WARNIN
Never use tow straps with e
straps with a clevis pin. The
could become projectiles if could cause severe injury. Ne v
3 feet of slack in the strap.
greatly increases the risk of in
286 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 287/491
vehicle. The vehicle being recovered should assist in
t he r ecovery, at t he t im e of t he s nap, by s low ly
spinning the tires in the same direction as the pulling
vehicle. After the vehicle becomes free, the driver of
the previously stuck vehicle should signal they are free
and should hit their brakes stopping both vehicles.
The driver of the p ulling vehicle should let off the
age. Always keep everyone at
a strapping or winching situa
• Winching (see the section on
additional information on th– Winching is most common
situations: there is no support
controlled force is required to recover the vehicle,
there is a high risk of environmental or vehicle dam-
age, or wh ere nothing else seemed to w ork. A winch
can deliver a high pulling force with a great deal of
control. It allows you to walk the vehicle out of the
situation in a slow controlled manor. This control
works w ell for avoiding further vehicle dam age. Once
you decide it is time to use the winch look for a good
anchor point. It needs to be strong enough to holdmore than the vehicle’s weight an d provide a direction
of pull as straight as possible. Use block and tackle if
necessary to improve the angle of pull or increase the
i h’ lli f If h h i i
left on the drum, and place a
else over th e strun g ou t cable
t he s t rung out cable helps
ground if it breaks. Next, pla
and app ly a very light throttl
in. Be careful not to allow s
recover the vehicle. Do not t
the drum. If it starts to bunch
can re-spool the cable afterwcable as a tow strap and a
winching.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 288/491
winch’s pulling force. If the anchor point is a tree use
a strap around its base and hook the cable to the strap.
If it is another vehicle, then place that vehicle in park
and block the front tires. If you cannot find an anchor
point w ithin reach try using your sp are tire by burying
it. Once you have d etermined an an chor point hook up
the cable, ensuring there are a least five wraps of cable
WARNING!
Winch cables are under high tension when in use
and can become a projectile if they fail. Never stand
over or straddle the winch cable. N ever jerk or
overload the w inch cable. Ne ver stand in front of the
vehicle while winching. Failure to follow these in-
structions can result in serious or fatal injury.
After Driving Off-RoadOff-road operation p uts m ore stress on your vehicle than
does most on-road driving. After driving off-road, it is
• Check threaded fasteners for
the chassis, drivetrain compo
pension. Retighten them, if re
values sp ecified in th e Servic
• Check for accumulations of
t hings could be a fir e haza
damage to fuel lines, brake
and propeller shafts.
• After extended operation i
similar dirty conditions, have
brake linings, and axle yokes
ibl
288 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 289/491
g g ,
always a good idea to check for d amage.
• Completely inspect the und erbody of your vehicle.
Check tires, body structure, steering, suspension, and
exhaust system for damage.
soon as possible.
• If you experience u nusual v
mu d, slush or similar conditi
packed material. Packed fore
wheel imbalance and cleaninthe situation.
WARNING!
Abrasive material in any part o f the brakes may
cause excessive we ar or unpredictable braking. You
might not have full braking pow er when you need it
to prevent an accident. If you have been operating
your vehicle in dirty conditions, get your brakes
checked and cleaned as necessary. Failure to do so
may result is serious injury.
WINCH USAGE – IF EQUIPPED
high forces and should be used
the winch without reading and
plete winch owner’s manual.
Tensioning the Wire Rope
The winch rope must be proper
Follow the instructions below t
1. Un-spool the wire rope leavi
winch drum.
2. Attach the h ook to a suitable
CAUTIO
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 290/491
Things To Know Before Using Your Winch
General Winch Information
You r veh icle is equ ipp ed w ith an electric vehicle recovery
winch. This w inch uses the electrical power from the
vehicle charging system to power a motor that windswire rope into the winch drum via planetary gear reduc-
tion By nature a winch is capable of generating very
CAUTIO
Be certain the anchor will w
quired to tension the wire ro
3. Apply at least 500 lbs. of tension to the rope while
winding the rope in. Always u se care to ensure the rope
does not pile up on one side of the drum and is neatly
wound onto the drum.
CAUTION!
Wire rope must spool on the winch drum in the
direction indicated on the drum rotation decal on the
winch.
Low Voltage Interrupt
drops to a low level. The winch
for 30 seconds if this d evice is t
tripped, the vehicle should be o
few minutes to allow the veh
recover before continuing to wi
Winch Motor Thermal Protec
Your winch is equipp ed w ith a t
in the motor. If the winch is op
duration, the device may inte
protect the winch motor. During
power-out but will not power-in
to cool for a few minu tes before
290 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 291/491
Low Voltage Interrupt
Your winch is equipp ed w ith a d evice that w ill interrupt
winch function if the vehicle charging system voltage
winch w ill resume n ormal funct
UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR WINCH
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 292/491
Winch Components
1. Motor: The winch motor is powered by the vehicle
charging system and features a thermal p rotection switch
that automatically stops motor function in the power-in
direction if the motor gets too hot.
2. Remote Socket: The remote socket allows the remote
control to be attached to the control pack to allow the
winch to function.
3. Winch Drum w/ Integral Brake: The winch drumallow s t he w i re r ope t o be s t or ed on t he w i nch and
transmits force to the wire rope. The winch is equipped
with an integral brake that will stop rotation of the winch
drum if the winch motor is stopped
6. Clutch Lever: The clutch leve
to be disconnected from the w
wire rope to be pulled from the
7. Remote Control: The remo
interface between the w inch ope
remote control provides the abil
out, and stop the w inch. To oper
switch is pressed dow n to p owe
pow er the w inch ou t. The w inch
left in the n eutral (center) posit
CAUTIO
292 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 293/491
drum if the winch motor is stopped.
4. 3 Stage Planetary Gear Set: Provides balance between
speed and pulling power.
5. Wire Rope: The wire rope allows the winch to be
connected to an anchor to provide a pulling force.
CAUTIO
If not installed, the hook strap
hook.
Fairlead: The fairlead acts as a
and minimizes damage to the r
WINCH ACCESSORIES
The following accessories are necessary to attach the
winch to anchors, change direction of pull, and for safe
winching.
Gloves: Wire rope, through
u se, w ill d e ve lo p barbs
which can slice skin. It is ex-
t rem ely im por tant t o w earprotective gloves while oper-
ating the winch or handling
the wire rope. Avoid loose fit-
ting clothes or anything that
Snat
prop
snatc
incre
pow
pul li
d a m
Prop
is cPull.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 294/491
ting clothes or anything that
could become entangled in
the wire rope and other mov-
ing p arts.
Clevis/D-Shackles: The
D-Shackle is a safe means of
connecting the looped end s of
ca ble s, st ra p s a nd sn at ch
blocks. The shackle’s pin is
t hreaded t o allow eas y r e-
moval.
Tree Trunk Protector: Typi-
cally m ade of t ough, high-
quality nylon, it provides the
OPERATING YOUR WINCH
WARNIN
• Always use supplied hook strap to hold hook
• Never use as a hoist.
• Never use to move persons.
• Never exceed winch or wire rope rated capaci
• Always w ear heavy l eather gloves when hand
• Never touch w ire rope or hook while in tensi
• Never engage or disengage clutch if winch is
wire rope drum is moving.• Always stand clear of wire rope and load and
• Always keep hands and clothing clear of theduring operation and when spooling.
• Never wrap wire rope back onto itself. Alwaystree trunk protector on the anchor.
• Never attach a recovery strap to the winch ho
• Never attempt to tow a vehicle with the recov
294 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 295/491
quality nylon, it provides the
operator an attachment point
for the winch rope to a wide
variety of anchor points and
objects, as well as protect liv-
ing trees.
• Never attempt to tow a vehicle with the recovhook.
• Never use bungee straps that develop tramounts of force when stretched.
• Always disconnect the remote control when n
• Never winch when there are less than 5 wrap
• Always pass remote control through a windousing remote inside a vehicle.
• Never leave the remote control plugged into tsitting idle.
Failure to observe any of these warnings regarding injury.
General InformationPractice using your winch before you get stuck. Some key
points to remember w hen u sing your winch are:
1. Always take your time to assess the situation and plan
your pull carefully.
2. Always take your time when using a winch.
3. Use the right equipment for the situation.
4. Always wear leather gloves and do not allow the wire
rope to slip through your hands when h andling the rope.
5. Only the operator should handle the wire rope and
t t l
Vehicle Recovery Using the W
CAUTIO
• Alw ays Know Your Winch: Ta
understand the included InsGuide, and Basic Guide to Worder to understand your woperation.
• Always inspect winch installdition be fore operating w inchaged wire rope must be replacdamaged winch installation mdiately.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 296/491
remote control.
6. Think safety at all times.
• Always be sure any element
safe wi nching operations is rewinching.
• Always keep remote control
wire rope and rigging.
• Inspect for cracks, pinches,
connections. Replace if dama
CAUTION!
Be careful not to pull the Winch Cable Collar
through the rollers. Watch and listen to Winch for
proper snugness.
1. Inspect the winch, winch mdamage. Do not use the winch
rope shows excessive wear or d
2. Put on gloves.
3. Disengage clutch to allow fr
drum, rotate the clutch lever on
Freespooling conserves battery
296 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 297/491
4. Free the winch hook and attwinch hook from its anchor p o
the hook (if not attached).
Free Spool
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 298/491
5. Pull wire to anchor point. Pul
reach you r anchor p oint. Be sure
of tension on the wire as it c
Hook Str
over-wrap wh en slackened, leading to wire rope d amage.To prevent losing the end, hold the hook strap while you
work.
Tree Trunk Pr
298 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 299/491
6. Secure to the anchor point. Once you’ve established
your anchor point, secure the tree-trunk protector or
choker-chain aroun d the object.
CAUTIO
Always be certain the ancho
stand the load.
NOTE: How to choose an anchor point: A secureanchor is critical to winching op erations. An anchor m ust
be strong enough to hold while winching. Natural an-
chors include trees, stumps and rocks. Hook the cable as
low as possible. If no natural anchors are available when
recovering another vehicle, you r vehicle becomes the
anchor p oint. In th is case, be sure to p ut th e transmission
in neutral, apply the hand brake and block its wh eels to
prevent your vehicle from moving. Ideally, you’ll wantan an chor point that w ill enable you to pu ll straight in the
direction the vehicle will move. This allows the wire rope
to wind tightly and evenly onto the spooling drum. An
anchor point as far away as possible will provide the Clevis/D-Sha
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 300/491
winch with its greatest pulling power.
7. Attach the Clevis/ D-shackle and Tree Trunk Protector.
Attach the shackle to the two ends of the strap or chain
and through the hook loop, being careful not to overtighten (tighten and back-off 1/ 2 turn).
8. Lock the clutch. Lock the wi
clutch lever on the winch to en
NOTE: Always ensure the cl
disengaged.
9. Connect the remote control to the winch control box,located behind the front bu mp er. Be careful n ot to let the
remote control cord dangle in front of the winch. If you
choose to control the winch from inside your vehicle,
alw ays pas s t he r em ot e t hr ough a w i ndow t o avoid
pinching the cord in the door. Always disconnect the
remote control when not in use.
10. Put wire rope u nder tensiotrol switch, slowly wind the w
remains. Once the wire rope is
clear and never step over it.
300 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 301/491
11. Check your anchor. Make
secured and free of d ebris bef
winching procedure.
12. Check wire rope. The wire rope should be neatlywound around the spooling drum. Improper winding
can cause d amage to the w ire rope.
13. may
blank
the w
ket c
the w
on th
twee
chorw i r e
sion. Do not approach or move
is applied. Do not allow it to ge
If necessary to move or remov
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 302/491
tension on the wire rope first.
14. Establish no people zone
clear. Be sure that everyone in
surrounding the winching operaof your intentions before you
spectators should no t stand - ne
the vehicle and never near the wire rope or snatchblock. Your situation may have o ther no people zones.
For additional assistance, the slowly driven wh ile being p ulle
pulling until the vehicle is on
able to drive the vehicle, the
complete.
302 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 303/491
15. Begin winching. With the winching vehicles engine
on and light tension already on the w ire rope, begin
winching slowly and steadily. Be sure that the wire rope
is winding evenly and tightly around the spooling drum.
No People Zones
Using The Remo
NOTE: Avoid overheating the winch motor. For ex-tended winching, stop at reasonable intervals to allow
the winch motor to cool down.
NOTE: What to look for under load: The wire rope
must always spool onto the drum as indicated by the
drum rotation decal on the w inch. As you power-in,
make sure the w ire rope w inds evenly and tightly on the
drum . This prevents the outer w ire wrap s from drawing
into the inner wraps, binding and damaging the wirerope. Avoid shock loads by using the control switch
intermittently to take up wire rope slack. Shock loads can
momentarily far exceed the winch and wire rope ratings.
During side p ulls the w ire rope tends to stack u p at one
end of the drum. This stack cancause serious damage to the w
straight ahead as possible and s
rope comes close to the tie rods
an uneven stack, spool out tha
reposition it to the opposite end
free up space for continued win
16. Secure vehicle. Once recove
plete, be sure to secure the vehtransmission in park (autom
manual transmissions. Release
17. Disconnect w ire rope. Disco
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 304/491
g p p p
18. Rewind wire rope. The p erson handling the wirerope should walk the rope in and not let it slide through
the hand, control the winch at all times.
WARNIN
To prevent serious injury, NE
inside the hook area as you a
NOTE: How to sp ool u nd e
remote control lead so it canno
Arrange the wire rope so it will
spooled. Be sure any wire ropedrum is wound tightly and eve
straighten the layer if necessa
under l ight tension and spool
onto the winch drum in even la
304 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 305/491
tighten and straighten the layers
process until the winch hook is
full length of the remote contro
the hook between your thumb athe hook strap. Hold the hook
and forefinger to keep tension o
wire rope towards the fairlead, carefully spooling in theremaining wire rope. By pulsing the remote control
switch.
19. Store the hook on the most outboard loop of the tow
hook.
20. Disconnect remote controlcontrol cord from the control bo
dry place. Winching operation
the cap on the solenoid plug-in
NOTE: Always store the remo
clean, dry area.
RIGGING TECHNIQUES
Various winching situations wother winching techniques. The
little distance to achieve maxim
line rigging, simply increasing
taining a straight-line pu lling si
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 306/491
g g p g
assess what technique is correct
safety at all times.
How to change the pulling direction: All winching op erations shou ldthe winch to the object being pu
wire rope collecting on one sid
pu lling efficiency an d damagi
block, secured to a point direct
will enable you to change your
still allowing the wire rope to b
onto the spooling drum.
Change Pulling Directions
306 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 307/491
Change Pulling Directions
Increasing pulling power: Double Line:
Because pulling power decreaIncrease Pulling Power
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 308/491
In some cases, you may find yourself needing more
pulling power. The use of snatch blocks increases me-
chanical advantage and that increases your pulling
power:
Because pulling power decrea
layers of wire rope on the win
snatch block to double l ine ou
decreases the nu mber of layers o
and increases pulling p ower. Stawire rope to free the winch hook
Increase Pulling Power
vehicle’s frame/ tow hook and run the wire rope througha snatch block. Disengage the clutch and, using the
snatch block, pull out enough wire to reach your anchor
point. Do not attach hook to mounting kit. Secure to the
anchor point with a tree trunk protector or choker chain.
Attach the clevis/ shackle. Attach the shackle to the two
ends of the strap/ chain, being careful not to ov er tighten
(tighten and back-off 1/ 2 tu rn).
PARKING BRAKEThe foot operated parking brake is positioned below the
lower left corner of the instrument panel. To release the
parking brake, pu ll the p arking brake release handle.
NOTE: Th i t t l t d b k i li ht Be sure the parking brake is fir
Parking Brake
308 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 309/491
NOTE: The instrument cluster red brake warning light
will come on and flash to indicate that the parking brake
is applied. You mu st be su re that the parking brake is
fully app lied before leaving th e veh icle.
Be sure the parking brake is fir
the gear shift lever is in the
parking on a hill you should a
before placing the gear shift leve
load on th e transmission lockingdifficult to move the selector ou
WARNING!
• Always fully apply the parking brake when leav-
ing your vehicle, or it may roll and cause damage
or injury. Also be certain to leave an automatic
transmission in Park, a manual transmission in
Reverse or First gear. Failure to do so may allow
the vehicle to roll and cause damage or injury.
• Never leave children alone in a vehicle. Leavingchildren in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for
a number of reasons. A child or others could be
seriously or fatally injured. Don’t leave the keys
in the ignition. A child could operate power
i d th t l th hi l
When parking on a hill, turn thecurb on a d ownhill grade and a
up hill grade.
The parking brake should alwa
the driver is not in the vehicle.
BRAKE SYSTEMIf power assist is lost for an
repeated brake ap plications wbrakes will still function. Howev
substantial increase in braking
If either the front or rear hydra
capability, the remaining system
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 310/491
window s, other controls, or move the vehicle.
• Be sure the parking brake is fully disengaged
before driving, failure to do so can lead to brake
problems due to excessive heating of the rearbrakes.
p y g y
some loss of overall braking ef
evident by increased pedal tr
greater pedal force required to
tion of the BRAKE warning lamequipped) during brake use.
Brake NoiseDuring normal operation of the brake system certain
noises m ay be present from time to time. Occasional
groan or squeal noises may occur during normal
operation of the brake system which may not be indica-
tive of a p roblem. These noises may be heard at any time
the brakes are applied but m ay be more noticeable du ring
the first few brake app lications in the m orning. Moisture,
hot or cold temperature, dust, and or other debris may
also contribute to the noise condition. Repeated or con-
tinuous noises during braking may be an indication that
the brake linings are worn and in need of replacement.
Four-Wheel Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)— IfE i d
The system’s pump motor runprovide regulated hydraulic pr
makes a low humming noise d
normal.
When you are in a severe brak
use of the Anti-lock Brake Sys
some p edal d rop as the vehicle
This is the result of the system r
system and is normal.
Engagement of the Anti-lock
accomp anied by a p ulsing sensa
clicking noise. These occurrenc
cate that the system is function
310 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 311/491
EquippedThis Anti-lock Brake System is designed to aid the driver
in maintaining vehicle control u nder adverse braking
conditions. The system operates with a separate com-
puter to modulate hydraulic pressure to prevent wheel
lockup and help avoid skidding on slippery surfaces.
cate that the system is function
ABS Warning Light
The Anti-lock Brake System in
light. Wh en the light is illumin
System is not functioning. The s
non-anti-lock brakes.
WARNING!
Pumping of the anti-lock brakes will diminish their
effectiveness and may lead to an accident. Pumping
makes the stopping distance longer. Just press firmly
on your brake pedal when you need to slow dow n or
stop.
WARNIN
• Anti-lock system (ABS) ca
ral laws of physics from ac
can it increase braking or
yond that afforded by the c
brakes and tires or the trac
• The ABS cannot preven
those resulting from excefollowing another vehicle
planing. Only a safe, atten
can prevent accidents.
• The capabilities of an ABS
b l i d i
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 312/491
never be exploited in a
manner which could jeopa
or the safety of others.
POWER STEERINGThe standard power steering system will give you good
vehicle response and increased ease of maneuverability
in tight spaces. The system will provide mechanical
steering capability if pow er assist is lost.
If for som e reason, the p ower assist is interrupted , it will
still be possible to steer your vehicle. Under these condi-
tions you will observe a substantial increase in steering
effort, especially at very low vehicle speeds and duringparking man euvers.
NOTE: Increased noise levels at the end of the steering
wh eel travel are considered norm al and d oes not indicate
that there is a p roblem w ith the pow er steering system.
WARNIN
Continued operation with re
assist could pose a safety risk
Service should be obtained a
CAUTIO
Prolong operation of the stee
of the steering w heel travel w
fluid temperature and shou
possible. Damage to the pow
occur
312 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 313/491
p p g y
Upon initial start-up in cold weather, the power steering
pump may make noise for a short period of time. This is
du e to the cold, thick fluid in the steering system. This
noise should be considered normal, and d oes not in any
way damage the steering system.
occur.
MULTI DISPLACEMENT SYSTEM (MDS) - 5.7LEngine OnlyThis feature offers improved fuel economy by shutting
off four of the engine’s eight cylinders during light load
and cruise conditions. The system is automatic with no
driver inputs or additional driving skills required.
NOTE: The MDS system may take some time to return
to full fun ctionality after a battery d isconnect.
TIRE SAFETY INFORMATION
Tire Markings
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 314/491
NOTE:
• P (Passenger)-Metric tire sizin
standards. P-Metric tires ha
into the sidewall preceding
ample: P215/ 65R15 95H.
• European Metric t ire sizing is based on Europeandesign stand ards. Tires designed to th is stand ard h ave
the tire size molded into the sidewall beginning with
the section width. The letter P is absent from this tire
size designation. Example: 215/ 65R15 96H
• LT (Light Truck)-Metric tire sizing is based on U.S.
design standards. The size designation for LT-Metric
tires is the same as for P-Metric tires except for the
letters “LT” that are molded into the sidewall preced-ing the size designation. Example: LT235/ 85R16.
• Temporary Spare tires arespares designed for tempor
Tires d esigned to this stand
molded into the sidewall pre
tion. Example: T145/ 80D18 1
• High Flotation tire sizing i
standards and it begins with
into the sidew all. Examp le: 3
314 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 315/491
Tire Sizing ChartEXAMPLE:
Size Designation:
P = Passenger car tire size based on U.S. design standards
....blank.... = Passenger car tire based on European design standards
LT = Light Truck tire based on U.S. design standards
T = Temporary Spare tire
31 = Overall Diameter in Inches (in)
215 = Section Width in Millimeters (mm)
65 = Aspect Ratio in Percent (%)
—Ratio of section height to section w idth of tire.
10.5 = Section Width in Inches (in)
R = Construction Code
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 316/491
R = Construction Code
—R means Radial Construction.
—D means Diagonal or Bias Construction.
15 = Rim Diameter in Inches (in)
EXAMPLE:Service De scription:
95 = Load Index
—A numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can
H = Speed Symbol—A symbol indicating the range of speeds at which a tire can carrto its load index under certain operating conditions.—The m aximum speed corresponding to the Speed Symbol shoul
der specified operating conditions. (i.e. tire pressure, vehicle loadinand posted speed limits).
Load Identification:
....blank.... = Absence of any text on sidewall of the tire indicates a Standard
Extra Load (XL) = Extra Load (or Reinforced) Tire
Ligh t Load Light L d Ti
316 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 317/491
Ligh t Load = Light Load Tire
C,D,E = Load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a sp
Maximum Load — Maximum Load indicates the maximum load this tire is designed to ca
Maximum Pressure — Maximum Pressure indicates the maximum permissible cold tire intire.
Tire Identification Number (TIN)The TIN may be found on one or both sides of the tire;however, the date code may only be on one side. Tireswith white sidewalls will have the full TIN includingdate code located on the w hite sidewall side of the tire.
Look for the TIN on the outboatires as mounted on the vehicle. the outboard side then you w ill of the tire.
EXAMPLE:
DOT MA L9 ABCD 0301
D OT = Department of Transportation
—This symbol certifies that the tire is in compliance w ith the U.S. Departm ensafety standards, and is approved for h ighway use.
MA = Code representing the tire manufacturing location. (2 digits)
L9 = Code representing the tire size. (2 digits)
ABCD = Code used by tire manufacturer. (1 to 4 digits)
03 = N um ber representing the w eek in w hich the tire was manufactured (2 digits)
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 318/491
03 = N um ber representing the w eek in w hich the tire was manufactured. (2 digits)
—03 means the 3rd week.
01 = N um ber representing the year in w hich the tire was manufactured. (2 digits)
—01 m eans the year 2001.—Prior to July 2000, tire manufacturers were only required to have 1 number which the tire was manufactured Example: 031 could represent the 3rd week o
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 319/491
3) the tire size designed for your vehicle4) the cold tire inflation pressures for th e front, rearand spare tires.
Loading
The vehicle maximum load on the tire must not exceed
the load carrying capacity of the tire on your vehicle. You
will not exceed the tire’s load carrying capacity if you
adhere to the loading conditions, tire size, and cold tire
inflation pressures specified on the “Tire and LoadingInformation” placard and in the “Vehicle Loading” sec-
tion of this manual.
NOTE: Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition,
gross axle weight ratings (GAWR’s) for the front and rear
occupan ts and cargo sho uld nevlbs.” on the Tire and Loading I
combined weight of occupan
trailer ton gue weight (if app lica
the weight referenced here.
Steps for Determining Correct L
1. Locate the statement “The c
pants and cargo should never e
your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined w
passengers that will be riding i
3. Subtract the combined weig
f XXX kil
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 320/491
axles must not be exceeded. For further information on
GAWR’s, vehicle loading, and trailer towing, refer to the
“Vehicle Loading” section of this manual.
To determine the maximum loading conditions of your
vehicle locate the statement “The combined weight of
sengers from XXX kilograms or
4. The resulting figure equals
cargo and luggage load capacity
amount equals 1400 lbs. and th
passengers in you r vehicle, the amou nt of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (since 5 x 150 = 750,
and 1400 – 750 = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from you r
trailer w ill be tran sferred to your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
NOTE: The following table shcalculate total load, cargo/ lugg
ties of your vehicle with varyin
and number and size of occu
illustration purposes only and
the seating and load carry capa
NOTE: For the following exam
of occupants and cargo should n
Kg).
320 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 321/491
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 322/491
WARNING!
Overloading of your tires i s dangerous. Overloading
can cause tire failure, affect vehicle handling, and
increase your stopping distance. Use tires of the
recommended load capacity for your vehicle. Never
overload them.
TIRES — GENERAL INFORMTire PressureProper tire inflation pressure is
satisfactory operation of your
areas are affected by improper
322 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 323/491
1. Safety—
WARNING!
• Improperly inflated tires are dangerous and can cause
accidents.
• Under inflation increases tire flexing and can result in
tire failure.
• Over inflation reduces a tire’s ability to cushion shock.
Objects on the road and chuckholes can cause damagethat result in tire failure.
• Unequal tire pressures can cause steering problems.
You could lose control of your vehicle.
• Over inflated or under inflated tires can affect vehicle
handling and can fail suddenly, resulting in loss of vehicle control
2. Economy—Improper inflation pressures
patterns to develop across the ti
wear patterns will reduce tread l
earlier tire replacement. Under
tire rolling resistance and result
tion.
3. Ride Comfort and Vehicle S
Proper tire inflation contributeOver inflation prod uces a jarring
Tire Inflation PressuresThe proper cold tire inflation pr
the face of the driver’s door or
pillar
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 324/491
vehicle control.
• Unequal tire pressures from one side of the vehicle to
the other can cause the vehi cle to drift to the right or left.
• Always drive with each tire inflated to the recom-mended cold tire inflation pressure.
pillar.
Some vehicles may have Sup
Information for vehicle loads
maximum loaded vehicle cond ition. These pressure con-ditions will be found in the “Supplemental Tire Pressure
Information” section of this manual.
check tire pressure. Do not mwh en d etermining prop er inflat
properly inflated even wh en th
CAUTIO
After inspecting or adjusting
ways reinstall the valve stem
will prevent moisture and dvalve stem, which could dam
Inflation pressures specified on
“cold tire inflation pressure.” C
is defined as the tire pressure
324 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 325/491
The pressure should be checked and adjusted as well as
inspecting for signs of tire wear or visible damage at leastonce a month. Use a good qu ality pocket-type gauge to
p
been d riven for at least 3 hour s,
(1 km) after a 3 hour period
pressure must not exceed the msure molded into the tire sidew
Tire Placard Location
Check tire pressures more often if subject to a wide rangeof outdoor temperatures, as t ire pressures vary with
temperature changes.
Tire pressures change by app roximately 1 p si (7 kPa) per
12° F (7° C) of air temperature change. Keep this in mind
when checking tire pressure inside a garage, especially in
the winter.
Example: If garage temperature = 68° F (20° C) and the
outside temperature = 32° F (0° C) then the cold tireinflation pressure should be increased by 3 psi (21 kPa),
wh ich equals 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 12° F (7° C) for this
outside temperature condition.
Tire pressure m ay increase from 2 to 6 psi (13 to 40 kPa)
d i i O O d hi l
Tire Pressures for High SpeeThe manufacturer advocates
within posted speed limits. Whe
tions are such that the vehicl
speeds, maintaining correct tire
important. Increased tire press
loading may be required for hi
tion. Refer to original equipm
dealer for recommended safe o
and cold tire inflation pressures
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 326/491
du ring operation. DO NOT redu ce this n ormal pressure
build up or your tire pressure will be too low.
WARNING!
High speed driving with your vehicle under maxi-
mum load is dangerous. The added strain on your
tires could cause them to fail. You could have a
serious accident. Don’t drive a vehicle loaded to the
maximum capacity at continuous speeds above 75
mph (120 km/h).
Radial-Ply Tires
WARNIN
Combining radial ply tires w
on your vehicle will cause y
poorly. The instability could
ways use radial ply tires in se
of trucks with dual rear wh
them with other types of tire
Cuts and punctures in radial tir
the tread area because of sidew
authorized tire dealer for radial
326 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 327/491
Compact Spare Tire — If EquippedThe compact spare is for temporary emergency use with
radial t ires. It is engineered to be used on your style
vehicle only. Since this tire has limited tread life, the
original tire should be repaired (or replaced) and rein-
stalled at the first opportunity.
WARNING!
Temporary use spare tires are for emergency useonly. With these tires, do not drive more than 50 mph
(80 km/h). Temporary-use spare tires have limited
tread life. When the tread is worn to the tread wear
indicators, the temporary use spare tire needs to be
replaced. Be sure to follow the warnings, which
D o not i ns t al l a w heel coverconventional tire on the compa
wheel is designed specifically f
Do not install more than one c
on the vehicle at any given tim
CAUTIO
Because of the reduced groundyour vehicle through an autom
compact spare installed. Dam
result.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 328/491
replaced. Be sure to follow the warnings, which
apply to your spare. Failure to do so could result in
spare tire failure and loss of vehicle control.
Limited Use Spare — If EquippedThe limited u se spare tire is for temp orary em ergency u se
on your vehicle. This tire is identified by a limited use
spare tire warning label located on the limited use spare
tire and wheel assembly. This t ire may look like the
original equipped tire on the front or rear axle of your
vehicle, but it is not. Installation of this limited use spare
tire affects vehicle handling. Since it is not the same tire,
replace (or repair) the original tire and reinstall on the
vehicle at the first opportunity.
WARNIN
The limited use spare tires a
only. Installation of this limite
vehicle handling. With this t
than 60 mph (100 km/h). Ke
tire inflation pressure liste
placard or limited use spare ti
Replace (or repair) the ori
opportunity and reinstall it oto do so could result in loss o
Tire SpinningWhen stu ck in mu d, sand , snow
spin your vehicle’s wheels abov
328 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 329/491
spin your vehicle’s wheels abov
Refer to the paragraph on “Free
Section 6 of this manual.
WARNING!
Fast spinning tires can be dangerous. Forces gener-
ated by excessive wheel speeds may cause tire dam-
age or failure. A tire could explode and injure
someone. D o not spin your vehicle’s wheels faster
than 30 mph (48 km/h) for more than 30 seconds
continuously when you are stuck, and don’t let
anyone near a spinning wheel, no matter what the
speed.
Tread Wear IndicatorsTread wear indicators are in th e original equipment tires
to help you in determining when your t ires should be
replaced
These ind icators are molded int
grooves. They will appear as ban
becomes 1/ 16 inch (2 mm). Whe
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 330/491
replaced.tread wear indicators, the tire s
Many states have laws requirin
point.
Life of TireThe service life of a t ire is d ependent upon varying
factors including but not limited to:
• Driving style
• Tire pressure
• Distance d riven
WARNING!
Tires and spare tire should be replaced after six
years, regardless of the remaining tread. Failure to
follow this w arning can result in sudden tire failure.
You could lose control and have an accident result-
ing in serious injury or death
Keep dismounted tires in a coo
exposure to light as possible. P
with oil, grease, and gasoline.
Replacement TiresThe tires on you r new vehicle p
characteristics. They shou ld be
wear and correct cold tire infla
facturer strongly recommends t
lent to the originals in size, q
when replacement is needed (r
“Tread Wear Indicators”). Refer
Information” placard for the size
The service d escription an d lo
found on the original equipm
equivalent replacement tires m
330 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 331/491
ing in serious injury or death. equivalent replacement tires m
safety, hand ling, and r ide of you
that you contact your original
rized tire dealer with any q uestispecifications or capability.
WARNING!
• Do not use a tire, wheel size or rating other than that
specified for your vehicle. Some combinations of un-approved tires and w heels may change suspensiondimensions and performance characteristics, resultingin changes to steering, handling, and braking of yourvehicle. This can cause unpredictable handling andstress to steering and suspension components. Youcould lose control and have an accident resulting in
serious injury or death. Use only the tire and wheelsizes with load ratings approved for your vehicle.
• Never use a tire with a smaller load index or capacity,
other than what was originally equipped on yourvehicle. Using a tire with a smaller load index couldresult in tire overloading and failure. You could losecontrol and have an accident.
CAUTIO
Replacing original tires with
may result in false speedomet
ings.
Alignment And BalancePoor suspension alignment may
• Fast tire wear.
• Uneven tire w ear, such as f
wear.
• Vehicle pull to right or left.
Tires may also cause the vehicle
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 332/491
• Failure to equip your vehicle w ith tires having ad-
equate speed capability can result in sudden tirefailure and loss of vehicle control.
Tires may also cause the vehicle
Alignment will not correct this c
for proper diagnosis.
Improper alignment will not cause vehicle vibration.
Vibration may be a result of t ire and wheel out-of-
balance. Proper balancing will reduce vibration and
avoid tire cupping and spotty wear.
SUPPLEMENTAL TIRE PRESSURE INFORMATION – IF EQUIPPEDA light load vehicle condition is defined as two passen-
gers {150 lbs (68 kg) each} plus 200 lbs (91kg) of cargo.
Cold tire inflation pressures for a lightly loaded vehiclewill be found on the face of the driver’s door.
TIRE CHAINSUse “Class U” chains on Power Wagon models, or other
traction a ids that meet SAE Type “U” specifications.
CAUTIO
To avoid damage to your vehicle, tfollowing precautions:
• Because of limited chain clearansuspension components, it is imin good condition are used. serious vehicle damage. Stop tnoise occurs that could suggesthe damaged parts of the chain
•Install chains as tightly as poafter driving about 1/2 mile (0.
• Do not exceed 45 mph (72 km/
• Drive cautiously and avoid seveespecially with a loaded vehicl
• Do not install tire chains on fr
• Do not drive for a prolonged p
332 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 333/491
NOTE: Chains must be the proper size for the vehicle,
as recommended by the chain manufacturer.• Observe the tire chain manu
method of installation, operatfor usage. Always use the lo
speed of the chain manufactspeed recommended by the ma
These cautions apply to all chain traction devices, includ-
ing link and cable (radial) chains.
NOTE: On 4x4 Power Wagon models, class “U” snow
chains are permitted on the rear wheels only of vehicles
equipped with LT285/ 70R17D.
CAUTION!
Do not use tire chains on the 4X4 front wheels of Ram Trucks equipped wi th LT285/70R17D. There
may not be adequate clearance for the chains and
you are risking structural or body damage to your
vehicle.
SNOW TIRESSnow tires should be of the sam
tion as the front tires. Consult
snow tire to determine any m
requirement associated with the
always be operated at the ve
inflation pressures under any lo
While studded tires improve p
and traction capability on wet
poorer than that of non-studde
hibit studd ed tires; therefore
checked before using these tire
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 334/491
TIRE ROTATION RECOMMENDATIONSTires on the front and rear axles of vehicles operate at
different loads and perform different steering, d riving,
and braking functions. For these reasons, they wear at
unequal rates, and develop irregular wear patterns.
These effects can be reduced by timely rotation of tires.
The benefits of rotation are especially worthwhile with
aggressive tread designs such as those on On/ Off Road
type tires. Rotation will increase tread life, help to main-
tain mu d, snow, and w et traction levels, and contribute toa smooth, quiet ride.
Follow the recomm ended tire rotation frequency for you r
type of driving found in the “Maintenance Schedules”
Section of this m anu al. More frequent rotation is perm is-
sible if desired. The reasons for any rapid or unusual
NOTE: On Canadian vehicles
equipped with All-Season typ
ON/ OFF Road type tires mount
f t t b k t ti tt
334 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 335/491
y p
wear should be corrected prior to rotation being per-
formed.
a front to back rotation pattern.
side to side at the recommende
FUEL REQUIREMENTSThe 5.7L engine is designed to meet all
emissions regulations and provide satisfac-
tory fuel economy and performance when
using high quality unleaded gasoline hav-
ing an octane range of 87 to 89. The manu -
facturer recommends the use of 89 octane
for optimum performance.The routine use
of premium gasoline is not recommended. The use of
premium gasoline w ill provide no benefit over highquality regular and mid-grade gasolines, and in some
circumstances may result in poorer performance.
Light spark knock at low engine speed s is not harmful to
your engine. However, continued heavy spark knock at
high speeds can cause damage and immediate service is
Poor quality gasoline can caus
starting, stalling and hesitation
symptoms, try another brand o
fore considering service for the
Over 40 auto manufacturers wo
end orsed consistent gasoline s
wide Fuel Charter, WWFC) t
necessary to deliver enhanced
and durability for your vehicle
of gasolines that meet the WW
are available.
Reformulated GasolineMany areas of the country req
burning gasoline referred to as “
R f l t d li t i
5.7L Engines
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 336/491
g p g
required.Reformu lated gasolines contain
cifically blended to reduce ve
prove air qu ality.
We strongly supp ort the use of reformulated gasolines.
Properly blended reformulated gasolines w ill provide
excellent performance and durability for the engine and
fuel system components.
Gasoline/Oxygenate BlendsSome fuel sup pliers blend unleaded gasoline with oxy-
genates such as 10% ethanol, MTBE and ETBE. Oxygen-
ates are required in some areas of the country during the
winter months to redu ce carbon monoxide emissions.
Fuels blended with these oxygenates m ay be used in
your vehicle.
CAUTION!
DO NOT use gasolines containing METHANOL
MMT In GasolineMMT is a m anganese-containin
blended into some gasoline to i
blended with MMT provide no
beyond gasolines of the same
MMT. Gasolines blended with
life and reduce emission system
mend that gasolines free of MM
The MMT content of gasoline
the gasoline pump; therefore, yline retailer whether or not h
MMT.
It is even more important to lo
MMT in Canada because MM
higher than allowed in the Uni
336 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 337/491
DO NOT use gasolines containing METHANOL.
Gasoline containing methanol may damage critical
fuel system components.
g
hibited in Federal and Californi
Sulfur In GasolineIf you live in the northeast United States, your vehicle
may have been designed to meet California low em ission
standard s w ith Cleaner-Burn ing California reformulated
gasoline with low sulfur. If such fuels are not available in
states adopting California emission standards, your ve-
hicles will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal
specifications, bu t emission control system performance
may be adversely affected. Gasoline sold outside of
California is permitted to have higher sulfur levels whichmay affect the performance of the vehicle’s catalytic
converter. This may cause the Check Engine or Service
Engine Soon light to illuminate. We recommend that you
try a different brand of unleaded gasoline having lower
sulfur to determine if the problem is fuel related prior to
returning your vehicle to an authorized dealer for ser
CAUTIO
If the Check Engine or Servi
flashing, immedi ate service is
diagnostics system section.
Materials Added To FuelAll gasolines sold in the Unite
contain effective detergent adddetergents or other additives is
conditions and would result in
fore, you should not have to ad
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 338/491
returning your vehicle to an authorized dealer for ser-
vice.
Fuel System Cautions
CAUTION!
Follow these guidelines to maintain your vehicle’s
performance:
• The use of leaded gas is prohibited by Federal law.
Using leaded gasoline can impair engine p erforman ce,damage the emission control system.
• An out-of-tune engine, or certain fuel or ignition
malfunctions, can cause the catalytic converter to
overheat. If you notice a pungent burning odor or
some light smoke, your engine may be out of tune or
lf i i d i i di i
• When pulling a heavy load o
vehicle when the humidity is
is high, use a premium unlea
spark knock. If spark knock p
or engine piston damage ma
• The use of fuel additives whi
octane enhancers is not recom
products contain high conc
Fuel system d amage or vehic
resulting from the u se of such
the responsibility of the man
NOTE: Intentional tampering
systems can result in civil p
against you .
338 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 339/491
malfunctioning and may require immediate service.
Contact your dealer for service assistance.
Carbon Monoxide Warnings
WARNING!
Carbon monoxide (CO) in exhaust gases is deadly.
Follow the precautions below to prevent carbon
monoxide poisoning:
• Do not inhale exhaust gases. They contain carbon
monoxide, a colorless and odorless gas w hich can kill.
N ever r un t he engine in a closed area, s uch as a
garage, and never sit in a parked vehicle with the
engine run ning for an extend ed p eriod. If the vehicle is
stopped in an open area with the engine running for
more than a short p eriod, adjust the ven tilation system
• Guard against carbon monox
nance. Have the exhaust syst
the vehicle is raised. Have a
repaired promptly. Until rep
windows fully op en.
• Keep the liftgate closed whe
prevent carbon monoxide a
haust gases from entering the
ADDING FUEL
Adding Fuel (Gas Engines)The fuel tank filler tube has a
inches (50 mm) inside the ope
fuel container, i t should have
enough to force open the restric
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 340/491
to force fresh, outside air into the vehicle.g p
CAUTION!
Damage to the fuel system or emission control
system could result from using an improper fuel
tank filler tube cap (gas cap). A poorly fitting cap
could let impurities into the fuel system. Also a
poorly fitted after-market cap can cause the MIL
(Malfunction Indicator Light) to illuminate, due to
fuel vapors escaping from the system.
CAUTION!
A poorly fitting gas cap may cause the Malfunction
Indicator Light to turn on.
CAUTIO
To avoid fuel spillage and o
off” the fuel tank after filling
NOTE: When the fuel nozzle
fuel tank is full.
WARNIN
• Never have any smoking m
the vehicle when the gas
tank filled.
• Never add fuel to the vehi
running. This is in violat
340 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 341/491
running. This is in violat
federal fire regulations an
function Indicator Light to
NOTE: Tighten the gas cap 1/ 4 turn until you hear one
click. This is an indication that the cap is p roperly
tightened.
If the gas cap is not tightened properly, the Malfunction
Indicator Light will come on, Be sure the gas cap is
tightened every time the vehicle is refueled.
WARNING!
A fire may result if gasoline is pumped into a
portable container that is inside of a vehicle. You
could be b urned. Alw ays place gas containers on the
ground while filling.
Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message
cluster. Tighten the gas cap un
heard. This is an indication tha
tightened. Press the odometer
message off. If the problem pe
appear the next time the vehic
indicate a damaged cap. If the p
in a r ow, t he s ys tem w i ll t u
Indicator Light (MIL). Resolvi
the MIL light off.
VEHICLE LOADING
Certification LabelAs requ ired by N ational Highw
istration Regulations, your ve
label affixed to th e d river’s side
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 342/491
Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message
If the vehicles d iagnostic system d etermines that the fuel
filler cap in loose, improperly installed, or damaged, a
GASCAP message will be displayed in the instrument
This label contains the m onth a
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GV
Rating (GAWR) front an d rear, Number (VIN) A Month Day
included on this label and indicates the Month, Day and
Hour of manufacture. The bar code that appears on thebottom of the label is your Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN).
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
The GVWR is the total permissible weight of your vehicle
including driver, passengers, vehicle, options and cargo.
The label also specifies maximum capacities of front and
rear axle systems (GAWR). Total load must be limited so
GVWR and front and rear GAWR are not exceeded.
Payload
The payload of a vehicle is d efined as the allowable load
weight a truck can carry, including the weight of the
driver, all passengers, options and cargo.
G A l W i ht R ti (GAWR)
Each axle GAWR is determined
system with the lowest load springs, tires or wheels). Heav
components sometimes specifie
creased du rability does not nece
cle’s GVWR.
Tire Size
The tire size on the Label rep res
your vehicle. Replacement tires
capacity of this tire size.
Rim Size
This is the rim size that is app
listed.
Inflation Pressure
Thi i th ld ti i fl ti
342 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 343/491
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
The GAWR is the maximum permissible load on the front
and rear axles. The load must be distributed in the cargoarea so that the GAWR of each axle is not exceeded.
This is the cold tire inflation pre
all loading conditions up to full
Curb Weight
The curb weight of a vehicle is defined as the total weightof the veh icle w ith all fluid s, includ ing veh icle fuel, at full
capacity conditions, and with no occupants or cargo
loaded into the vehicle. The front and rear curb weight
values are determined by weighing your vehicle on a
commercial scale before any occupants or cargo are
added.
Loading
The actual total weight and the weight of the front and
rear of your vehicle at the ground can best be determined
by weighing it when it is loaded an d read y for operation.
The entire vehicle should first be weighed on a commer-
cial scale to insure that the GVWR has not been exceeded.
The weight on the front and rear of the vehicle should
or rear axles has been exceed
within the specified GVWR. If sfrom front to rear or rear to fron
specified weight limitations ar
items down low and be sure tha
equally. Stow all loose items se
Improp er weight d istributions c
on the w ay your vehicle steers
the brakes operate.
CAUTIO
Do not load your vehicle
GVWR or the maximum fron
you do, parts on your vehicl
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 344/491
g
then be determined separately to be sure that the load is
properly distributed over front and rear axle. Weighing
the vehicle may show that the GAWR of either the front
y p y
change the way your vehicl
cause you to lose control.
shorten the life of your vehic
An EXAMPLE of a loaded vehicle is shown in the
following chart. Note that neither GVWR nor GAWRcapabilities are exceeded. Overloading can cause poten-
tial safety hazards and shorten service life.
NOTE: The weights shown in this chart are not
necessarily the weights for your vehicle. Also, the
amount of load added to both the front and rear axles
can be computed after the vehicle has been weighed
both in its curb weight condition, and in its loaded
and ready for operation condition.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
344 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 345/491
TRAILER TOWING
In this section you will find safety tips and informationon limits to the type of towing you can reasonably do
with your vehicle. Before towing a trailer carefully re-
view this information to tow your load as efficiently and
safely as possible.
To maintain warranty coverage, follow the requirements
and recommendations in this manual concerning ve-
hicles used for trailer towing.
Common Towing DefinitionsThe follow ing trailer tow ing related d efinitions w ill assist
you in understanding the following information:
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
The GVWR is the total allowablThis includes driver, passeng
weight. The total load must be l
exceed the GVWR.
Gross Trailer Weight (GTW)
The gross trailer weight (GTW) i
plus the w eight of all cargo, con
(permanent or temp orary) loade
loaded and ready for operatiomend ed w ay to measure GTW i
trailer on a vehicle scale. The en
mu st be supp orted by the scale
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 346/491
Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR)
The gross combination weight rating (GCWR) is the totalpermissible weight of your vehicle and trailer when
weighed in combination. (Note that GCWR ratings in-
clude a 68 kg (150 lbs) allowance for the presence of a
driver).
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
The GAWR is the maximum capacity of the front and rear
axles. Distribute the load over the front and rear axles
evenly. Make sure that you do not exceed either front orrear GAWR.
WARNIN
It is important that you do no
front or rear GAWR. A dange
can result if either rating is ex
control of the vehicle and hav
Tongue Weight (TW)
The downw ard force exerted
trailer. In most cases it shouldmo re than 15% of the trailer loa
as part of the load on your veh
346 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 347/491
Frontal Area
The maximu m height and m aximu m w idth of the front of a trailer.
Trailer Sway Control
The trailer sway control is a telescoping link that can be
installed between the hitch receiver and the trailer tongue
that typically provides adjustable friction associated with
the telescoping motion to d ampen any unw anted trailer
swaying motions while traveling.
Weight-Carrying Hitch
A weight-carrying hitch supports the trailer tongue
weight, just as if it were luggage located at a hitch ball or
some other connecting point of the vehicle. These kind of
hitches are the most popular on the market today and
they’re commonly used to tow small- and medium-sized
Weight-Distributing Hitch
A w eight-distributing system wage through spring (load) bars
for heavier loads, to distribute
the tow vehicle’s front axle and
used in accordan ce with th e m a
provides for a more level ride,
steering and brake control the
safety. The add ition of a friction
also damp ens sway caused by trcontributes positively to tow ve
Trailer sway control and a w
equalizing) hitch are recomme
Weights (TW) and may be requi
and Trailer configuration / load
axle weight rating (GAWR) req
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 348/491
trailers.
WARNING!
An improperly adjusted Weight Distributing Hitch
system may reduce handling, stability, braking per-
formance, and could result in an accident.
Weight D istributing Sy stems may not be compatible
with Surge Brake Couplers. Consult w ith your hitch
and trailer m anufacturer or a reputable Recreational
Vehicle dealer for additional information.
Weight Distributing
348 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 349/491
Fifth-Wheel Hitch
A special high p latform w ith a coupling that m oun ts over
Gooseneck Hitch
The gooseneck hitch employs which attaches to a ball moun te
truck. The coupling arm conne
over the rear axle in the truck b
Trailer Hitch ClassificationThe rear bumper is intended to
lbs (907 kg) without added equ
the standard equipment. Your
equipped for safe towing of trailbs (907 kg) with the optional T
See your dealer for package con
The following chart provides t
the maximum trailer weight a gi
tow and should be used to ass
il hi h f i
Improper Adjustment of Weight Distributing System
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 350/491
A special high p latform w ith a coupling that m oun ts over
the rear axle of the tow vehicle in the truck bed. Connects
a vehicle and fifth-wh eel trailer with a coupling king p in.
correct trailer hitch for your in
Refer to “Trailer Towing We
Weight Ratings)” for the website address that contains
the necessary information for your specific drivetrain.
Trailer Hitch Classification
Class Max. GTW (Gro ss TrailerWt.)
Cla ss I - Lig ht D uty 2,000 lb s (907 k g)
Class II - MediumDuty
3,500 lbs (1587 kg)
C lass III - H eavy D uty 5,000 lbs (2268 kg)
Class IV - ExtraHeavy Duty
10,000 lbs (4540 kg)
Fifth Wheel/ Gooseneck
Greater than 10,000 lbs (4540kg )
All trailer hitches should be professionally installed on
your vehicle.
Trailer Towing Weights (Max
Ratings)
NOTE: For add itional trailer to
mum trailer weight ratings) refe
addresses:
• http:// ww w.dodge.com/towi
• http:// www.dodge.ca (Canad
Trailer and Tongue WeightAlways load a trailer with 60%
the front of the trailer. This pl
Gross Trailer Weight (GTW) o
vehicle. Loads balanced over the
rear can cause the trailer to sw
which will cause loss of contr
F il t l d t il h i
350 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 351/491
Failure to load trailers h eavier
many trailer accidents.
Never exceed the maximum tongue weight stamped on
your bu mper or trailer hitch.
C onsider t he follow ing it em s w hen com put ing t he
weight on the rear axle of the vehicle:
• The weight of any other typ
put in or on your vehicle.
• The weight of the driver and
NOTE: Remember that every
trailer adds to the load on your
factory-installed options, or
must be considered as p art of
vehicle. Refer to the Tire and L
ard in the Tire Safety InformatioTowing RequirementsTo promote proper break-in of
etrain components the followin
mended:
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 352/491
• The tongue weight of the trailer.
CAUTION!
• Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles (805
km) of vehicle operation. Doing so may damage
your axles, driveline and vehicle.
• During the first 500 miles (805 km) of trailer
towing, limit your speed to 50 mph (80 km/h).
Perform the maintenance listed in Section 8 of this
manu al. When tow ing a trailer, never exceed the GAWR,
or GCWR, ratings.
WARNIN
Improper towing can lead
Follow these guidelines to ma
as safe as possible:
Make certain that the load is
and will not shift during t
cargo that is not fully secure
can occur that may be diffi
control. You could lose contrhave an accident.
• When hauling cargo or towi
load your vehicle or trailer.
loss of control, poor p erforma
axle, engine, transmission, st
352 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 353/491
axle, engine, transmission, st
sis structure or tires.
• Safety chains must always be used between your
vehicle and trailer. Always connect the chains to theframe or hook retainers of the vehicle hitch. Cross the
chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough
slack for turning corners.
• Vehicles with trailers should not be p arked on a grade.
When parking, apply the parking brake on the tow
vehicle. Put the tow vehicle au tomatic transmission in
P for Park. With a manual transmission, shift the
transmission into reverse. And with four-wheel-drivevehicles, make sure the transfer case is not in neutral.
Always, block or chock the trailer wheels.
• GCWR must not be exceeded.
• Total weight must be distributed between the tow
vehicle and the trailer such that the following four
2. GTW
3. GAWR
4. Tongue weight rating for
(This requirement may lim
achieve the 10% to 15% ran
percentage of total trailer we
Towing Requirements — Tire
− Do not attempt to tow a trailspare tire.
− Proper tire inflation pressure
and satisfactory operation of
Tires–General Information s
Tire Pressures for p roper tire
Also check the trailer tires
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 354/491
ratings are not exceeded:
1. GVWR
− Also, check the trailer tires
pressures before trailer usage
− Check for signs of tire wear or visible tire damage
before towing a trailer. Refer to the Tires–GeneralInformation section of this manual on Tread Wear
Indicators for the proper inspection procedure.
− When replacing tires refer to the Tires–General Infor-
ma tion section of this man ual on Rep lacement Tires for
proper tire replacement procedures. Replacing tires
with a higher load carrying capacity will not increase
the vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR limits.
Towing Requirements — Trailer Brakes
− Do not interconnect the hydraulic brake system or
vacuum system of your vehicle w ith that of the trailer.
This could cause inadequate braking and possible
personal injury.
− An electronically actuated trailer brake controller is
actuated brakes. When towin
a hyd raulic surge actuated brbrake controller is not requir
− Trailer brakes are recommend
lbs (454 kg) and required for
lbs (907 kg).
CAUTIO
If the trailer weighs more t
loaded, it should have its
should be of adequate capa
could lead to accelerated bra
brake pedal effort, and longe
354 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 355/491
− An electronically actuated trailer brake controller is
required when towing a trailer with electronically
WARNING!
Do not connect trailer brakes to your vehicle’s hy-
draulic brake lines. It can overload your brake sys-
tem and cause it to fail. You might not have brakes
when you need them and could have an accident.
Towing any trailer will increase your stopping dis-
tance. When towing you should allow for additional
space between your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you. Failure to do so could result in an accident.
Towing Requirements — Trailer Lights & Wiring
Whenever you pull a trailer, regardless of the trailer size,
stop lights and tu rn signals on the trailer are required for
motoring safety.
Th T il T P k g m i l d 4 d 7 i
NOTE: Do not cut or splice
wiring harness.
The electrical connections are a
but you must mate the harne
Refer to the following illustrati
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 356/491
The Trailer Tow Package may include a 4 and 7 pin
wiring harness. Use a factory approved trailer harness
and connector.4 - Pin Conn
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 357/491
NOTE: Check the automatic transmission fluid level
before tow ing.
Towing Tips — Tow/Haul (If Equipped)
To red uce p otential for au tomatic transmission overheat-
ing, turn the “TOW HAUL OD/ OFF” feature ON when
driving in hilly areas or shift the transmission to Drive
position 2 on more severe grades.
Towing Tips — Electronic Speed Control (If
Equipped)
− Don’t use in hilly terrain or with heavy loads.
− When using the speed control, if you experience speed
drops greater than 10 mph (16 km/ h), disengage until
you can get back to cruising speed.
− Use speed control in flat terrain and with light loads to
i i f l ffi i
Towing Tips — Cooling Syst
To reduce p otential for engineheating, take the following acti
− City Driving
When stopp ed for short periods
in neutral and increase engine i
− Highway Driving
Reduce speed.
−Air Conditioning
Turn off temporarily.
− refer to Cooling System Ope
Maintenance section of this m
tion.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 358/491
ma ximize fuel efficiency.
Trailer Towing Mirrors — If Equipped
These mirrors are d esigned with an adjustable m irrorhead to p rovide a greater vision range when towing
extra-wide loads. To change position inboard or out-
board, the mirror head should be rotated (flipped Out or
In). A small blindspot mirror is integrated onto the main
mirror surface.
NOTE: Fold the 7 x 10 inch trailer towing mirrors
rearward prior to entering an automated car wash.
CAUTION!
Do not attempt to fold the 7 x 10 inch trailer towing
mirrors forward. The 7 x 10 inch trailer towing
mirrors are not designed to be folded forward and
doing so will damage the mirrors and/or vehicle.
Blindspot M
358 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 359/491
g g
SNOWPLOW
Dodge Power Wagon Model
NOTE: Do not use Dodge Po
snowplow applications.
WARNIN
Snowplows and other af
should not be added to the fro
The airbag crash sensors m
change in the front end struct
deploy une xpectedly or could
collision resulting in serious
Trailer Towing Position
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 360/491
CAUTION!
Using this vehicle for snow plow applications can
cause damage to the vehicle.
WARNING!
Attaching a snowplow to this vehicle could ad-
versely affect performance of the airbag system in anaccident. Do not expect that the airbag will perform
as described earlier in this manual
RECREATIONAL TOWING —
VEHICLES (BEHIND MOTOR
CAUTIO
Internal damage to the trans
front or rear wheel lift is u
towing.
NOTE: The transfer case mus(N) for recreational towing. A
must be placed in P (Park)
towing. Manu al transmissions m
neutral) for recreational towin
proper transfer case Neutral shi
vehicle.
360 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 361/491
Recreational Towing Procedure — Manual Shift
Transfer Case — If EquippedUse the following procedure to prepare your vehicle for
recreational towing:
CAUTION!
It is necessary to follow these steps to be certain that
the transfer case is fully in N (NEUTRAL) before
recreational towin g to prevent damage to internalparts.
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shut OFF the engine.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Shift transfer case lever into
6. Start the engine.
7. Shift autom atic transmission
8. Release brake pedal for five
there is no vehicle movement.
9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 with th
(D).
10. Shu t OFF the engine and plaunlocked OFF position.
11. Shift automatic transmission
12. Apply the parking brake.
13. Attach vehicle to tow vehic
14 Release the parking brake
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 362/491
4. Shift automatic transmission to N (NEUTRAL), or
depress the clutch on manual transmissions.
14. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION!
Damage to the automatic transmission may occur if
the transmission is shifted into P (PARK) with the
transfer case in N (NEUTRAL) and the engine RUN-
NING. With the transfer case in N (NEUTRAL)
ensure that the engine is OFF prior to shifting the
transmission into P (PARK)
Returning to Normal Operation — Manual ShiftTransfer CaseUse the following procedure to prepare your vehicle for
normal u sage:
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shut OFF the engine.
4. Shift automatic transmissio
depress the clutch on manual tr
5. Shift transfer case lever to de
6. Shift automatic transmission
WARNIN
You or others could be inj
vehicle unattended with the
(NEUTRAL) position withou
the parking brake. The transf
position disengages both the
shafts from the pow ertrain a
hicle to move regardless of
tion. The parking brake sho
when the driver is not in the
362 STARTING AND OPERATING
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 363/491
3. Depress the brake pedal.
CAUTION!
• Do not use a bumper mounted clamp-on tow bar
on your vehicle. The bumper face bar will be
damaged.
• Do not disconnect the rear driveshaft because
fluid will leak from the transfer case and damage
the internal parts.
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATIO
The equipment Identification Plinner surface.
The following information ab
played on this plate: Model, Wh
cation Number, Truck Order Nu
with descriptions of all produ
ment on the truck as shipped fr
NOTE: Always refer to the E
Plate When Ordering Parts.
START
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 364/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 365/491
WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
CONTENTS
Hazard Warning Flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
Jacking And Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
▫All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
Jacking Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
▫ Removing The Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
▫ Tire Changing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
Hoisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
Jump-Starting . . . . . . . . . .
Freeing A Stuck Vehicle . . .
Emergency Tow Hooks — If
Towin g A Disabled Vehicle .
▫ 4-Wheel-Drive Vehicles . .
Winch Usage . . . . . . . . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 366/491
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
The Hazard Warning switch is mounted on the top of thesteering column as shown in the illustration.
To engage th e Hazard Warning lights, depress the button
h f h i l Wh h H d
will flash off and on to warn
emergency. Push the button a seflashers.
This is an emergency warning s
used when the vehicle is in m
vehicle is d isabled and is crea
other motorists.
When you must leave the vehic
Hazard Warning lights will co
though the ignition switch is OF
NOTE: With extended use, th
may discharge your battery.
Hazard Light Warning Switch
366 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 367/491
on the top of the steering column. When the Hazard
Warning switch is activated, all directional turn signals
JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING
WARNING!
• Being under a jacked-up vehicle is dangerous.
The vehicle could slip off the jack and fall on you.
You could be crushed. Never put any part of your
body under a vehicle that is on a jack. Neve r start
or run the engine while the vehicle is on a jack. If
you need to get under a raised vehicle, take it to a
service center where it can be raised on a lift.
• The jack is designed to use as a tool for changing
tires only. The jack should not be used to lift the
vehicle for service purposes. The vehicle should
be jacked on a firm level surface only. Avoid ice or
slippery areas.
All Models
The jack and jack t ools are passenger seat. Lift the flap on
access.
Remove the jack and tools by rem
sliding the assembly from unde
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 368/491
WARNING!
After using the jack and tools, alw ays reinstall them
in the original carrier and location. While driving
you may experience, abrupt stopping, rapid accelera-
tion, or sharp turns. A loose jack, tools, bracket or
other objects in the vehicle may move around with
force, resulting in serious injury.
JACKING INSTRUCTIONS
Removing The Spare TireRemove the spare tire before attempting to jack the truck.
Attach the wheel wrench to the jack extension tube. Insert
the tube through the access hole between the lower
tailgate and the top of the bumper and into the winch
mechanism tube. Rotate the wheel wrench handle coun-
l k i il h i i h d i h
the vehicle. When the spare is cl
end of the cable and pull i t thwheel.
It is recommended that you s
avoid tangling the loose cable.
368 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 369/491
terclockwise until the spare tire is on the ground with
enough cable slack to allow you to pu ll it out from un der
NOTE: The winch mechanism is designed for use with
the jack extension tube only. Use of an air wrench or otherpower tools is not recommended and can damage the
winch.
Tire Changing Procedure
WARNING!
Getting under a jacked-up vehicle is dangerous. The
vehicle could slip off the jack and fall on you. Youcould be crushed. Never get any part of your body
under a vehicle that is on a jack. Never start or run
the engine while the vehicle is on a jack. If you need
to get under a raised vehicle, take it to a service
center where it can be raised on a lift.
Do not raise this vehicle using a bumper jack The jack is
It is not recommended that the
purposes or to lift more than onPreparations
Park the vehicle on a firm level
slippery areas. Set the parking
selector in PARK (automatic tra
(manual transmission). On fo
shift the transfer case to the “4L
WARNIN
Do not attempt to change a
vehicle close to moving traff
the road to avoid the dang
operating the jack or changin
• Turn on the Hazard Warning
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 370/491
Do not raise this vehicle using a bumper jack. The jack is
designed as a tool for changing tires on this vehicle only.
• Turn on the Hazard Warning
• Block both the front and rear
of the wheel diagonally opp o-site the jacking position. For
exam ple, if t he r ight fr ont
wh eel is being changed , block
the left rear wheel.
• Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the
vehicle is being jacked.
Instructions
WARNIN
Carefully follow these tire cha
prevent personal injury or da
• Always park on a firm, lev
the edge o f the roadway as
the vehicle.
• Block the w heel diagonally
be raised.• Apply the parking brake f
• Never start the engine with
• Do not let anyone sit in th
a jack.
• Do not get under the vehic
• Only use the jack in the p
• If working on or near a r
370 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 371/491
• If working on or near a r
careful of motor traffic.
1. Remove the sp are wh eel, jack, and tools from storage.
2. Using the wheel wrench, loosen, but do not remove,the wheel nuts by turning them counterclockwise one
turn while the wheel is still on the ground .
3. For Power Wagon, when changing the front wheel,
assemble the jack drive tube to the jack and connect the
drive tu be to the extension tube. Place the jack u nd er the
axle as close to the tire as possible with the drive tubes
extending to the front. Connect the jack tube extension
and wheel wrench.
When changing a rear wheel, assemble the jack drive
t ube t o t he jack and connect t he d r ive t ube t o t he
extension tube. Place the jack und er the axle between th e
s pring and t he s hock abs or ber w i th t he dr ive t ubes
extending to the rear. Connect the jack tube extension and
wheel w rench.
Before raising the w heel off the
the jack will not damage surroadjust the jack position as req
NOTE: If the jack will not lo
(thumb wheel) by hand, it may
jack drive tube in order to lowe
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 372/491
4. By rotating the wheel wrench clockwise, raise the
vehicle until the wheel just clears the surface.
WARNIN
Raising the vehicle higher th
the vehicle unstable and caus
slip off the jack and hurt som
vehicle only enough to remo
5. Remove the wheel nuts and p
the spare wheel and w heel nuts
of the nuts toward the wheel on6. Using the wheel wrench, fi
using a crisscross pattern. Corre
lbs. (183 N·m) torque.If in doub
ness, have them checked with
dealer or at a service station.
372 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 373/491
WARNING!
A loose tire or jack thrown forward in a collision or
hard stop could injure someone in the vehicle.
Always stow the jack parts and the extra tire and
wheel in the places provided.
7. Remove wheel blocks. Do not install chrome or alu-
minum wheel center caps on the spare w heel. This m ay
result in cap damage.8. Lower the jack to its fully closed position. If the jack
will not lower by turning the dial (thumb wheel) by
hand, it may be necessary to use the jack drive tube in
order to lower the jack. Stow the replaced tire, jack, and
tools as previously described.
9. Adjust the tire pressure when possible.
NOTE: Do not oil wheel stud
not substitute w ith chrome p latHub Caps
The hub caps mu st be removed
off the ground .
For 2500/ 3500 single rear wh ee
blade on the end of the lug w ren
Insert the blade end into the p
pop off the hub cap with a back
CAUTIO
Use a back and forth motion
Do not use a twisting motio
hub cap, damage to the hub c
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 374/491
Wheel Nuts
All wheel nu ts should be tightened occasionally to elimi-nate the possibility of wheel studs being sheared or the
bolt holes in the wheels becoming elongated. This is
especially important during the first few hundred miles
of operation to allow the wheel nuts to become properly
set. All n uts should first be firmly seated against the
wheel. The nuts should then be tightened to recom-
m ended t or que. Tighten t he nut s t o final t or que in
increments. Progress aroun d the bolt circle, tightening
the nu t opp osite to the nut just previously tightened un tilfinal torque is achieved. Recommended torques are
shown in the following chart.
DiscWheels
Type Nut Stud Size TorqueFt. Lbs.
TorqueNewtonMeters
Con e 9/ 16-18 120-150 160-200
Flanged 9/ 16 18 130 160 190 220
To Stow The Flat Or Spare
Turn the wheel so that the valvw heel r et ainer t hrough t he ce
position it properly across the w
For convenience in checking the
with the valve stem toward the
Attach the w heel wrench to th e e
winch mechanism until the wh
against the und erside of the ve
until you feel the winch mechatimes. It cannot be overtighten
several times to be sure it is firm
374 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 375/491
Flanged 9/ 16-18 130-160 190-220
HOISTINGA conventional floor jack may be u sed at the jacking
locations, refer to the graph ics th at show jacking loca-
tions. However, a floor jack or frame hoist m ust never be
used on any other parts or the underbody.
CAUTION!
Nev er use a floo r jack directly under the diffe rential
housing of a loaded truck or damage to your vehicle
may result.
JUMP-STARTINGYou should n ot try to start you
towing. Vehicles equipped with
sion cannot be started this way
vehicle equipped with a manua
heat and damage the catalytic c
greater risk of an accident when
or tow ed. If the vehicle has a d i
cables may be u sed to obtain
battery or the battery in another
can be dangerous if done improcedure carefully.
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 376/491
WARNING!
Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution; do not
allow battery fluid to contact eyes, skin or clothing.
Don’t lean over battery when attaching clamps or
allow the clamps to touch each other. If acid splashes
in eyes or on skin, flush contaminated area immedi-
ately with large quantities of water.
A battery generates hydrogen gas w hich is flam-
mable and explosive. Keep flame or spark away
from the vent holes.
Do not use a booster battery or any other booster
source that has a greater than 12 volt system, i.e. D o
not use a 24 volt pow er source.
1. Remove all metal jewelry such as watch bands or
bracelets w hich might make an unintended electrical
2. Park the booster vehicle with
out letting the vehicles touch. S
both vehicles, place the automat
the man ual transmission in N eu
OFF.
3. Turn off the h eater, radio, an
cal loads.
4. Connect one end of a jump
terminal of the booster battery.
the sam e cable to the p ositive tebattery.
WARNIN
Do not permit vehicles to to
could establish a ground con
injury could result.
376 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 377/491
contact
j y
5. Connect the other cable, first
of t he boost er batt er y and t h
vehicle w ith the d ischarged bat
a good contact on the engine.
WARNIN
• Do not connect the cable
the discharge battery. Th
spark could cause the batt
• During cold weather when
low freezing point, electr
battery may freeze. Do not
because the battery could r
battery temperature must
freezing point before attem
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 378/491
6. Start the engine in the vehicle which has the booster
battery, let the engine idle a few minutes, then start the
engine in the vehicle with the discharged battery.
7. When removing the jumper cables, reverse the above
sequence exactly. Be careful of the moving belts and fan.
WARNING!
Any procedure other than above could result in:
1. Personal injury caused by electrolyte squirtingout the battery vent;
2. Personal in jury or property damage due to battery
explosion;
3. Damage to charging system of booster vehicle or
of immobilized vehicle.
FREEING A STUCK VEHICLEIf vehicle becomes stuck in sn
often be m oved by a rocking
selector rhythm ically between
(automatic transmissions) and
VERSE (manual transmissions
pressure to the accelerator.
In general, the least am oun t of a
to maintain the rocking motio
wh eels or racing the en gine is m
engine or spinning the w heels,
not freeing the vehicle, may le
heating and failure. Allow the
transmission selector in NEU
minute after every five rocking
minimize overheating and redu
sion failure during prolonged
vehicle
378 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 379/491
vehicle.
EMERGENCY TOW HOOKS — IF EQUIPPEDYour vehicle m ay be equipped with emergency tow
hooks.
NOTE: For off-road recovery, it is recommended to use
bot h of t he fr ont t ow hooks t o m inim ize t he r i sk of
damage to the vehicle.
WARNING!
Chains are not recommended for freeing a stuckvehicle. Chains may break, causing serious injury o r
death.
WARNIN
Stand clear of vehicles wh
hooks. Tow straps and chain
serious injury.
CAUTIO
Tow hooks are for emergenc
vehicle stranded off road. Do
tow truck hookup or highw
damage your vehicle.
WHAT TO
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 380/491
TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLEProper towing or lifting equipm ent is required to p revent
damage to your vehicle. Use only tow bars and other
equipment designed for the purpose, following equip-
ment man ufacturer’s instructions. Use of safety chains is
mandatory. Attach a tow bar or other towing device to
the main structural m embers of the vehicle—not to
bump ers or associated brackets. State and local laws
applying to vehicles u nder tow must be observed.
4-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
CAUTION!
To avoid damage to the transfer case while towing,
always use the following method.
The manufacturer recommends
off the grou nd . Acceptable meth
a flatbed or w i th one end of
opposite end on a towing dolly
WINCH USAGE(See p age 289 for more informa
380 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 381/491
MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
CONTENTS
Engine Compartment— 5.7L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
Onboard Diagnostic System (OBD II) . . . . . . . . .385
▫ Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message . . . . . . . . . . . .385
Emissions Inspection An d Maintenance
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
Dealer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
▫ Engine Oil 389
▫ Engine Oil Filter . . . . . . .
▫ Drive Belts — Check Cond
▫ Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Spark Plug Wires — If Equ
▫ Engine Air Cleaner Filter .
▫ Engine Fuel Filter . . . . . .
▫ Catalytic Converter . . . . .
▫ Emission-Related Compon
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 382/491
▫ Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
▫ Maintenance Free Battery
▫ Air Conditioner Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
▫ Power Steering — Fluid Check . . . . . . . . . . . .398
▫ Front Suspension Ball Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
▫ Steering Linkage — Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . .400
▫ Front Prop Shaft Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
▫ Body Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
▫ Windshield Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
▫ Windshield Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
▫ Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
▫ Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
▫ Hoses And Vacuum/ Vapor Harnesses . . . . . . . 408
▫ Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
▫ Cl t h H d li S t 410
▫ Clutch Linkage . . . . . . . .
▫ Rear Axle And 4X4 Front DLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Transfer Case . . . . . . . . .
▫ Front Drive Shaft . . . . . .
▫ Manu al Transmission . . .
▫ Automatic Transmission .
▫ Front Wheel Bearings . . .
▫ Selection Of Lubricating G
▫ Noise Control System Req
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Appearance Care And Prot
Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . .
F (I t t d P M d
382 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 383/491
▫ Clutch Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Fuses (Integrated Power Mod
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Replacement Light Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
▫ Headlight (Halogen)/ Front Park And Turn
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
▫ Tail, Stop, Turn And Backup Lights . . . . . . . . .434
▫ Center High-Mounted Stoplight With Cargo
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
▫ Cab Top Clearance Lights
▫ Fog Lights . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluids And Capacities . . . .
Fluids, Lubricants And Genu
▫ Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 384/491
ENGINE COMPARTMENT— 5.7L
384 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 385/491
ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (OBD II)Vehicles equipped with California emissions controls
have a sophisticated onboard diagnostic system called
OBDII. This system monitors the performance of the
emissions, engine, and automatic transmission control
systems. When these systems are op erating properly,
your vehicle will provide excellent p erforman ce and fuel
economy, as well as engine emissions well within current
government regulations.
If any of these systems require service, the OBD II system
will turn on the “Malfunction Indicator Light.” It will
also store diagnostic codes and other information to
assist your service technician in making repairs. Al-
though your vehicle will usually be driveable and not
need towing, see your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
CAUTIO
Prolonged driving with the “
Light” on could cause furthe
sion control s ystem. It could a
and driveability. The vehicle m
any emissions tests can be pe
If the “Malfunction Indicat
severe catalytic converter da
will soon occur. Immediate se
Loose Fuel Filler Cap Messa
If the vehicles d iagnostic system
filler cap in loose, improperly
GASCAP message will be disp
cluster. Tighten the gas cap un
heard. This is an indication tha
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 386/491
tight d P th d m t
message off. If the problem persists, the message will
appear the next time the vehicle is started. This might
indicate a damaged cap. If the problem is detected twice
in a r ow, t he s ys tem w ill t ur n on t he Malfunct ion
Indicator Light (MIL). Resolving the problem will turn
the MIL light off.
EMISSIONS INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCEPROGRAMSIn some localities, it may be a legal requirement to pass
an inspection of your vehicle’s emissions control system.Failure to pass could prevent vehicle registration.
For states which have an I/ M (Inspection and
Maintenance) requirement, this check verifies the
following: the MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp)
is functioning and is not on w hen the engine is running,
and that th e OBD (On Board Diagnostic) system is ready
for testing.
Normally, the OBD system w
system m ay no t be ready if yo
serviced, if you recently had a d
replacement. If the OBD system
not read y for the I/ M test, your
Your vehicle has a simple ig
which you can use prior to goi
check if your vehicle’s OBD sys
the following:
1. Insert your ignition key into
2. Turn the ignition to the ON p
or start the engine.
3. If you crank or start the engi
this test over.
4. As soon as you turn your key
will see your MIL symbol com
386 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 387/491
b lb h k
5. App roximately 15 seconds later, one of two th ings will
happen:
a. The MIL light will blink for approximately 5 sec-
ond s and then remain on un til the first engine crank or
the key is turned off. This means that your vehicle’s
OBD system is not ready and you should no t proceed
to the I/ M station.
b. The MILlight will remain fully illum inated u ntil the
first engine crank or the key is turned off. This means
that your vehicle’s OBD system is ready and you canproceed to the I/ M station.
If your OBD system is not ready, you should see your
dealer or repair facility. If your vehicle was recently
serviced or had a battery failure or replacement, you may
need to d o nothing more than drive your vehicle as you
normally wou ld in order for your OBD system to upd ate.
A recheck with the above test routine may then indicate
Regardless of w hether your v
ready or not ready, if the MI
du ring normal vehicle operatio
vehicle serviced before going to
station can fail you r vehicle beca
with the engine running.
REPLACEMENT PARTSU se of genuine Mopar part
maintenance and repairs is hig
sure the designed performancaused by the use of non-Mopa
and repairs will not be covere
warranty.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 388/491
th t th t i d
DEALER SERVICEYour dealer h as th e q ualified service p ersonnel, special
tools and equipment to perform all service operations in
an expert manner. Service manuals are available which
include detailed service information for your vehicle.
Refer to these manuals before attempting any procedure
yourself.
NOTE: Intentional tampering with emissions control
systems can result in civil penalties being assessed
against you.
WARNIN
You can be badly injured w
motor vehicle. D o only that s
you have the knowledge and
If you have any doubt about y
a service job, take your ve
mechanic.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURThe pages that follow contain t
services determined by the engi
vehicle.
Besides the maintenance items
maintenance intervals, there ar
operate satisfactorily without
However, if a malfunction of th
388 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 389/491
could adversely affect the engine or vehicle performance.
These items should be inspected if a malfunction is
observed or suspected.
Engine Oil
Checking Oil Level
To assure proper lubrication of your vehicle’s engine, the
engine oil m ust be m aintained at the correct level. The
best time to check the engine oil level is about 5 m inutes
after a fully warmed up engine is shut off or before
starting the engine after it has sat overnight.
Checking the oil wh ile the v ehicle is on level ground will
improve the accuracy of the oil level readings. Maintain
the oil level between the ADD and SAFE markings on the
dipstick. Adding one qu art of oil when the reading is at
the ADD mark will result in a SAFE reading on these
engines.
CAUTIO
Overfilling or underfilling th
oil aeration or loss of oil pres
age your engine.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 390/491
Change Engine Oil
Road conditions as well as your kind of driving affect the
interval at which your oil should be changed. Check thefollowing to d etermine if any apply to you:
• Day or n ight tem peratures are below 32°F (0°C).
• Stop and go driving.
• Extensive engine idling.
• Driving in dusty conditions
• Short trips of less than 10 miles (16.2 km)
• More than 50% of your driving is at sustained high
speeds during hot weather, above 32°C (90°F)
• Trailer towing
• Heavy Loading
• Taxi, Police or delivery service (commercial service)
• Off-road or desert operation
•
If equipped for and operatfuel.
NOTE: If AN Y of these apply
engine oil every 3,000 m iles (
whichever comes first and foll
Maintenance Schedules sectio
If none of these app ly to you, the
at every interval shown on sche
nance Schedules section of thi
NOTE: Under no circumstanc
tervals exceed 6,000 miles (10
wh ichever comes first.
Dusty Conditions
Driving th rough du st-laden air
keeping abrasive materials out o
390 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 391/491
di i i l i
engine air cleaner, the crankcase inlet air cleaner an d the
crankcase ventilation system. Make sure that these units
are clean at all t imes. This will tend to reduce to aminimu m the am oun t of abrasive material that may enter
the engine.
Engine Oil Selection
For best performance and maximum protection under all
types of operating conditions, the manufacture only
recommends engine oils that are API certified and meet
the requirements of DaimlerChrysler Material Standard
MS-6395. Use Mopar or an equivalent oil meeting the
specification MS-6395.
American Petroleum Institute (API) Engine Oil
Identification Symbol
There is a symbol to aid you in selecting the p roper
engine oil.
This sym
been cer
Petroleummanufac
API Cert
Engine Oil Viscosity (SAE Gr
For trucks with a 5.7L engine
combined weight rating of 14,
5W-30 engine oil is recomme
temperatures. For all other tru
operating under a gross weigh
lbs. SAE 5W-20 engine oil i
operating temperatures. This
temperature starting and vehi
engine oil filler cap also sh
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 392/491
i il i it f
For information on engine oil filler cap location, see the
Engine Compartment illustration in this section.
Lubricants which do not have both, the engine oil certi-
fication mark and the correct SAE viscosity grade num-
ber should not be used.
Synthetic Engine Oils
You may use synth etic engine oils provid ed the recom-
mend ed oil quality requirements are met, and the recom-
mended maintenance intervals for oil and filter changes
are followed .Materials Added to Engine Oil
The manufacture strongly recommends against the addi-
tion of any additives (other than leak detection dyes) to
the engine oil. Engine oil is an engineered product and
it’s performance may be impaired by supplemental ad-
ditives.
Disposing of Used Engine Oi
Care should be taken in disposi
oil filters from your vehicle. indiscriminately discarded, can
environment. Contact your de
governmental agency for advice
oil and oil filters can be safely
Engine Oil FilterThe engine oil filter should be
oil change.
Engine Oil Filter Selection
The manu facturer’s engines h
filter. Use a filter of this typ e for
of replacement filters varies
quality filters should be used
service. Mopar Engine Oil Filt
filter and are recommended.
392 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 393/491
Drive Belts — Check Condition and TensionBelt tension is controlled by means of an automatic
tensioner. No belt tension adjustments are required.However, belt and belt tensioner condition should be
inspected at the specified intervals and replaced if re-
quired. See your authorized dealer for service.
At the m ileage indicated in the m aintenance schedu le, all
belts and tensioner should be checked for condition.
Improper belt tension can cause belt slippage and failure.
Belts shou ld be inspected for evidence of cuts, cracks,glazing or frayed cords and replaced if there is indication
of damage which could result in belt failure. Low gen-
erator belt tension can cause battery failure.
Also check belt routing to make sure there is n o interfer-
ence between the belts and other engine components.
Spark PlugsSpark plugs m ust fire p roperly
mance and emission control. Nstalled at the specified mileage
replaced if there is any m alfun c
plug, malfunctioning spark plu
lytic converter. For proper typ
plugs, refer to the “Vehicle Em
tion” label in the engine compa
Spark Plug Wires — IF Equi
The spark plug wires should beconnected. Terminals should b
damaged, or faulty wires shoul
Engine Air Cleaner FilterUnd er norm al driving condition
the intervals shown on Schedu
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 394/491
drive the vehicle frequently u nder du sty or severe con-
ditions, the filter element should be inspected periodi-
cally and replaced if necessary at the intervals shown onSchedule “B”.
WARNING!
The air induction system (air cleaner, hoses, etc) can
provide a measure of protection i n the case of engine
backfire. Do not remove the air induction system (air
cleaner, hoses, etc) unless such removal is necessaryfor repair or maintenance. Make sure that no one is
near the engine compartment before starting the
vehicle with the air induction system (air cleaner,
hoses, etc) removed. Failure to do so can result in
serious personal injury.
Engine Fuel FilterA plugged fuel filter can cause s
which a vehicle can be d rivenShould an excessive amount o
fuel tank, frequent filter replace
Catalytic ConverterThe catalytic converter requires
only. Leaded gasoline w ill destro
catalyst as an emission control
Under normal operating condverter will not require mainten
por tant t o keep t he engine p
proper catalyst op eration and
damage.
394 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 395/491
CAUTION!
Damage to the catalytic converter can result if your
vehicle is not kept in proper operating condition. In
the event of engine malfunction, particularly i nvolv-
ing engine misfire or other apparent loss of perfor-
mance, have your vehicle serviced promptly. Contin-
u ed operati on of your veh icl e wi th a severe
malfunction could cause the converter to overheat,
resulting in possible damage to the converter and the
vehicle.
NOTE: Intentional tampering with emissions control
systems can result in civil penalties being assessed
against you.
WARNIN
A hot exhaust system can starmaterials that can burn. Su
grass or leaves coming into
haust system. D o n ot park o r
areas where your exhaust sy
thing that can burn.
In unusual situations involving
engine operation, a scorching oand abnormal catalyst overhea
vehicle should be stopped, the
vehicle allowed to cool. Therea
tune-up to manufacturer’s spec
tained immed iately.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 396/491
To minimize the possibility of catalyst d amage:
•
Do not shut off the engine or interrupt the ignitionwhen the transmission is in gear and the vehicle is in
motion.
• Do not try to start engine by pushing or towing the
vehicle.
• D o not i dl e t he engi ne w i t h any s par k pl ug w i r es
disconnected or removed, such as w hen diagnostic
testing, or for prolonged periods during very rough
idling or malfunctioning operating conditions.
Emission-Related Compone
Positive Crankcase (PCV) VaProper operation of the crank
requires that the PCV valve be
ging from d eposits. Deposits ca
valve and passages with incre
PCV valve, hoses, and passa
operation at the intervals sp
plugged or sticking, replace wi
attempt to clean the old PCV
tion hoses for indications of daging with deposits. Replace if n
Maintenance Free BatteryThe top of the maintenance fre
sealed. You will never have to a
maintenance required.
396 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 397/491
WARNING!
Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution and canburn or even blind you. Don’t allow battery fluid to
contact your eyes, sk in or clothing. D on’t lean over a
battery when attaching clamps. If acid splashes in
eyes or on skin, flush the area immediately with
large amounts of water.
Battery gas is flammable and explosive. Keep flame
or sparks away from the battery. Don’t use a booster
battery or any other booster source with an outputgreater than 12 volts. D on’t allow cable clamps to
touch each other.
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
CAUTIO
It is essential when replaci
battery that the positive ca
positive post and the negative
negative post. Battery posts a
and negative (-) and identifie
Also, if a “fast charger” is u
vehicle, disconnect both veh
fore connecting the charger t
“fast charger” to provide star
Air Conditioner MaintenanceFor best possible performanc
should be checked an d serviced
at the start of each warm sea
includ e cleaning of the condense
test. Drive belt tension should
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 398/491
WARNING!
• Use only refrigerants and compressor lubricantsapproved by the m anufacturer for yo ur air condi-
tioning system. Some unapproved refrigerants are
flammable and can explode, injuring you. Other
unapproved refrigerants or l ubricants can cause
the system to fail, requiring costly repairs.
• The air conditioning system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. To avoid risk of personal
injury or damage to the system, adding refrige rantor any repair requiring lines to be disconnected
should be done by an experienced repairman.
Refrigerant Recovery and Re
R-134a Air Conditioning Refrig
bon (HFC) that is endorsed bytection Agency and is an ozon
ever, the man ufacturer recomm e
service be performed by dealers
using recovery and recycling eq
NOTE: Use only manufacture
Sealers, Stop Leak Prod ucts, Sea
sor Oil, or Refrigerants.
Power Steering — Fluid CheChecking the power steering
service interval is not required.
checked if a leak is suspecte
apparent, and/ or the system is
pated. Coordinate inspection ef
DaimlerChrysler Dealership.
398 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 399/491
WARNING!
Fluid level should be checked on a level surface andwith the engine off to prevent injury from moving
parts and to insure accurate fluid level reading. Do
not overfill. Use only manufacturers recommended
power steering fluid.
If necessary, add fluid to restore to the proper indicated
level. With a clean cloth, wipe any spilled fluid from all
surfaces. Refer to Fluids, Lubricants, and Genuine Partsfor correct fluid type.
Front Suspension Ball Joints
NOTE: When anticipating any severe offroad or hill
climbing maneuvers, the power steering fluid level may
be increased to the FULL HOT level (with a cold system).
In this w ay, the power steering system will continue to
provide assist as the inclinati
increases, i.e. when the vehicle
NOTE: When anticipating any
wet conditions, ensure that th
properly greased before ans s
taken through such conditions
pur ge contam inants and w ate
Regular greasing will prolong t
The ball joints and seals shoul
the vehicle is serviced for otherThe ball joints originally supp
permanently lubricated at the fa
service. However, if the seals
damaged, the joints should b
replacement ball joints are avai
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 400/491
Front su spension ball joints should be replaced only by a
qualified service technician using tools specially de-
signed for this purpose. Damage to the joints and/ orsuspension components may result if improper replace-
ment procedures are used.
If seals are d amaged the ball joints should be replaced to
prevent leakage or contamination of the grease.
Steering Linkage — InspectionWhenever the vehicle is h oisted, all steering linkage
joints should be inspected for evidence of damage. If seals are damaged, parts should be replaced to prevent
leakage or contamination of the grease. Lubricate the
steering linkage regu larly according to the “Maintenance
Schedule” in this manual.
Front Prop Shaft LubricationLubricate the front driveshaft g
change listed in the appropriatfor your vehicle (Schedule “A
type MS-6560 (lithium based gr
Front Driveshaft G
400 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 401/491
Body LubricationLocks and all body pivot points, including such items as
seat tracks, doors, tailgate and hood hinges, should belubricated periodically to assure quiet, easy operation
and to p rotect against rust and wear. Prior to the app li-
cation of any lubricant, the parts concerned should be
wiped clean to remove dust and grit; after lubricating
excess oil and grease should be removed. Particular
attention should also be given to hood latching compo-
nents to insure proper function. When performing other
underhood services, the hood latch, release mechanism
and safety catch should be cleaned and lubricated.
The external lock cylinders should be lubricated twice a
year, p referably in the fall and spring. Apply a small
amount of a high quality lubricant such as Mopar Lock
Cylind er Lubricant directly into the lock cylinder.
Windshield Wiper BladesThe rubber edges of the wiper b
should be cleaned periodically wand a mild nonabrasive cleaner
mulations of salt or road film.
Operation of the wipers on dr
may cause deterioration of the w
washer fluid wh en using the w i
from a dry windshield.
Avoid u sing the w iper blades to
the w indshield. Keep the blade r
petroleum products such as eng
Windshield WashersThe fluid reservoir is located un
be checked for fluid level at r
reservoir with windshield wash
diator antifreeze).
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 402/491
To prevent freeze-up of your windshield washer system
in cold weather, select a solution or mixture that meets or
exceeds the temperature range of your climate. Thisrating information can be found on most washer fluid
containers.
WARNING!
Commercially available windshield washer solvents
are flammable. They could ignite and burn you. Care
must be exercised when filling or working aroundthe w asher solution.
After the engine has warmed, operate the defroster for a
few minutes to reduce the possibility of smearing or
freezing the fluid on the cold windshield. Mopar All
Weather Windshield Washer Solution, used with water as
directed on the container, aids
the freezing p oint to avoid li
harmful to paint or trim.
Exhaust SystemThe best protection against car
the vehicle body is a p roperly m
system.
Whenever a change is noticed in
system, wh en exhaust fumes ca
vehicle, or when the underside
damaged, have a competent me
plete exhaust system and adjace
damaged, deteriorated, or mi
seams or loose connections cou
to seep into the passenger co
inspect the exhaust system each
for lubrication or oil change. Re
402 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 403/491
WARNING!
Exhaust gases can injure or kill . They con tain carbonmonoxide (CO) which is colorless and odorless.
Breathing it can make you unconscious and can
eventually poison you. To avoid breathing CO, fol-
low the preceding safety tips.
Exhaust System Rubber Isolator and Loop-Type
Hanger — If Equipped
Inspect surfaces whenever the vehicle is hoisted forrubber to metal separation or deep cracks. SLIGHT
CRACKING DUE TO WEATHERING DOES NOT AD-
VERSELY AFFECT PERFORMAN CE. If, ho w ever, exces-
sively deep localized cracks are present, or any part of the
exhaust system abnorm ally contacts the und erbody hard -
ware, the isolator and / or h anger should be replaced.
Cooling System
WARNIN
You or others can be badly bu
steam from your radiator. If
coming from under the hood
until the radiator has had tim
open a cooling system pressu
tor is hot.
Engine Coolant Checks
Check the engine coolant (antifr
months (before the onset of
app licable). If coolant is d irty or
system should be drained , flush
coolant. Check the front of the
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 404/491
accumu lation of bu gs, leaves, etc. If dirty, clean by gen tly
spraying water from a garden hose vertically down the
face of the condenser.
Check the coolant recovery bottle tubing for brittle rub-
ber, cracking, tears, cuts and tightness of the connection
at the bottle and radiator. Inspect the entire system for
leaks.
With the engine at normal operating temperature (but
not running), check the cooling system pressure cap for
proper vacuum sealing by draining a small amount of
coolant from the rad iator drain cock. If the cap is sealing
properly, the engine coolant (antifreeze) will begin to
drain from the coolant recovery bottle. DO NOT RE-
MOVE THE COOLANT PRESSURE CAP WH EN THE
COOLING SYSTEM IS HOT.
Cooling System — Drain, Flu
At the intervals shown on the
the system should be drained, f
If the solution is dirty or contain
of sediment, clean and flush
system cleaner. Follow with a th
all deposits and chemicals. P
antifreeze solution.
Selection Of Coolant
Use only the manufacturers rec
to Fluids, Lubricants and Ge
coolant type.
404 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 405/491
CAUTION!
Mixing of coolants other than specified HOAT en-gine coolants, may result in engine damage and may
decrease corrosion protection. If a non-HOAT cool-
ant is introduced into the cooling system in an
emergency, it should be replaced with the specified
coolant as soon as possible.
Do not use plain water alone or alcohol base engine
coolant (antifreeze) products. Do not use additional
rust i nhibitors or antirust products, as they may notbe compatible with the radiator engine coolant and
may plug the radiator.
This vehicle has not been designed for use with
Propylene Glycol based coolants. Use of Propylene
Glycol based coolants is not recommended.
Adding Coolant
Your vehicle h as been built w
coolant that allows extend ed macoolant can be used up to 5 Year
replacement. To prevent reduci
nance period, i t is im por tant
coolant throughout the life of yo
these recommendations for usin
tive Technology (HOAT) coolan
When adding coolant, a minim
omm ended Mopar Antifreeze/ Mile Formu la H OAT (Hybrid O
ogy), or equivalent, in water sh
concentrations (not to exceed 70
34°F (37°C ) are anticipated
Use only high pu rity water such
water when mixing the water/
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 406/491
The use of lower qu ality water w ill reduce the amou nt of
corrosion p rotection in the engine cooling system.
Please note that it is the owner’s responsibility to main-
tain the proper level of protection against freezing ac-
cording to the temperatures occurring in the area where
the vehicle is operated.
NOTE: Mixing coolant types will decrease the life of the
engine coolant and will require m ore frequent coolant
changes.
Cooling System Pressure CapThe cap m us t be fully t ightened t o pr event loss of
coolant, and to insure that coolant will return to the
radiator from the coolant recovery bottle.
The cap should be inspected and cleaned if there is any
accum ulation of foreign material on the sealing su rfaces.
WARNIN
• The warning words “DO the cooling system pressur
caution. Never add coolan
overheated. Do not loosen
cool an overheated engine
to build up in the coolin
scalding or injury, do not r
while the system is hot or
•
Do not use a pressure caspecified for your vehicl
engine damage may result
Disposal of Used Engine Coo
Used ethylene glycol based eng
substance requiring p roper d is
local authorities to determine th
406 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 407/491
do not store ethylene glycol based engine coolant in op en
containers or allow it t o r em ain in puddl es on t he
ground. If ingested by a child, contact a physicianimmediately. Clean up any ground spills immediately.
Coolant Level
The coolant bottle provides a quick visual method for
determining that the coolant level is adequate. With the
engine cold, the level of the coolant in the coolant
recovery bottle should be between the ranges indicated
on the bottle.
The radiator normally remains completely full, so there is
no need to remove the radiator cap unless checking for
coolant freeze point or replacing coolant. Advise your
service attend ant of this. As long as the engine operating
temperature is satisfactory, the coolant bottle need only
be checked once a month.
When addit ional coolant is n
proper level, it should be added
not overfill.
Points To Remember
NOTE: When the vehicle is sto
few kilometers) of operation,
coming from the front of the eng
normally a result of moisture f
humidity accumulating on the r
ized when the thermostat opens
enter the radiator.
If an examination of your engin
evidence of radiator or hose le
safely driven. The vapor will so
• Do not overfill the coolant re
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 408/491
• Check coolant freeze point in the radiator and in the
coolant recovery bottle. If antifreeze needs to be
add ed, contents of coolant recovery bottle mu st also beprotected against freezing.
• If frequent coolant additions are required, or if the
level in the coolant recovery bottle does not drop when
the engine cools, the cooling system should be pres-
sure tested for leaks.
• Maintain coolant concentration at 50% HOAT engine
coolant (minimum) and distil led water for proper
corrosion protection of your engine which contains
aluminum comp onents.
• Make sure that the radiator and coolant recovery
bottle overflow hoses are not kinked or obstructed.
• Keep the front of the radiator clean. If your vehicle is
equipped with air conditioning, keep the front of the
condenser clean, also.
• Do not change the thermost
operation. If replacement i
ONLY the correct typ e thermresult in u nsatisfactory coola
mileage, and increased em is
Hoses And Vacuum/Vapor HInspect surfaces of hoses and n
of heat and mechanical d ama
brittle rubber, cracking, tears, c
sive swelling indicate deteriora
Pay particular attention to tho
heat sources such as the exhaus
routing to be sure hoses do not
heat source or moving compone
damage or mechanical wear.
Insure nylon tubing in these
collapsed.
408 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 409/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 410/491
WARNING!
Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result inspilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the
brake fluid catching fire.
Use only brake fluid that has been in a tightly closed
container to avoid contamination from foreign matter or
moisture.
CAUTION!
Do not allow a petroleum-base fluid to contaminate
the brake fluid. Seal damage may result.
Brake Hoses
Inspection should be perform
system is serviced or at intervadraulic brake hoses for surface c
spots. If there is any evidence
worn spots, the hose should b
Eventual deterioration of the h
possible burst failure.
Clutch Hydraulic System
The clutch hydraulic system is a
system. In the event of leakage
system must be replaced.
Clutch LinkageIf the clutch pedal linkage begin
clutch pedal pivot bushings sho
to Fluids, Lubricants and Genu
lubricant type.
410 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 411/491
Rear Axle And 4x4 Front Driving Axle Fluid LevelRefer to Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine Parts for the
correct Fluid ty pe. For norm al service, periodic fluid levelchecks are not requ ired. W hen the v ehicle is serviced for
other reasons the exterior surfaces of the axle assembly
should be inspected. If gear oil leakage is suspected
inspect the fluid level.
This inspection should be made with the vehicle in a level
position. The fluid level should be even with the bottom
of the fill hole for the Manufacturer’s C205F HD Front
Axles. The fluid level should b e 5/ 8” (16 mm ) below on9 1/ 4” Manufacturer’s Rear Axles.
For all 2500 Model axles, the fluid level should be 1/ 4” ±
1/ 4” (6.4 mm ± 6.4 mm) below the fill hole on the 9.25”
Front and 3/ 4”± 1/ 4” (19 mm ± 6.4 mm) on 10.5” Rear
axles.
Drain and Refill
Vehicles operated in normal serv
scheduled oil changes. If fluid hwith water or to provide the corr
and refill.
Lubricant Selection
Refer to Fluids, Lubricants and
fluid type.
NOTE: The presence of water
result in corrosion and possib
componen ts. Operation of the v
encountered in some off-highw
require draining and refilling th
Limited-Slip Di fferentials
Power Wagon Axles DO NOT R
oil additive (friction modifiers)
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 412/491
Transfer Case
Fluid Level Check
This fluid level can be checked by removing the filler
plug. The fluid level should be to the bottom edge of the
filler plug hole with the vehicle in a level position.
Lubricant Selection
Refer to Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine Parts for correct
fluid type.
Front Drive Shaft
The front drive shaft contains a grease fitting whichshould be serviced at every oil change (see maintenance
schedule A/ B).
Manual Transmission
Fluid Level Check
This fluid level can be checked by removing the filler
plug. If the level of the lubricant is more than 1/ 4” (6.4
mm) below the bottom of the filler hole while the vehicle
is on level ground, enough lubr
bring the level to the bottom of
Lubricant Selection G56 (6 –Transmission — If Equipped
This transmission does not requ
it becomes necessary to add or
transmission, refer to Fluids,
Parts for correct fluid type.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid Level CheckThe fluid level should be chec
fully warmed up and the fluid
normal operating temperature.
mission with an improper fluid
the life of the transmission and
fluid level whenever the vehicl
412 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 413/491
Fluid Level Check – 545RFE
Check the fluid level while the transmission is at normal
operating temperature 82°C (180°F). This occurs after atleast 15 miles (25 km) of driving. At normal operating
temperature the fluid cannot be h eld comfortably be-
tween the fingertips.
To check the automatic transmission fluid level properly,
the following procedure must be u sed:
1. Operate the engine at idle speed and n ormal operating
temperature.
2. The vehicle must be on level ground.
3. Fully apply the p arking brake and press the brake
pedal.
4. Place the gear selector momentarily in each gear
position ending with the lever in P (Park).
5. Remove th e dipstick, wipe it
seated.
6. Remove the dipstick again anboth sides. The fluid level shoul
(upper) reference holes on the d
ing temperature. Verify that soli
both sides of the dipstick. If
required into the dipstick tube
adding any quantity of oil throu
a minimum of two (2) minutes
into the transmission before rec
NOTE: If it is necessary to chec
the operating temperature, th
between the two “COLD” (low
with the fluid at approximately
perature). If the fluid level is
room temperature, i t should
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 414/491
(upper) reference holes when the transmission reaches
180°F (82°C). Remem ber it is best to check the level at th e
normal operating temperature.
CAUTION!
Be aware that if the fluid temperature is below 50°F
(10°C) it may not register on the dipstick. Do not add
fluid until the temperature is elevated enough to
produce an accurate reading.
7. Check for leaks. Release parking brake.
To p revent dirt and water from entering th e transmission
after checking or replenishing fluid, make certain that the
dipstick cap is properly reseated. It is normal for the
dipstick cap to spring back slightly from its fully seated
position, as long as i ts seal remains engaged in the
dipstick tube.
Selection Of Lubricant
Refer to Fluids, Lubricants and
fluid type. It is important that maintained at the prescribed
mended fluid.
CAUTIO
Using a transmission fluid ot
turers recommended fluid m
in transmission shift quality ashudder. Using a transmissio
manufacturers recommended
more frequent fluid and fi
Fluids, Lubricants and Gen
fluid type.
414 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 415/491
Automatic Transmission Fluid and Filter Change
To obtain best performance and long life for automatic
transmissions, the manufacturer recommends that theybe given regular maintenance service by an Authorized
Dodge Dealer or Service Center.
It is im por tant t hat pr oper lubr icant is us ed in t he
transmission. Refer to Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine
Parts for correct fluid type.
The fluid and filter(s) should be changed as specified in
the Maintenance Schedule (Section 8).
NOTE: If the transmission is disassembled for any
reason, the fluid and filter(s) should be changed.
Special Additives
The manu facturer strongly recommends against the ad-
dition of any additives to the transmission. Exception to
this policy is the use of special dyes to aid in detecting
fluid leaks. The u se of transm
avoided, since they may advers
Front Wheel BearingsFront wheel bearings for all
sealed-for-life. They do not r
replacement. In some instanc
“purge” excess grease and the b
wet. This is normal. Periodic ins
recommended.
Rear Wheel Bearings — Man
These bearings are normally lubricated. Cleaning and repa
wh en axle shafts are removed or
or dust contamination.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 416/491
Selection of Lubricating GreaseThe National Lubricating Grease Institute (NLGI) has
developed a symbol (Certification Mark) to aid thevehicle owner in the proper selection of grease for the
lubrication of w heel bearings and chassis components.
This symbol (an example is shown below) is located on
the grease container and identifies the application and
quality of the grease.
Th ere are tw o g rou p s
identified, those for wheel
bearings (Letter “G”) andthose for chassis (Letter
“L”) lubrication. Perfor-
mance categories within
these groups result in dual
lett er designat ions for
each group . The letter des-
ignations shown in the ex-
a mp le a re t he h ig hest
quality level available and w hen
be used for both wheel bearing
Use only those greases that havecontainer along with the prope
application.
Noise Control System RequWarrantyAll vehicles built over 10,000 lbs
Weight Rating and manufacture
United States are required to c
Govern men t’s Exterior N oise Re
416 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 417/491
can be identified by the Noise Emission Control Label
located in the operator’s compartment.
Required Maintenance for N
The following maintenance ser
every 6 months or 6,000 milescomes first, to assure proper
control systems. In addition,
should be performed anytime a
or suspected. Proper maintena
will help the effectiveness of th
Air Cleaner Assembly
Inspect air cleaner housing for
Make certain that the air cleaneand the cover is t ight. Check
cleaner for tightness. The gaske
housing and throttle body mu
condition. The engine air cleane
and serviced according to the in
appropriate maintenance sched
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 418/491
Tampering with Noise Control System Prohibited
Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing
thereof: (1) the removal or rendering inoperative by anyperson, other than for pu rposes of maintenance, repair, or
replacement, of any d evice or element of d esign incorpo-
rated into any new vehicle for the p urpose of noise
contr ol pr ior t o it s s ale or deliver y t o t he ult im ate
purchaser or while it is in use, or (2) the use of the vehicle
after such device or element of design has been removed
or rendered inoperative by any person.
Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering arethe acts listed below.
AIR CLEANER
• Removal of the air cleaner.
• Inverting the air cleaner lid.
• Removal of the air ducting.
EXHAU ST SYSTEM
• Removal or rendering inop
components including the mu
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
• Removal or rendering inoper
• Removal of the fan shroud.
Noise Emission Warranty
The manufacturer warrants that
tured by the manufacturer, wequipp ed to conform at the time
control with all applicable U.S.
lations.
This warranty covers this vehic
equipped by the manufacturer,
particular part, component or
manu factured by the manu fac
418 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 419/491
assembly or in any part, component or system of the
vehicle as manufactured by the manufacturer, which, at
the time it left the manufacturers control, caused noise
emissions to exceed Federal st
this warranty for the life of the
Noise Systems Maintenan ce Chart an d Service Log Insert Mon th, Day, Year u nd er column mileage at which service was performed.
MILES 6,000 12,000 18,000 24,000 30,000 36,000
KILOMETERS 9 600 19 000 29 000 36 000 48 000 58 000
Exhaust system-inspect
Air cleaner
assembly-inspectODOMETERREADING
PERFORMED BY
PERFORMED AT
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 420/491
Noise Systems Maintenan ce Chart an d Service Log Insert Mon th, Day, Year u nd er column mileage at which service was performed.
MILES 54,000 60,000 66,000 72,000 78,000 84,000 KILOMETERS 87 000 96 000 106 000 116 000 126 000 135 000
Exhaust system-inspect
Air cleanerassembly-inspect
ODOMETERREADING
PERFORMED BYPERFORMED AT
Appearance Care and Protection from Corrosion
Protection of Body and Paint from Corrosion
Vehicle body care requirements vary according to geo-
graphic locations and usage. Chemicals that make roads
passable in snow and ice, and those that are sprayed on
trees and road surfaces during other seasons are highly
corrosive to the metal in your v
which exposes your vehicle to
road surfaces on which the veh
hot or cold weather and other
have an adverse effect on pain
body protection.
420 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 421/491
The following m aintenance recomm endations will enable
you to obtain maximum benefit from the corrosion
resistance built into your vehicle.What Causes Corrosion?
Corrosion is the result of d eterioration or removal of
paint and protective coatings from your vehicle.
The most common causes are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture accumulation.
• Stone and gravel impact.
• Insects, tree sap and tar.
• Salt in the air near seacoast localities.
• Atmosph eric fallout/ ind ustrial p ollutants.
Washing
• Wash your vehicle regularly
hicle in the shade using Mopcar wash soap, and rinse the
clear water.
• If insects, tar or other simila
lated on your vehicle, use M
and Tar Remover to remove.
• Use Mopar Cleaner Wax to
and to protect your paint finscratch the paint.
• Avoid using abrasive compo
t hat m ay di m inis h t he gl os
finish.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 422/491
CAUTION!
Do not use abrasive or strong cleaning materialssuch as steel wool or scouring powder, which will
scratch metal and painted surfaces.
Special Care
• If you drive on salted or dusty roads or if you drive
near th e ocean, hose off the u nd ercarriage at least once
a month.
• It is important that the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors, rocker panels and tru nk be kep t clear and
open.
• If you detect any stone chips or scratches in the paint,
touch them up immediately. The cost of such repairs is
considered the responsibility of the owner.
• If your vehicle is dam aged
similar cause which destroys
coating, have your vehicle r
sible. The cost of such repairs
sibility of the owner.
• If you carry special cargo such
de-icer salt, etc., be sure tha
packaged and sealed.
• If a lot of driving is done o
mud or stone shields behind
• Use Mopar touch up paint
possible. Your dealer has tou
color of your vehicle.
Wheel and Wheel Trim Care
All wheels and wheel trim, e
chrome plated w heels shou ld be
mild soap and water to preve
422 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 423/491
heavy soil, use Mopar Wheel Cleaner or select a non-
abrasive, non-acidic cleaner. Do not use scouring pads,
steel wool, a bristle brush or metal polishes. Only Mo-
par cleaners are recommend ed. Do n ot use oven cleaner.
Avoid automatic car washes that use acidic solutions or
harsh brushes that may damage the wheels’ protective
finish.
YES Essentials Fabric Cleaning Procedure – If
equipped
YES Essentials seats may be cleaned in the following
manner:• Remove as much of the stain as possible by blotting
with a clean, dry towel.
• Blot any remaining stain with a clean, damp towel.
• For tough stains, apply Mopar Total Clean or a mild
soap solution to a clean, damp cloth and remove stain.
Use a fresh, dam p towel to remove soap residu e.
• For greas e s tains , apply
cleaner to a clean, dam p cloth
fresh, damp towel to remove
• Do n ot u se any solvents or p
tials products.
Interior Care
Use Mopar Total Clean to cle
carpeting.
Use Mopar Total Clean to clea
Mopar Total Clean is specifleather up holstery.
Your leather u pholstery can be b
cleaning with a damp soft cloth
can act as an abrasive and dama
and should be removed promp
Stubborn soils can be removed
and Mopar Total Clean. Care
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 424/491
soaking your leather upholstery with any liquid. Please
do not use polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, d eter-
gents, or ammonia based cleaners to clean your leather
uph olstery. App lication of a leather conditioner is n ot
required to maintain the original condition.
WARNING!
Do not use volatile solvents for cleaning purposes.
Many are potentially flammable, and if used in
closed areas they may cause respiratory harm.
Glass Surfaces
All glass surfaces should be cleaned on a regular basis
w it h M op a r G la ss Clea n er o r a n y co m me rcia l
household-type glass cleaner. Never u se an abrasive typ e
cleaner. Use caution when cleaning the inside rear win-
dow equipped with electric defrosters or the right rear
quarter window equipped with the radio antenna. Do
not use scrapers or other sharp
scratch the elements. When clea
spray cleaner on the towel or ra
not spray cleaner directly on th
Cleaning Plastic Instrument
The lenses in front of the instru
molded in clear plastic. When
must be taken to avoid scratchi
1. Clean with a w et soft rag. A m
used, but do not use high alco
cleaners. If soap is used, w ipe rag.
2. Dry with a soft tissue.
Seat Belt Maintenance
Do not bleach, dye or clean
solvents or abrasive cleaners. Th
Sun damage can also weaken th
424 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 425/491
If the belts need cleaning, use a mild soap solution or
lukewarm water. Do not remov e the belts from the car to
wash them.
Replace the belts if they appear frayed or worn or if the
buckles do not work properly.
Dry with a soft tissue.
FUSES (INTEGRATED POWER MODULE)An integrated Power Modu le is located in the engine
compartment near the battery. This center contains car-
tridge fuses and mini fuses. A description of each fuseand component may be stamped on the inside cover
otherwise the cavity number of each fuse is stamped on
the inside cover that corresponds to the following chart.
Integrated Power Mo
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 426/491
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
Description
1 20 Am pYellow
Power Outlet Console
2 20 Am pYellow
Cabin CompartmentNode (CCN) DoorLocks/ Brake Trans-mission Shift Inter-lock (BTSI)
3 20 Am pYellow
Spare
4 15 Am pBlue
Spare
5 20 Am pYellow
Power Sunroof
6 10 Am pRed
VIST Fan/ Wastegate
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
7 15 Am pBlue
8 10 Am pRed
9 30 Am pPink
10 5 Am pOrange
426 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 427/491
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
Description
11 20 Am pYellow Ignition Off Draw(IOD)-Cabin Com-partment N ode(CCN)/ Radio/ Und erHood Lamp/ WirelessControl Module(WCM)/ Satellite Digi-tal Audio Receiver(SDARS)/ Hands Free
Module (HFM)12 30 Am p
Pink Electric Brake
13 25 Am pNatural
Power-BatteryRWAL/ ABS ModuleFeed
14 15 Am pBlue
Park Lamps Left
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
15 20 Am pYellow
16 15 Am pBlue
17 15 Am pBlue
18 40 Am pGreen
19 30 Am pPink
20 10 Am pRed
21 10 Am pRed
22 2 Am pGray
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 428/491
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
Description
23 10 Am pRed Engine Control Mod-ule (ECM)/ WirelessControl Module(WCM)/ HVC
24 20 Am pBlue
Subwoofer Amplifier(SRT-10 Only)
25 10 Am pRed
Power Mirror
26 20 Am p
Yellow
Brake Switch/ Center
High Moun t StopLamp (CHMSL)
27 40 Am pGreen
Power Seats
28 10 Am pRed
Power Run/ Start-NCC/ Wireless Con-trol Modu le (WCM)/ ABS/ RWAL
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
29 10 Am pRed
30 15 Am pBlue
31 10 Am pRed
32 10 Am pRed
33 10 Am pRed
34 10 Am pRed
35 15 Am pBlue
428 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 429/491
Cavity CartridgeFuse
MiniFuse
Description
36 25 Am pNatural Audio_Amplifier
37 15 Am pBlue
Spare
38 20 Am pYellow
Power Outlet IP
39 10 Am pRed
Sunroof/ Seatbelt Ten-sioner
40 20 Am pYellow
Cigar Lighter
41 25 Am pNatural
Spare
42 30 Am pPink
Diesel PCM (DieselOnly)
CAUTIO
•
When installing the Intecover, it is important to en
erly positioned and fully la
may allow water to get int
Module, and possibly resu
failure.
• When replacing a blown f
use only a fuse having
rating. The use of a fuse w
indicated may result in
system overload. If a prop
ues to blow, it indicates a
that must be corrected.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 430/491
VEHICLE STORAGEIf you are storing you r vehicle for more than 21 days, we
recommend that you take the following steps to mini-
mize the drain on your vehicle’s battery:
• Disconnect the Ignition-Off Draw fuse (I.O.D.) fuse
located in the Integrated Pow er Mod ule, located in the
engine compartment. The I.O.D. cavity includes a
snap-in retainer that allows the fuse to be discon-
nected, without removing it from the fuse block.
• The electronic shift transfer case should be placed in
the 4HI mode an d k ept in this position to m inimize thebattery drain.
• As an alternative to the above steps you may, discon-
nect the negative cables from both batteries.
• Anytime you store your vehicle, or keep it out of
service (i.e. vacation) for two weeks or more, run the
air conditioning system at idle for about five minutes
in the fresh air and high b
insure adequate system lub
possibility of compressor da
started again.
NOTE: When reinstalling the I
fully seated, the gages in the In
a full sweep, w hen th e ignition k
is a normal condition.
REPLACEMENT LIGHT BUL
LIGHT BULBS — Inside
Overhead Console Lights . . . .
Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All of the inside bulbs are bra
Aluminum base bulbs are not a
430 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 431/491
LIGHT BULBS — Outside Bulb N o.
Back-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3057
Center H igh Mounted Stop Lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9006LL
Headlamp (Halogen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 13
Side Marker, Park & Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . 3157NAK
Rear License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Rear Cargo Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
Tail & Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3057
BULB REPLACEMENT
Headlight (Halogen)/Front Park and Turn Lights
CAUTION!
This is a halogen bulb. Avoid touching the glass
with your fingers. Reduced bulb life will result.
1. Open the hood
2. Remove the two (2) bolts fro
light housing.
Front Headlight H
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 432/491
3. Rem ove t he plug fr om t he inner fender w ell and
remove the nu t through the access hole.
4. Pull the housing out from the
disconnect the electrical connec
NOTE: For easier removal, pu
straight forward, app lying th e g
the outer edge of the headlight
Inner Fender Plug
Rear Headlight Hous
432 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 433/491
5. Unlock and pull connector s
the headlight halogen bulb.
6. Twist connector on the side m
light bulb 1 ⁄ 4 turn and remove c
housing.
Headlight Removal Bulb Remo
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 434/491
7. Remove housing from vehicle with headlight halogen
bulb in hou sing.
8. Twist the headlight halogen bulb1
⁄ 4 turn and removeheadlight bulb from the housing.
9. Replace headlight or side marker/ turn signal/ park
light bulb. Do not touch the headlight halogen bulb.
10. Reverse procedure for installation of bulbs and hous-
ing.
Tail, Stop, Turn and Backup
1. Remove the two (2) screws t
sheetmetal.
Removing the Two
434 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 435/491
2. Pull the housing straight out from the body, with a
quick motion, to separate the housing from the body. If
not p ulled straight, locators may be d amaged.
3. Rotate the bulb socket coun
from the hou sing.
Pulling Housing From Body
Rotating Bulb Socket
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 436/491
4. Pu ll bu lb straigh t ou t of socket. 5. Rev erse Proced u re to in stall
the two raised blocks passed th
Pulling Bulb From Socket
Sliding Raised Bloc
436 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 437/491
Center High-Mounted Stoplight With Cargo Light
1. Remove the two (2) screws holding the housing/ lens
to the body as shown.
2. Separate the connector hold
ing harness to the body.
3. Turn desired bulb socket 1 ⁄ 4
and bulb from housing.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 438/491
4. Pull desired bulb straight from the socket.
• Outside Bulbs: Cargo Lamps
• Inside Bulb: Center High Mount Stop Lamp
5. Reverse procedure for installation of bulbs and hous-
ing.
Cab Top Clearance Lights —
1. Remove the two screws from
438 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 439/491
2. Rotate the socket 1 ⁄ 4 turn and pull i t from the light
assembly.
3. Pull the bulb straight from it
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 440/491
Fog Lights
1. Reach under the vehicle, unlock and twist connector
counterclockwise1
⁄ 4
turn and remove connector and bulbfrom housing.
2. Pull bulb straight from the connector.
3. Reverse procedure for instal
ing.
440 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 441/491
FLUIDS AND CAPACITIES
U.S.
Fuel5.7L, 89 Octane
2500 Shortbed Mod els 34 gal.
2500 Longbed Mod els 35 gal.
Engine Oil (with filter)
5.7L Engine V-8 (SAE 5W-20, API Certified). For trucksoperating und er a gross combined weight rating less
than 14,000 lbs.
7.0 qts.
5.7L Engine V-8 (SAE 5W-30, API Certified). For trucksoperating und er a gross combined weight rating
greater than 14,000 lbs.7.0 qts.
Cooling System
5.7L (Mopa r Antifreeze/ Coolant 5 Year/ 100,000 MileFormula)
18.7 qts.
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 442/491
FLUIDS, LUBRICANTS AND GENUINE PARTS
Engine
Com ponent Flu id s, Lubricants and Genu ine PartsEngine Coolant Mopar Antifreeze/ Coolant 5 Year/ 100,000 Mile Form
ganic Additive Technology) P/ N 5011764AB or equiva
Engine Oil (For trucks operatingund er a gross combined weightrating less than 14,000 lbs.)
Use SAE 5W-20, API Certified, meeting material stand
5.7L Engine Oil (For trucks operat-ing un der a gross combinedweight rating greater than 14,000
lbs.)
Use SAE 5W-30, API Certified, meeting material stand
Engine Oil Filter Mopar Engine Oil Filter, P/ N 5281090 or equivalent.
Sp ar k P lu gs Refer to th e Veh icle Em issio n Co ntro l In for ma tio n la bpartment.
Fuel Selection (5.7L) 89 Octane Mid-Grade, (R+M)/ 2 Method Preferred (87
442 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 443/491
Chassis
Com ponent Fluid s, Lu bricants and Genu ine Parts.
Autom atic Transm ission Mop ar
ATF+4, Automatic Transmission FluidTransfer Case Mop ar ATF+4, Automatic Transmission Fluid
Manual Transmission Fluid (G-56) Mopar ATF+4, Automatic Transmission Fluid
Fr ont D rives haft G reas e Fit ting. U se Mopar type MS-6560 (lithium based grease), o
Clu tch Linkage Mu ltip urp ose Grease, N LGI Grad e 2 E.P.
Fr ont and Rear A xle Synthetic, G L-5 SA E, 75W-90. Lim i ted-Slip 10.5 inchREQUIRE a limited slip additive.
Brake Master Cylind er Mop ar DOT 3 and SAE J1703 should be used. If D
available, then DOT 4 is acceptable. Use only recomPow er Steering Reservoir Mop ar ATF+4, Automatic Transmission Fluid
MAINTAI
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 444/491
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 445/491
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
CONTENTS
Emission Control System Maintenance . . . . . . . . 446
Maintenance Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
▫ Schedule “B” . . . . . . . . .
▫ Schedule “A” . . . . . . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 446/491
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe “Schedu led” maintenance services, listed in bold
type in this section (Section 8) must be d one at the times
or mileages specified to assure the continued properfunctioning of the emission control system. These, and all
other maintenance services included in this manual,
should be done to provide best vehicle performance and
reliability. More frequent maintenance may be needed for
vehicles in severe op erating conditions such as du sty
areas and very short trip d riving.
Inspection and service also should be done any time a
malfunction is suspected.
NOTE: Maintenance, replacement, or repair of the em is-
sion control devices and systems on you r vehicle may be
performed by any automotive repair establishment or
individual using any automotive part which has been
certified pursuant to U.S. EPA or, in the State of Califor-
nia, California Air Resources Board regulations.
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULESThere are two maintenance s
required service for your vehic
First is Schedule “B”. It is for v
under the conditions that are
beginning of the schedule.
• Day or night temperatures ar
• Stop and go d riving.
• Extensive engine idling.
• Driving in dusty conditions.
• Short trips of less than 10 mi
• More than 50% of your driv
speeds during hot weather, a
• Trailer towing.
• Snowplowing.
446 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
NA
N
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 447/491
• Heavy Loading.
• Taxi, police, or delivery service (commercial service).
• Off-road or desert operation.
• If equipped for and operating with E-85 (ethanol)
fuel.
NOTE: If AN Y of these apply to you then change your
engine oil every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months,
whichever comes first and follow schedule “B” of the
Maintenance Schedules section of this manual.
NOTE: If AN Y of these apply to you then flush andreplace your engine coolant every 102,000 miles (170 000
km) or 60 months, wh ichever comes first an d follow
schedule “B” of the Maintenance Schedules section of
this manual.
NOTE: Most vehicles are operated un der the conditions
listed for Schedule B.
Second is Schedu le “A”. It is
operated under any of the condi
u le B.
Use the schedule that best desc
tions. Where time and mileag
interval that occurs first.
NOTE: Under no circumstanc
tervals exceed 6000 miles (10
wh ichever comes first.
CAUTIO
Failure to perform the requi
may result in damage to the
MAINT
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 448/491
At Each Stop for Fuel
• Check the engine oil level about 5 minutes after a fully
warmed engine is shut off. Checking the oil level while
the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accu-
racy of the oil level reading. Add oil only when the
level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark.
• C heck t he w i nds hield w asher s olvent and add if
required.
Once a Month
• Check tire p ressure and look for u nusual wear or
damage.
• Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals
as required.
• Check the fluid levels of coolant bottle, brake master
cylinder, and transmission and add as needed.
• Check all lights an d all other e
operation.
At Each Oil Change
• Change the engine oil filter.
• Lubricate the front driveshaft
end links.
• Inspect the exhaust system.
• Inspect the brake hoses.
• Inspect the U—joints and f
nents.
• Check the automatic transmi
• Check the manual transmissi
• Check the coolant level, hose
• Lubricate Front Drive Shaft F
448 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
A
N
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 449/491
Schedule “B”Follow schedule “B” if you usually operate your vehicle
under one or more of the following conditions.
• Day or night temperatures are below 32° F (0° C).
• Stop and go driving.
• Extensive engine idling.
• Driving in dusty conditions.
• Short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km).
• More than 50% of your driving is at sustained high
speeds during hot weather, above 90° F C (32°).
• Trailer towing.
• Snowplowing.
• Heavy Loading.
• Taxi, police, or delivery service (commercial service).
• Off-road or desert operation.
• If equipped for and operat
fuel.
NOTE: If AN Y of these apply
engine oil every 3,000 m iles (
whichever comes first and foll
Maintenance Schedules sectio
NOTE: If AN Y of these appl
replace your engine coolant ever
km) or 60 months, whichever
schedule “B” of the Maintenanthis manual.
If none of these app ly to you, the
at every interval shown on sche
nance Schedules section of thi
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 450/491
Miles 3,000 6,000 9,000
(Kilometers) (5 000) (10 000) (14 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3months, whichever comes first. X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Change rear axle flu id .
Change front axle fluid . Inspect brake linings.
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if neces-sary.
450 SCHEDULE “B”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
A
N
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 451/491
Miles 18,000 21,000 24,000
(Kilometers) (29 000) (34 000) (39 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3months, whichever comes first. X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Change rear axle flu id .
Change front axle fluid . Check transfer case flu id level.
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if neces-sary.
Replace spark plugs.
Inspect PCV valve, replace as necessary.**
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 452/491
Miles 33,000 36,000 39,000
(Kilometers) (53 000) (58 000) (63 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3months, whichever comes first. X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Change rear axle flu id .
Change front axle fluid .
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if neces-sary.
452 SCHEDULE “B”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
A
N
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 453/491
Miles 48,000 51,000 54,000
(Kilometers) (77 000) (82 000) (87 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3months, whichever comes first. X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X
Flush and replace engine coolant at 60 months, or102, 000 miles (170 000 km) whichever comes first.
Rotate tires. X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Drain and refill transfer case flu id .
Change rear axle flu id .
Change front axle fluid .
Change 6-sp d m anu al transm ission (G-56) flu id .
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if neces-sary.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 454/491
Miles 48,000 51,000 54,000
(Kilometers) (77 000) (82 000) (87 000)
Replace spark plugs.
Inspect PCV valve, replace as necessary.**
Drain and refill automatic tranmission fluid andchange main sump filter (545RFE only).
454 SCHEDULE “B”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
A
N
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 455/491
Miles 63,000 66,000 69,000
(Kilometers) (101 000) (106 000) (111 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3months, whichever comes first. X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Inspect engin e air cleaner filter.
Change rear axle flu id .
Change front axle fluid .
Inspect brake linings.
Inspect auto tension drive belt and replace if re-quired.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 456/491
Miles 78,000 81,000 84,000
(Kilometers) (126 000) (130 000) (135 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3
months, whichever comes first. X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correct stow-age.
X X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Change rear axle flu id .
Change front axle fluid .
Check transfer case flu id level.
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engin e air cleaner filter, replace if necessary.
Replace spark plugs.
Inspect PCV valve, replace as necessary.**
Inspect au to tension d rive belt and replace if required .
456 SCHEDULE “B”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
AN
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 457/491
Miles 93,000 96,000
(Kilometers) (150 000) (154 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3 months,
wh ichever comes first. X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X
Rotate tires. X
Check spare tire for p rop er p ressu re and correct stow age. X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X
Flush and replace engine coolant, if not replaced at 60months.
Inspect brake linings. X
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 458/491
Miles 105,000 108,000 111,000 114,00
(Kilometers) (169 000) (174 000) (179 000) (183 00
Change engine oil and engine oil filter, or at 3
months, whichever comes first. X X X X
Lu bricate Front Drive Shaft Fitting. X X X X
Rotate tires. X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and cor-rect stowage.
X X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X X
Drain and refill transfer case flu id .
Change rear axle flu id . X
Change front axle fluid . X
Change 6-spd manual transmission (G-56)fluid.
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if necessary.
X
Replace spark plugs.
458 SCHEDULE “B”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
AN
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 459/491
Miles 105,000 108,000 111,000 114,00
(Kilometers) (169 000) (174 000) (179 000) (183 00
Inspect PCV valve, replace as necessary.**
Inspect auto tension drive belt and replace if required.
X
Drain and refill automatic tranmission fluidand change main sump and spin-on coolerreturn filter (if equipped) [545RFE only].
Flush and replace engine coolant at 120months, if not replaced at 102,000 miles (170000 km).
* This ap plies only if the vehicle is u sed for frequenttrailer towing, snow plowing, fleet vehicle or commercial
service.
**This maintenance is recommend, but not required.
Inspection and service should ala malfunction is observed or
ceipts.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 460/491
Schedule “A”
Miles 6,000 12,000 18,000
(Kilometers) (10 000) (19 000) (29 000)
[Months] [6] [12] [18]
Change engine oil and engine oil filter. X X X
Lu bricate Front Prop Shaft fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X X X
Check transfer case flu id level.
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if neces-sary.
Replace spark plugs.
460 SCHEDULE “A”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
AN
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 461/491
Miles 36,000 42,000 48,000 54,000
(Kilometers) (58 000) (68 000) (77 000) (87 000
[Months] [36] [42] [48] [54]
Change engine oil and engine oil filter. X X X X
Lu bricate Front Prop Shaft fitting. X X X X
Rotate tires. X X X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and cor-rect stowage.
X X X X
Check transfer case flu id level.
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X X
Flush and replace engine coolant at 60months, if not replaced at 102,000 miles (170000 km).
Inspect brake linings. X X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if necessary.
Replace spark plugs.
Inspect PCV valve, replace as necessary.**
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 462/491
Miles 72,000 78,000 84,000
(Kilometers) (116 000) (126 000) (135 000)
[Months] [72] [78] [84]
Change engine oil and engine oil filter. X X X
Lu bricate Front Prop Shaft fitting. X X X
Rotate tires. X X X
Check spare tire for proper pressure and correctstowage.
X X X
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X X
Check transfer case flu id level.
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect engine air cleaner filter, replace if neces-sary.
Replace spark plugs.
Inspect PCV valve, replace as necessary.**
Inspect auto tension drive belt and replace if re-quired.
462 SCHEDULE “A”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
AN
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 463/491
Miles 102,000 108,000
(Kilometers) (164 000) (174 000)
[Months] [102] [108]
Change engine oil and engine oil filter. X X
Lu bricate Front Prop Shaft fitting. X X
Rotate tires. X X
Check spare tire for p rop er p ressu re and correct stow age. X X
Drain and refill transfer case flu id .
Flush and replace engine coolant, if not replaced at 60months.
X
Flush and replace engine coolant at 120 months, if notreplaced at 102,000 miles (170 000 km).
Lu bricate tie rod end links. X X
Inspect brake linings. X
Inspect au to tension d rive belt and replace if required . X
Inspect engin e air cleaner filter, replace if necessary.
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 464/491
Miles 102,000 108,000
(Kilometers) (164 000) (174 000)
[Months] [102] [108]
Replace spark plugs.
Inspect PCV Valve, rep lace as necessary.**
Inspection and service should also be performed anytime
a malfunction is observed or suspected. Retain all re-
ceipts.
**This maintenance is recommend, but not required.
WARNIN
You can be badly injured w
motor vehicle. D o only that s
you have the knowledge and t
you have any doubt about yo
service job, take your vehic
chanic.
464 SCHEDULE “A”
8
M
A
I
N
T
E
N
AN
C
E
S
C
H
E
D
U
LE
S
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 465/491
IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTAN
CONTENTS
Suggestions For Obtaining Service For Your
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
▫ Prepare For The Appointment . . . . . . . . . . . .466
▫ Prepare A List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
▫ Be Reasonable With Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
If You Need Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
Warranty Information (U.S. Vehicles Only) . . . . .469
Mopar Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469
Reporting Safety Defects . . .
▫ In Canada . . . . . . . . . . .
Publication Order Forms . . .
Department Of Transportatio
Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . .
▫ Traction Grades . . . . . . .
▫ Temperature Grades . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 466/491
SUGGESTIONS FOR OBTAINING SERVICE FORYOUR VEHICLE
Prepare For The Appointment
If you’re having w arranty w ork don e, be sure to have theright papers with you. Take your warranty folder. All
w o rk t o b e p er fo rm ed m a y n ot b e co ver ed b y t he
warranty, discuss add itional charges w ith the service
manager. Keep a maintenance log of your vehicle’s
service history. This can often provide a clue to the
current problem.
Prepare A List
Make a written list of your vehicle’s problems or thespecific work you want done. If you’ve had an accident,
or work done that is not on your maintenance log, let the
service advisor know.
Be Reasonable With RequesIf you list a number of items,
vehicle by the end of the day, d
the service advisor and list the iAt many dealers you may obt
minimal d aily charge. If you ne
to make these arrangements w
pointment.
IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCEThe man ufacturer and its dealer
your satisfaction. We want yo
products and services.
Wa rr an ty se rv ice m u st b e d
Chrysler, Dodge, or Jeep dealer.
that you take your vehicle to y
know you an d y our veh icle best
t hat you get pr om pt and hi
manufacturer’s dealers have the
466 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 467/491
technicians, special tools, and the latest information to
assure your vehicle is fixed correctly and in a timely
manner.
This is w hy you should always talk to your dealer’sservice m anager first. Most matters can be resolved w ith
this process.
• If for some reason you are still not satisfied, talk to the
general manager or owner of the dealership. They
want to know if you need assistance.
• If your dealership is unable to resolve the concern, you
may contact the Manufacturer’s Customer Center.Any commu nication to the Manufacturer’s Customer
Center should include the following information:
• Owner’s name and address
• Owner’s telephone number (home and office)
• Dealership name
• Vehicle identification numbe
• Vehicle d elivery date and mi
DaimlerChrysler Motors CorpoP.O. Box 21–8004
Auburn Hills, MI 48321–8004
Phone: (800) 992-1997
DaimlerChrysler Canada Inc. C
P.O. Box 1621
Wind sor, Ontario N9A 4H6
Phone —(800) 465–2001
In Mexico contact:Av. Prolongacion Paseo de la Re
Sante Fe C.P. 05109
Mexico, D. F.
In Mexico (915) 729–1248 or 729
Outside Mexico (525) 729–1248
IF YOU NEED CON
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 468/491
Customer As sist ance For The Hearing Or Speech
Impaired (TDD/TTY)
To assist customers who have hearing difficulties, the
manufacturer has installed special TDD (Telecommuni-cation Devices for the Deaf) equipment at its Customer
Center. Any hearing or speech impaired customer who
has access to a TDD or a conventional teletypewriter
(TTY) in the United States can commu nicate w ith the
manufacturer by dialing 1–800–380–CHRY.
Service Contract
You may have purchased a service contract for your
vehicle to help protect you from the high cost of unex-pected repairs after your manu facturer’s new vehicle
limited warranty expires. The manufacturer stands be-
hind only the manufacturer’s Service Contracts. If you
purchased a manufacturer’s Service Contract, you will
receive Plan Provisions and an Owner Identification Card
in the mail within three weeks of your vehicle d elivery
date. I f you have any ques tions about your s er vice
contract, call the manu facturer
tional Customer Hotline at 1-800
The m anufacturer will not st
contract that is not the manufactuis not responsible for any servic
manu facturer’s Service Contra
service contract that is not a
Contract, and you require servic
er’s new vehicle limited warran
your contract docum ents, and co
those d ocuments.
We appreciate that you have mwh en you p urchased you r new
also made a major investmen
training to assure that you are a
your own ership experience. You
sincere efforts to resolve any w
concerns.
468 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 469/491
WARRANTY INFORMATION (U.S. Vehicles Only)See the Warranty Information Booklet for the terms and
provisions of DaimlerChrysler’s warranties applicable to
this vehicle.
MOPAR PARTSMopar fluids, lubricants, parts, and accessories are
available from y our dealer. They will help you keep you r
vehicle operating at its best.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSIn the 50 United States and Washington D.C.: If you
believe that your vehicle has a defect, which could causea crash or cause injury or death, you should immed iately
inform the National H ighway Traffic Safety Ad ministra-
tion (NHTSA) in addition to notifying the manufacturer.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it find s th at a safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. H owever, NHTSA ca
individual problems between y
manufacturer.
To contact NHTSA, you may eiHo tline toll free at 1–888–327
9153), or go to http:/ / ww w.N
NH TSA, U.S. Dep t. of Transpo
20590. You can also obtain oth er
vehicle safety from the Hotline
In Canada:If you believe that your vehicle
should contact the Customer Sediately. Canadian customers wh
defect to the Canadian gover
Transport Canada, Motor Vehic
and Recalls, 2780 Sheffield Roa
3V9.
IF YOU NEED CON
O O
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 470/491
PUBLICATION ORDER FORMSTo order the following manuals, you may use either the
website or the phone num bers listed below. Visa, Mas-
tercard, American Express, and Discover orders are ac-
cepted. If you prefer m ailing your payment, p lease call
for an order form.
NOTE: A street address is required when ordering
manuals. (No P.O. Boxes).
• Service Manuals.
These comprehensive service manuals provide the
information th at stud ents and professional techniciansneed in d iagnosing/ troubleshooting, problem solving,
maintaining, servicing, and repairing DaimlerChrysler
Corporation vehicles. A complete working know ledge
of the vehicle, system, and/ or components is written
in straightforward language with illustrations, d ia-
grams, and charts.
• Diagnostic Procedure Manuals.
Filled with diagrams, charts a
these practical manuals make
technicians to find and fix controlled v ehicle systems a
exactly how to find and corre
using step-by-step troublesh
procedures, proven diagnosti
of all tools and equipment.
• Owner’s Manuals.
These manuals have been p reof service an d engineering sp
with specific Chrysler grou
starting, operating, emergen
cedu res as well as specific
safety tips.
470 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
IF YOU NEED CON
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 471/491
Call Toll Free at:
• 1–800–890–4038 (U .S.)
• 1–800–387–1143 (Canada)
Or
Visit us on the World Wide Web at:
• w w w.techauthority.daimlerchrysl er.com
• www.daimlerchrysler.ca/manuals
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION UNIFORM
TIRE QUALITY GRADESThe following describes the tire grading categories estab-
lished by the National highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
tration. The specific grade rating assigned by the tire’s
manufacturer in each category is shown on the sidewall
of the tires on your car.
All Passenger Car Tires Must C
Requirements in Addition to Th
Treadwear
The treadwear grad e is a compawear rate of the tire when teste
ditions on a specified governm
ample, a tire graded 150 woul
1/ 2) times as well on the gov
graded 100. The relative perfo
upon the actual conditions of
may d epart significantly from th
in d riving h abits, service practic
characteristics and climate.
Traction GradesThe traction grades, from highes
and C. Those grad es represent t
wet p avement as m easured und
IF YOU NEED CON
472 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 472/491
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire mark ed C may have p oor traction p erfor-
mance.
WARNING!
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or
peak traction characteristics.
Temperature GradesThe temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat
and it s abilit y t o dis sipate heat w hen t es ted under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level
passenger car tires must meet
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 10
sent higher levels of performan
wheel than the minimum requi
WARNIN
The temperature grade for th
a tire that is properly inflate
Excessive speed, under inflat
ing, either separately or in c
heat buildup and possible tir
472 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 473/491
INDEX
474 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 474/491
Adding Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Air Cleaner, Engine (Engine Air Cleaner Filter) . 393,417
Air Conditioner Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Air Cond itioning Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397,398
Air Cond itioning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230,397
Air Conditioning System, Zone Control . . . . . . . . 233
Air Pressure, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323,332
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,51
Airbag Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164,174
Airbag On/ Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Airbag, Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Alarm (Security Alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,176
Alarm System (Security Alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Alterations/ Mod ifications, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Antenna, Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Antifreeze (Engine Coolant) . . . . . . . . . . . 404,405,441
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Anti-Lock Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178,310
Anti-Theft Security Alarm (The
Anti-Theft System . . . . . . . .
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror .
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . .
Interlock System . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission
Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid and Filter Changes . .
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . .
Fluid Type . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Additives . . . . . . .
Axle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axle Lubrication (Axle Fluid)
Ball Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
474 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 475/491
Bar, Stabilizer/ Sway System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Emergency Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Saving Feature (Protection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Belts, Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Belts, Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Body Mechanism Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
B-Pillar Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309,409
Anti-Lock (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Disc Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Break-In Recommendations, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . 70
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Bulbs, Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Top Clearance Lights . . .
Calibration, Com pass . . . . . .
Camper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cap acities, Fluid . . . . . . . . .
Cap s, Filler
Oil (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering . . . . . . . . .
Radiator (Coolant Pressure)
Car Washes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Monoxide Warning . .
Cargo Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cassette Tape and Player Maint
Catalytic Converter . . . . . . .
CD (Compact Disc) Player . . .
Cellular Phone . . . . . . . . . .
Center High Mounted Stop Lig
Center Lap Belts . . . . . . . . .
476 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 476/491
Center Seat Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Chart, Tire Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Check Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator Light) . 177
Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58,59
Child Restraint Tether Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62,66
Child Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59,65
Cigar Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Cleaning
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181,185,193,206,219
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410Clutch Linkage Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Compact Disc (CD) Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Compass Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Compass Variance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Computer, Trip/ Travel . . . . .
Console, Overhead . . . . . . . .
Contra ct, Service . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Pressure Cap (Radiator
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . .
Add ing Coolant (Antifreeze)
Coolant Capacity . . . . . . .
Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . .
Disposal of Used Coolant .
Drain, Flush, and Refill . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . .
Points to Remember . . . . .
Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . Radiator Cap . . . . . . . . . .
Selection of Coolant (Antifree
Temperature Gauge . . . . . .
Cruise Control (Speed Control)
Cup Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Assistance . . . . . .
476 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 477/491
Data Recorder, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Daytime Running Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Dealer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Defroster, Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86,154
Defroster, Windsh ield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163,229,232
Delay (Intermittent) Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Dipsticks
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Disc Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Disposal
Antifreeze (Engine Coolant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Door Opener, Garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Drive Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Driving
Off-Pavement . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric Rear Window Defrost
Electrical Power Outlets . . . .
Electronic Speed Control (Cruis
Emergency Brake . . . . . . . . .
Emergency, In Case of
Freeing Vehicle When Stuck
Hazard Warning Flasher . .
Jacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jum p Starting . . . . . . . . . . Tow Hooks . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emission Control System Maint
Emission Related Components
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . .
478 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 478/491
Block Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Break-In Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Compar tment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Coolant (Antifreeze) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Exhaust Gas Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Flooded, Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389,441,442
Oil Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Oil Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391,441
Oil Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Equipment Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Exhaust Gas Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163,339,403
Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163,402,403
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Fabric Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Filters
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fuel . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Disposal . . . . .
Flashers
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat Tire Stowage . . . . . . . . .
Flooded Engine Starting . . . .
Fluid, Brake . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Level Checks
Automatic Transmission . . Power Steering . . . . . . . . .
Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine
Fog Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fold Flat Load Floor . . . . . .
Four Wheel Drive . . . . . . . .
Four-Way Hazard Flasher . . .
8
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 479/491
Freeing A Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Front Axle (Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Front Wheel Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Octane Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335,442
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335,441
Tank Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Garage Door Opener (HomeLink ) . . . . . . . . . . . 139Gas Cap (Fuel Filler Cap) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341,385
Gasoline (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Gasoline, Reformulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Coolant Temp erature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . .
Glass Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . .
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating .
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Han ds-Free Ph one (UConnect™Hazard Warning Flasher . . . .
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . .
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Beam . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Beam/ Low Beam Selec
Lights On Reminder . . . . .
480 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 480/491
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86,154
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Heater, Engine Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
High Beam/ Low Beam Select (Dimmer) Switch . . 124
Hitches
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Hoisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
HomeLink (Garage Door Opener) Transmitter . . . 139
Hood Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Hub Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cables (Spark Plug Wires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,13
Wiring System (Spark Plug Wires) . . . . . . . . . . 393
Ignition Key Removal . . . . .
Illuminated Entry . . . . . . . .
Infant Restraint . . . . . . . . . .
Inflation Pressure Tires . . . . .
Inside Rearview Mirror . . . .
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel and Controls
Instrument Panel Lens Cleaning
Integrated Power Module (Fuse
Interior Appearance Care . . .
Interior Lights . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent Wipers (Delay Wip
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jack Location . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jack Operation . . . . . . . . . . .
Jum p Starting . . . . . . . . . . .
Key, Replacement . . . . . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 481/491
Key, Sentry (Imm obilizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Lane Change and Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Lap Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Lap/ Shoulder Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren) . 62
Life of Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118,164
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,174
Anti-Lock Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178,310
Brake Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430,431
Cap Top Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Center Mounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Check Engine (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . . . . 177
Courtesy/ Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daytime Running . . . . . . .
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four-Wheel Drive Indicator
Hazard Warning Flasher . .
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Beam . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Beam Indicator . . . . .
High Beam/ Low Beam Selec
Illuminated Entry . . . . . . .
Instrument Cluster . . . . . .
Intensity Control . . . . . . . .
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lights On Reminder . . . . .
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Belt Reminder . . . . . .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Warning . . . .
482 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 482/491
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123,173,431,434
Warning (Instrum ent Cluster Description) . . . . . 173
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262,411
Loading Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Child Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lower Anchors an d Tether for CHildren (LATCH) . 62
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416Lubrication, Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Lug Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Maintenance Free Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Maintenance Procedures . . . .
Maintenance Schedule . . . . .
Schedule “A” . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule “B” . . . . . . . . . .
Malfunction Indicator Light (Ch
Manual, Service . . . . . . . . . .
Manu al Transmission . . . . . .
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . .
Lubricant Selection . . . . . .
Shift Speeds . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming . . . . .
Electric Pow ered . . . . . . . Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . .
Mod ifications/ Alterations, Vehi
Mopar Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Displacement Engine Sys
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 483/491
Multi-Function Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Navigation Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Noise ControlMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Tampering Prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417,418
Noise Emission Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Occup ant Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Octane Rating, Gasoline (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176,180
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176,180Off-Pavement Driving (Off-Road) . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Off-Road Driving (Off-Pavement) . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Oil, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389,442
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Change Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Disposal . . . . . . . . .
Identification Logo . . . . . .
Materials Added to . . . . . . Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . .
Recommendation . . . . . . .
Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Onboard Diagnostic System . .
Opener, Garage Door (HomeLin
Operating Precautions . . . . .
Outside Rearview Mirrors . . Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overdrive OFF Switch . . . . .
Overhead Console . . . . . . . .
Overhead Travel Information C
Owner’s Manual (Operator Ma
484 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 484/491
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Passenger Airbag On/ Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Passing Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Phone, Cellular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Phone, Han ds-Free (UConnect™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Pickup Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Placard, Tire and Loading Information . . . . . . . . . 318
Positive Crankcase Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Power
Distribution Center (Fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Outlet (Auxiliary Electrical Outlet) . . . . . . . . . . 148Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Sliding Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312,398
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Power Wagon Features . . . . .
Pregnant Women and Seat Belt
Pretensioners
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programm able Electronic FeatuProgramming Transmitters
(Remote Keyless Entry) . . . . .
Radial Ply Tires . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator Cap (Coolant Pressure
Radio Broadcast Signals . . . .
Radio, N avigation . . . . . . . .
Radio Operation . . . . . . . . . . Radio Remote Controls . . . . .
Radio, Satellite . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio (Sound Systems) . . . . .
Ramp Travel Index . . . . . . . .
Rear Axle (Differential) . . . . .
Rear Wheel Bearings . . . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 485/491
Rear Window Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Window, Sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Reclining Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Recorder, Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Recreational Towin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Shifting into Transfer Case N eutral (N) . . . . . . . 361
Shifting out of Transfer Case Neutral (N) . . . . . 362
Reformulated Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Remind er, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Remote Soun d System (Radio) Controls . . . . . . . . 224
Remote Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Replacement Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Restraint, Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Restraints, Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58,65
Ride Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Safety Checks Inside Vehicle .
Safety Checks Outside Vehicle
Safety Defects, Reporting . . .
Safety Information, Tire . . . .
Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . .
Schedule, Maintenance . . . . .
Seat Belt Maintenance . . . . .
Seat Belt Reminder . . . . . . .
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable Upper Shoulder A
And Pregnant Women . . . Child Restraint . . . . . . . . .
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pretensioners . . . . . . . . . .
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
486 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 486/491
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Folding Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Reclining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Security Alarm (Theft Alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,176
Selection of Coolant (Antifreeze) . . . . . . . . . . 404,442
Sentry Key (Immobilizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Service Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Service Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468Service Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Setting the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181,185,193,206,219
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Manu al Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Transfer Case, Shifting into T
Case N eutral (N) . . . . . .
Transfer Case, Shifting out of
Case N eutral (N) . . . . . .
Shoulder Belt Upper AnchorageShoulder Belts . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals, Turn . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skid Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sliding Rear Window
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slippery Surfaces, Driving On
Snow Chains (Tire Chains) . . Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Snow Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spark Plug Wires (Ignition Cabl
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Control (Cruise Control)
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 487/491
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Stabilizer Bars, Electronic Disconn ecting . . . . . . . . 79
Stabilizer/ Sway Bar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Engine Fails to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Manu al Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Starting Procedu res (Gas Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Steering
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312,398Wheel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Wheel, Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Steering Wheel Mounted Sound System
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Storage, Behind the Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Storage Compartment, Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Storage, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . .
Storing Your Vehicle . . . . . . .
Sun Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sup plemental Tire Pressure Info
Synthetic Engine Oil . . . . . . . System, Navigation . . . . . . .
System, Remote Starting . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tether Anchor, Child Restraint
Tilt Steering Column . . . . . .
Tip Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire and Loading Information P
Tire Identification Number (TIN
Tire Markings . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Safety Information . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aging (Life of Tires) . . . . .
488 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 488/491
Air Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
High Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Inflation Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Jacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Life of Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Load Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318,319
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471Radial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313,322
Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Snow Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spinning . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tread Wear Indicators . . . .
Wheel Mounting . . . . . . . .
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . Tongu e Weight/ Trailer Weight
Torque Converter Clutch . . .
Tow Hooks, Emergency . . . .
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . .
Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling System Tips . . . . .
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Requirements . .
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 489/491
Trailer and Tongue Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Trailer Towing Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Trailer Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
TransaxleAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250,412
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245,255,412
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Transmitter, Garage Door Opener (HomeLink ) . . 139
Tread Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Trip Odom eter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176,180
Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UConnect™ (Hands-Free Ph one
Underhood Fuses . . . . . . . . .
Uniform Tire Quality Grad es . Universal Transmitter . . . . . .
Variance, Compass . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Identification Number (
Vehicle Loading . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle M od ifications/ Alteratio
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning Lights (Instrum ent Clu
Warnings and Cautions . . . .
Warranty Information . . . . . .
Washers, Windshield . . . . . .
Washing Vehicle . . . . . . . . . .
490 INDEX
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 490/491
Wheel Alignm ent an d Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Wheel and Wheel Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Wheel and Wheel Trim Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Wheel Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Wheel Flares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Wheel Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372,374
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79,289
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Rigging Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Wind Buffeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,148
Window Airbag (Side Curtain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Window Fogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Rear Sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Windshield Defroster . . . . . .
Windshield Washers . . . . . . .
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Wiper Blades . . .
Wind shield Wipers . . . . . . . . Wiper Blade Replacement . . .
Wipers, Intermittent . . . . . . .
Wiring, Ignition (Spark Plug W
YES Essentials Fabric Cleaning
8/8/2019 2007 Ram PowerWagon Owners Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2007-ram-powerwagon-owners-manual 491/491
81-326-0724 First Edition